BOUGHT WITH THE INCOME OF THE 
 
 SAGE ENDOWJVIENT FUND 
 
 THE GIFT OF 
 
 1891 
 
 B.^b-8S^o, ^"^^^^ 
 
3 1924 021 613 207 
 
^^ 
 
 Cornell University 
 Library 
 
 The original of tliis book is in 
 tine Cornell University Library. 
 
 There are no known copyright restrictions in 
 the United States on the use of the text. 
 
 http://www.archive.org/details/cu31 924021 61 3207 
 
MORE 
 LATIN AND ENGLISH IDIOM 
 
CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS 
 
 C. F. CLAY, Manager 
 
 Honfton: FETTER LANE, E.G. 
 
 ©rmburgf): loo princes STREET 
 
 &tia gotft: G. P. PUTNAM'S SONS 
 
 Bom6Bs, aCalculta anH HWOtae: MACMILLAN AND CO., Ltd. 
 
 ffiotonto: J. M. DENT AND SONS, Ltd. 
 
 Britao: THE MARUZEN-KABUSHIKl-KAISHA 
 
 A// rights reserved 
 
MORE 
 LATIN AND ENGLISH IDIOM 
 
 AN OBJECT-LESSON FROM 
 LIVY XXXIV. 1-8 
 
 BY 
 
 H. DARNLEY NAYLOR, M.A. 
 
 Trinity College, Cambridge 
 Professor of Classics in the University of Adelaide 
 
 Cambridge : 
 
 at the University Press 
 
 1915 
 
ST 
 
 CamiinliQt: 
 
 PRINTED BY JOHN CLAY, M.A. 
 AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS 
 
TO THE DEAR MEMORY OF 
 
 MY WIFE 
 J. C.D.N. 
 
 Terra minus fragrat, suavius Elysium 
 
PREFACE 
 
 A KINDLY critic of my Latin and English Idiom 
 -^^^*- suggested in The Classical Review that I should turn 
 my hand to Cicero. If I have not done that, I have at least 
 turned my hand to Livy as a speech-writer. 
 
 These first eight chapters of Book XXXIV are peculiarly 
 fitted for separate treatment. They deal with an episode 
 which stands entirely by itself, and there is no need to 
 wrench the setting in order to obtain the jewel. Then, 
 again, they possess a special interest because in them we 
 have two speeches, one in favour of, the other agaiast a bill 
 before Parliament. Finally Livy gives us a vivid picture of 
 Cato inveighing against the Roman Sufiragettes, It may 
 then, perhaps, be said of my work that 
 
 "some modem touches here and there 
 Redeem it from the charge of nothingness.'' 
 
 I have to thank for help of various kinds my friends 
 Professor W. Mitchell, M.A., D.Sc, Mr D. H. HoUidge, M.A., 
 and Mr R. J. M. Clucas, B.A, 
 
 H. D. N. 
 
 Adelaide University, 
 December, 1914. 
 
INTEODUCTION 
 
 THE VALUE OF ANCIENT LANGUAGES AND OF 
 TRANSLATION INTO IDIOMATIC ENGLISH 
 
 The educational value of great ancient languages is enhanced 
 by, if it does not depend on, the fact that such languages differ 
 from our own in methods of thought and expression. Thus com- 
 parisons have to be made continually, intelligence is quickened, 
 and powers of observation are developed. That is why French 
 and German (especially the former) can never be adequate sub- 
 stitutes for Latin and Greek. 
 
 The purpose of this book, as of my Latin and English Idiom, 
 is to encourage detailed comparison of two fine languages. In 
 spite of all that has been urged to the contrary, I am still of the 
 opinion that, except from the few who possess a natural gift of 
 imitation, continuous Latin Prose should not be demanded. In 
 its place we should require a far higher standard of English 
 translation, and should expect a candidate to explain why his 
 English version is often so different in form from that of the 
 original. If we give him Cicero to translate, he should be told 
 to make his version sound like Burke, Bright, or Gladstone; if 
 Livy, to make it sound like Prescott or Froude ; and he should 
 be asked, also, to justify any modernizations in which he may 
 have indulged. For modernization or Anglicizing should be 
 encouraged when the learner translates from the foreign 
 language, just as Latinizing and Grecizing are encouraged in ' 
 the reverse process. 
 
 N. I. 1 
 
INTKODUCTION 
 
 LATIN ORDER 
 
 A less kindly critic of my Latin and English Idiom has said 
 that I am like one who has just discovered the importance of 
 Xiatin order. If indeed I have awakened to its importance, 
 I ought to be thankful; for some Homers seem to be napping 
 still. A well-known version of the Aeneid translates 7. 312 
 
 Fleotere si nequeo superos, Aoheronta movebo 
 
 by " if I cannot bend the gods, I will stir up Acheron." Apart 
 from the unhappy picture which this version calls up — tin gods 
 to bend, and mud to stir up — , can it be said that the magnificent 
 antitheses of Jlectere and movebo, of superos and Acheronta (both 
 crying out for notice because of the order) are represented at all ? 
 If distinguished scholars can thus miss the mark, what may we 
 not expect of beginners' 1 I remain, therefore, unrepentant and 
 
 ^ I relegate to a footnote two random examples of Oonington's indifference 
 to order from Vergil's Georgicon Book i. 
 
 (1) 11. 297-8 
 
 At rubicunda Ceres medio sucolditur aestu 
 
 Et medio tostas aestu terit area fruges. 
 On tostas C. says "not to be joined with aesto." But, unless Latin order 
 is a wild Chinese puzzle, medio. ..aestu must go with tostas. The ears, 
 as a matter of fact, are parched by the midsummer heat, but they are also 
 bruised in the midsummer heat (on the threshing-floor). The truth is that 
 the ablative medio. ..aesto is first an instrumental ablative with tostas and 
 then a temporal ablative with terit. 
 
 (2) U. 316-21 
 
 Saepe ego cum flavis messorem indueeret arvis 
 Agricola et fragOi iam stringeret hordea culmo, 
 Omnia ventorum ooncurrere proelia vidi, 
 Quae gravidam late segetem ab radicibus imis 
 Sublimem expulsam eruerent, ita turbine nigro 
 Ferret hiemps culmumque levem stipulasque volantes. 
 On 1. 319 C. writes: "late with eruerent." But late can only go with 
 gravidam... segetem, for it lies between them. Compare Livy 3. 2. 13 multas 
 
INTRODUCTION 3 
 
 repeat that learners should be taught to read Latin with 
 emphasis on the words abnormally placed ; and I venture, 
 further, to repeat that departure from the normal order is 
 what makes Latin visually so effective an instrument of expres- 
 sion. 
 
 English depends on intonation and stress, and the same 
 words can bear quite different meaning according to the in- 
 tonation or stress used in uttering them. To take a simple case : 
 the words "I cannot walk there" may mean, according as we 
 pronounce them, (1) / cannot walk there (but you can); 
 
 (2) I cannot walk there (if I want to) ; (3) I cannot walk 
 there (but I can ride) ; (4) I cannot walk there (but I can walk 
 half the distance). Latin can show all the last three meanings 
 by order : the first is expressed by inserting ego. Thus we get 
 for (1) ego eo ambulare non possum ; (2) non possum eo ambulare; 
 
 (3) ambulare eo non possum ; (4) eo non possum ambulare. 
 Often it is order which elucidates the interpretation of some 
 
 doubtful word in poetry. Thus in Hor. Od. 2. 16. 21 : 
 
 Scandit aeratas vitiosa puppes 
 Cura... 
 
 What does vitiosa mean ? Those who watch Horace at work 
 are aware how significant is his grouping together of epithets. 
 Here things that are aeratas are the objects of something that is 
 vitiosa. Then we remember that vitium may mean a flaw or 
 
 passim manus, 1. 21. 6 duo deineeps reges etc. (see my Latin and English 
 Idiom, p. IS). The sense must be "gravidam lateque patentem segetem." 
 
 In 11. 316-7 there are two good instances of Vergil's pointed order, i.e. flavis 
 &ndL fragili. Both adjectives are prepositive and separated from their nouns. 
 The fields are ydlow flavis (not green) for the reaper; they are "white to 
 the harvest " ; the stalks are dry and brittle fragili (not soft and juicy) for 
 cutting. 
 
 As to 1. 320, may not the origirial reading have been eruerent, ut turbine 
 nigra? The ut would easily drop out (...entvttvkb...); then ita was intro- 
 duced from a gloss on ut (i.e. ut=m such » way that) in order to make the 
 line scan. 
 
 1—2 
 
4 INTRODUCTION 
 
 crack, and we not unfairly assume that vitiosa means full of 
 (and, by an easy transition, producing) such cracks and flaws, 
 until we arrive at the interpretation "cankering" — an inter- 
 pretation which, I think, is admirably suited to the context. 
 Thus vitiosa is merely more picturesque than edax — Care eats 
 even into the bronze of ships, into the " hearts of oak." But if 
 I am right in my interpretation, Horace has interpreted for me 
 by his happy juxtaposition of words. 
 
 And so in my commentary I shall continually draw attention 
 to the order, because I am persuaded that, when Livy is writing 
 at his best, every departure, however small, from normal order is 
 of the highest importance, if we would understand the meaning 
 aright. 
 
 I therefore conclude by giving the rules of normal order', 
 viz. : 
 
 (a) Subject (1), object (2), verb (3), (sometimes we find 
 these in the order (3), (2), (1)). 
 
 (6) Epithets of any kind (including the genitive case) 
 immediately follow the word to which they belong, i.e. are 
 " postpositive.'' 
 
 (c) Adjectives of number and quantity, demonstrative 
 pronouns, and adverbs immediately precede the words to which 
 they belong, i.e. are "prepositive." 
 
 (d) Goordinative and subordinative conjunctions, relative 
 and interrogative pronouns or adverbs come first in their clause. 
 
 (e) A Latin sentence if constructionally complete must 
 ipso facto be at an end. 
 
 1 For details I refer the student to Professor Postgate's Sermo Latinus, 
 pp. 35—45. 
 
CHAPTER I 
 
 § 1. Amid the anxieties 
 caused by such serious wars either 
 scarcely concluded or already 
 threatening, there occurred an 
 episode which, though trivial as 
 narrative, occasioned so much 
 feeling that it ended in a grave 
 conflict. § 2. Marcus Fundanius 
 and Lucius Valerius, plebeian 
 tribunes, introduced before the 
 Commons a proposal to repeal 
 the Oppian law. 
 
 § 3. This law had been passed 
 on the motion of the tribune Gaius 
 Oppius during the consulship 
 of Quintus Fabius and Tiberius 
 Sempronius, when the excitement 
 of the Punic war was at its height. 
 It provided that a woman should 
 possess not more than half an 
 ounce of gold, and wear no dresses 
 of iridescent colours. Women 
 were also forbidden to ride in 
 carriages either in the city or in 
 towns or within a mile's radius of 
 these, except for purposes of state 
 religious ceremonial. 
 
 § 4. Marcus and Publius 
 Junius Brutus, tribunes of the 
 
 § 1. Inter bellorum magnorum 
 aut vixdum finitorum aut immi- 
 nentium curas intercessit res parva 
 dictu, sed quae studiis in magnum 
 certamen excesaerit. § 2. M. 
 Fundanius et L. Valerius tribuni 
 plebi ad plebem tulerunt de Oppia 
 lege abroganda. 
 
 § 3. tulerat earn C. Oppius 
 tribunus plebis Q. Fabio, Ti. 
 Sempronio consulibus, in medio 
 ardore Punici belli, ne qua mulier 
 plus semunciam auri haberet nee 
 vestimento versicolori uteretur neu 
 iuncto vehiculo in urbe oppidove 
 aut propius inde mille passus nisi 
 sacrorum publicorum causa ve- 
 heretur. 
 
 § 4. M. et P. lunii Bruti 
 tribuni plebis legem Oppiam 
 
6 
 
 CHAP. I 
 
 4-7 
 
 plebs, championed the Oppian 
 law, and asserted that they would 
 not permit its repeal. In support 
 or opposition came forward a large 
 number of nobles, and the Capitol 
 was filled with crowds of people 
 upholding or condemning the 
 
 measure. 
 
 § 5. Deaf to the representa- 
 tions of their husbands, unmoved 
 by respect for them or their 
 bidding, married women could not 
 be kept within doors. They be- 
 sieged every road in the city and 
 every approach to the forum, 
 begging their husbands, as these 
 descended thither, to remember 
 the prosperity of the state, with 
 the daily growth of all private 
 fortunes, and to permit that their 
 wives as well as themselves should 
 have restored to them the adorn- 
 ments of the past. § 6. This 
 concourse of the women increased 
 day by day, as they gathered even 
 from country towns and villages. 
 § 7. And now they ventured to 
 approach and solicit consuls, 
 praetors, and other officials. But 
 of the first, one at least, Marcus 
 Porcius Cato, was found inexor- 
 able, and, in support of the law 
 whose repeal was proposed, he 
 delivered the following speech. 
 
 tuebantur nee earn se abrogari 
 passuros aiebant ; ad suadendum 
 dissuadendumque multi nobiles 
 prodibant ; Capitolium turba 
 hominum faventium adversanti- 
 umque legi complebatur. 
 
 § 5. matronae nulla nee auc- 
 toritate nee verecundia neo im- 
 perio virorum contineri limine 
 poterant, omnis vias urbis aditus- 
 que in forum obsidebant viros 
 descendentis ad forum orantes, 
 ut florente re publica, crescente 
 in dies privata omnium fortuna, 
 matronis quoque pristinum oma- 
 tum reddi paterentur. § 6. au- 
 gebatur haec frequentia mulierum 
 in dies ; nam etiam ex oppidis con- 
 ciliabulisque conveniebant. § 7. 
 iam et consules praetoresque et 
 alios magistratus adire et rogare 
 audebant ; ceterum minime exora- 
 bilem alterum utique consulem, 
 M. Porcium Catonem, habebant, 
 qui pro lege, quae abrogabatur, ita 
 disseruit : 
 
CHAP. II 
 
 1-5 
 
 CHAPTER II 
 
 § 1. " Gentlemen, if each of us 
 in his relations with the mistress 
 ot his household had, from the 
 beginning, retained the rights and 
 prerogatives of a husband, we 
 should now have less trouble with 
 the other sex as a whole. 
 
 § 2. Unfortunately in the 
 home our liberties have been over- 
 thrown by undisciplined woman- 
 hood, and here also, in the forum, 
 they are being trodden under foot. 
 W« have failed to curb individual 
 women and therefore we tremble 
 befjre them in the mass. 
 
 § 3. For my own part, I 
 always thought it a fabulous story 
 that the whole male population in 
 a certain island was once destroyed 
 roo; and branch by a conspiracy 
 among the women ; § 4. but 
 from every class and from both 
 seses we are in utmost danger, if 
 Calais, meetings, and secret con- 
 claves are permitted. Indeed / 
 can scarcely decide in my own 
 mind which is worse — the pro- 
 posal itself, or the bad example 
 set in carrying it into effect, 
 g 5. Of the two, the latter con- 
 cerns us, the consuls and other 
 officials: the former rather con- 
 cerns you, the burgesses of Bome. 
 For whether Jhe proposition before 
 you conduces to the common weal 
 
 § 1 . " si in sua quisque nostrum 
 matre famihae, Quirites, ius et 
 maiestatem viri retinere insti- 
 tuisset, minus cum universis 
 feminis negotii haberemus ; 
 
 § 2. nunc domi vieta libertas 
 nostra impotentia muliebri hicquo- 
 que in foro obteritur et calcatur, 
 et, quia singulas non continuimus, 
 universas horremus. 
 
 § 3. equidem fabulam et fictam 
 rem ducebam esse, virorum omne 
 genus in ahqua insula coniuratione 
 muhebri ab stirpe sublatum esse ; 
 § 4. ab nullo genere non summum 
 periculum est, si coetus et concilia 
 et secretas consultationes esse 
 sinas. atque ego vix statuere apud 
 animum meum possum, utrum 
 peior ipsa res an peiore exemplo 
 agatur ; § 5. quorum alterum 
 ad nos consules reUquosque magi- 
 stratus, alterum ad vos, Quirites, 
 magis pertinet. nam utrum e re 
 pubUca sit necne id, quod ad vos 
 fertur, vestra existimatio est, qui 
 
8 
 
 CHAP. II 
 
 5-10 
 
 or not, is a question for you to 
 determine who are about to vote ; 
 § 6. but this agitation by women, 
 a spontaneous efifort, it may be, 
 or due to the influence of you, 
 Marcus Fundanius, and you, 
 Lucius Valerius (the blame for 
 it, undoubtedly, rests on official 
 shoulders) — this agitation is, I 
 say, a disgrace ; whether a greater 
 disgrace to you the tribunes, or to 
 \is the consuls, I do not know ; 
 § 7. the shame is yours, if you 
 hare gone the length of bringing 
 females here to excite tribunician 
 disturbances : it is ours, if, like 
 the plebs of old, the women are 
 now to secede and dictate terms. 
 
 § 8. Speaking for myself, it 
 was not without a blush of shame 
 that, a few moments ago, I made 
 my way through a crowd of women 
 into the forum. Had not respect 
 for individual dignity and modesty 
 (I had no respect for such females 
 collectively) prevented me from 
 letting them be seen scolded by a 
 consul, I should have addressed 
 them thus : § 9. ' What sort of 
 practice is this — running out into 
 the public streets, besieging the 
 highways, and accosting the 
 husbands of others ? Could not 
 each of you have made this very 
 request to your own lords and in 
 the home? § 10. Or are you 
 more fascinating in public than 
 in private, more fascinating to 
 
 in sufiragium ituri estis ; § 6. haec 
 consternatio muliebris, sive sua 
 sponte, sive auctoribus vobis, M, 
 Fundani et L. Valeri, facta esli, 
 hand dilbie ad culpam magistrd- 
 tuum pertinens, nescio, vobis tij- 
 buni, an consiilibus magis sit 
 deformis : § 7. vobis, si feminas 
 ad concitandas tribunicias sedl- 
 tiones iam adduxistis ; nobis, pi 
 ut plebis quondam, sic nunc mi- 
 lierum seoessione leges accipiendle 
 sunt. 
 
 § 8. equidem non sine rubifre 
 quodam paulo ante per mediim 
 agmen mulierum in forum perveii. 
 quod nisi me verecundia sinau- 
 larum magis maiestatis et pudoiis 
 quam universarum tenuisset, (le 
 compellatae a consule viderentir, 
 dixissem : § 9. ' qui hie mos est 
 in pubhcum procurrendi et obsi- 
 dendi vias et viros aUenos appel-\ 
 landi ? istud ipsum suos quaeque 
 domi rogare non potuistis ? (j 10. 
 an blandiores in publico quam in 
 
CHAP. II 8S 10—14 
 
 9 
 
 strangers than to your husbands ? 
 And yet, even in the home (if 
 married women were restrained 
 by modesty within the bounds of 
 their due rights), it would have 
 been seemly for you to care nothing 
 what laws are passed or rejected 
 in this place.' 
 
 § 11. Our forefathers laid 
 down that women should not 
 transact any business, even of a 
 private nature, without the au- 
 thority of a guardian ; they were 
 to be imder the control of parents, 
 brother, or husband. But we, for- 
 sooth, allow them now actually to 
 take part in politics, to appear in 
 the forum, and to join in meetings 
 and elections. § 12. For what 
 are they doing, at this moment, 
 in the streets and at the cross- 
 roads, but supporting a proposal 
 of the tribunes, and voting for the 
 repeal of a law ? § 13. Give free 
 rein to a nature that knows no 
 control, to a creature untamed, 
 and hope that women, of them- 
 selves, will set a limit to ex- 
 travagance of liberty. § 14. But 
 unless you set such a limit, this is 
 theleast of the disabilities, imposed 
 by custom or by law, under which 
 women chafe. Liberty in all 
 things, or rather, to speak plain 
 truth, licence in all things, is what 
 they desire. 
 
 private et alienis quam vestris 
 estis? quamquam ne domi qui- 
 dem vos, si sui iuris finibus 
 matronas oontineret pudor, quae 
 leges hie rogarentur abrogaren- 
 turve, curare deouit.' 
 
 § 11. maiores nostri nullam, 
 ne privatam quidem rem agere 
 feminas sine tutore auctore volu- 
 erunt, in manu esse parentium, 
 fratrum, virorum ; nos, si diis 
 placet, iam etiam rem publicam 
 capessere eas patimur et foro quo- 
 que et contionibus et comitiis im- 
 misceri. § 12. quid enim nunc 
 aliud per vias et compita faciunt, 
 quam rogationem tribunorum 
 plebi suadent, quam legem abro- 
 gandam censent? § 13. date 
 frenos impotenti naturae et indo- 
 mito animali et sperate ipsas 
 modum Ucentiae facturas ; § 14. 
 nisi vos facietis, minimum hoc 
 eorum est, quae iniquo animo 
 feminae sibi aut moribus aut legi- 
 bus iniuncta patiuntur. omnium 
 rerum Ubertatem, immo licentiam, 
 si vere dicere volumus, desiderant 
 
10 
 
 CHAP. Ill §§ 1-5 
 
 § 1. And if they carry this 
 position, they will stop at nothing. 
 Review women's rights and all the 
 limitations by which your fore- 
 fathers curbed their wilfulness and 
 through which they subj ected them 
 to their husbands ; and yet, with 
 all these restraints, you can 
 scarcely keep them in check. 
 
 § 2. Furthermore, if you suffer 
 them to pluck and wrest from you 
 privileges one by one, in the end 
 allowing equality with men, think 
 you that you will find them en- 
 durable? No, the instant they 
 begin to be your equals, they will 
 get the upper hand. 
 
 § 3. But, we are told, they 
 take exception to a new measure 
 directed against them : not law 
 but outrage on law is the object of 
 their protest. § 4. Nay rather, 
 they demand that you should re- 
 peal a measure which by your 
 votes you have accepted and en- 
 acted, a measure which the use 
 and experience of so many years 
 have stamped with your approval ; 
 in fact, they ask you to abohsh 
 one law and so weaken all others. 
 § 5. No enactment is acceptable 
 to every citizen. The only question 
 raised is : ' Does it benefit the 
 majority 1 Is it, in the main, of 
 advantage?' An individual may 
 be privately offended by some 
 
 CHAPTER III 
 
 § 1. quid enim, si hoc ex- 
 pugnaverint, non temptabunt ? 
 recensete omnia muliebria iura, 
 quibus Ucentiam earum adliga- 
 verint maiores vestri per quaeque 
 subiecerint viris ; quibus omnibus 
 constrictas vix tamen continere 
 potestis. 
 
 § 2. quid ? si carpere singula 
 et extorquere et aequari ad ex- 
 tremum viris patiemini, tolerabiles 
 vobis eas fore creditis ? extemplo, 
 simul pares esse coeperint, supe- 
 riores erunt. 
 
 § 3. at heroule ne quid novum 
 in eas rogetur recusant, non ius 
 sed iniuriam depreoantur; § 4. 
 immo, ut, quam accepistis iussistis 
 suffragiis vestris legem, quam usu 
 tot annorum et experiendo com- 
 probastis, banc ut abrogetis, id est 
 ut \mam tollendo legem ceteras 
 iufirmetis. § 5. nulla lex satis 
 commoda omnibus est ; id modo 
 quaeritur, si maiori parti et in 
 summam prodest. si, quod cuique 
 privatim offioiet ius, id destruet 
 
CHAP. Ill 
 
 5-9 
 
 11 
 
 legislation : is he therefore to pull 
 it down in ruins 1 If so, what is 
 the good of the community's 
 passing laws which can so quickly 
 be rescinded by those against 
 whom they were directed? 
 
 § 6. I should like, however, 
 to hear why it is that married 
 women have rushed hysterically 
 into the public streets, all but 
 invading forum and assembly. 
 § 7. Is it to redeem from Hanni- 
 bal prisoners of war, fathers, 
 husbands, children, and brothers ? 
 Far is, and far for ever be, such a 
 misfortune from our country ! Yet, 
 when such a misfortune did come, 
 you refused this boon to their 
 prayers of love and patriotism. 
 
 § 8. But perhaps it is not 
 love or anxiety for their dear ones 
 that has gathered them here ; it 
 is religion : they are waiting to 
 welcome the Holy Mother of Ida 
 on Her way from Pessinus in 
 Phrygia. No? Then what honour- 
 able plea, honourable at least in 
 word, is put forward to excuse this 
 revolt of our women ? § 9. The 
 reply comes : ' We wish to glitter 
 in gold and purple, to ride in 
 carriages every day, festival or no 
 festival, to be carried through the 
 city as if in triumph over a law 
 vanquished and repealed, over your 
 votes taken captive out of your 
 hands. In fine, we ask that no 
 limit should be set to extravagance 
 and voluptuousness.' 
 
 ac demolietur, quid attinebit uni- 
 verses rogare leges, quas mox 
 abrogare, in quos latae sunt, 
 possint ? 
 
 § 6. volo tamen audire, quid 
 sit, propter quod matronae con- 
 stematae procucurrerint in pubU- 
 cum ac vix foro se et contione 
 abstineant. § 7. ut captivi ab 
 Hannibale redimantur parentes, 
 viri, liberi, fratres earum? procul 
 abest absitque semper talis fortuna 
 rei publicae ; sed tamen, cum fuit, 
 negastis hoc piis preoibus earum. 
 
 § 8. at non pietas nee soUici- 
 tudo pro suis, sed reUgio congre- 
 gavit eas : matrem Idaeam a 
 Pessinunte ex Phrygia venientem 
 aoeepturae sunt, quid honestum 
 dictu saltem sedition! praetendi- 
 tur muliebri? § 9. 'ut auro et 
 purpura fulgamus' inquit, 'ut 
 carpentis f estis prof estisque diebus, 
 velut triumphantes de lege victa 
 et abrogata et captis et ereptis 
 suffragiis vestris, per urbem vecte- 
 mur ; ne ullus modus sumptibus, 
 ne luxuriae sit.' 
 
12 
 
 CHAP. IV 
 
 1-5 
 
 CHAPTER IV 
 
 § 1. You have often heard me 
 complain about the expenses of 
 women, and of men no less, and 
 those not only private citizens but 
 state officials also ; § 2. you have 
 often heard me say that two 
 opposite vices, greed and luxury, 
 are endangering the state, curses 
 which have proved the ruin of all 
 great empires. § 3. And this is 
 what frightens me ; for the happier 
 and more prosperous our country, 
 and the greater the daily increase 
 of our empire (already we have 
 crossed into Greece and Asia 
 Minor, both richly stored with 
 every incentive to voluptuousness ; 
 nay, our hands covet the treasures 
 of eastern potentates)^ — ^the more 
 do I dread the situation, and fear 
 that our acquisitions have mastered 
 us, not we them. § 4. Believe 
 me, these art treasures have come 
 from Syracuse like an invading 
 army against our city. Too many, 
 even now, I hear full of praise and 
 admiration for the ornaments of 
 Corinth and of Athens, fuU of 
 mockery for the clay figures of 
 Eome's gods on the temple pedi- 
 ments. § 5. But, for myself, I 
 preferthesegodsand their blessing, 
 and I trust that they wiU grant it, 
 if only we suffer them to remain in 
 their old homes. 
 
 § 1. saepe me querentem de 
 feminarum, saepe de virorum nee 
 de privatonim modo sed etiam 
 magistratuum sumptibus audistis, 
 § 2. diversisque duobus vitiis, 
 avaritia et luxuria, civitatem 
 laborare, quae pestes omnia magna 
 imperia everterunt. § 3. haec 
 ego, quo melior laetiorque in dies 
 fortuna rei publicae est imperium- 
 que crescit — et iam in Graeciam 
 Asiamque transcendimns omnibus 
 libidinum iUecebris repletas et 
 regias etiam adtreotamus gazas — , 
 eo plus horreo, ne illae magis res 
 nos ceperint quam nos illas. § 4. 
 infesta, mihi credite, signa ab 
 Syracusis illata sunt huic urbi. 
 iam nimis multos audio Corinthi 
 et Athenarum omamenta laudantis 
 mirantisque et antefixa fictilia 
 deorum Eomanorum ridentis. § 5. 
 ego hos malo propitios deos et ita 
 spero futures, si in suis manere 
 sedibus patiemur. 
 
CHAP. IV 
 
 6-11 
 
 13 
 
 § 6. Within the memory of 
 our fathers, the envoy Cineas was 
 employed by Pyrrhus in an at- 
 tempt to bribe not only men, but 
 women also. The Oppian law had 
 not yet been passed to curb femi- 
 nine luxuriousness ; for aU that, 
 not one woman accepted a bribe. 
 § 7. And what, think you, was 
 the reason 1 The same reason 
 which led our ancestors to make 
 no legal provision in the matter : 
 there existed no luxiu^ousness 
 to be curbed. § 8. Just as we 
 must diagnose the disease before 
 we can know the remedy, so evil 
 desires come into existence before 
 the laws which are to limit them. 
 § 9. What called forth the Li- 
 cinian law, with its restriction of 
 500 acres, except inordinate passion 
 for enlarging estates? What the 
 Cincian law against gifts and 
 presents, except that the plebs 
 had now commenced to be the 
 (pensioners and dependentsj of the 
 senate ? § 10. Thus there is little 
 reason to wonder that neither the 
 Oppian law nor any other was 
 wanted to limit the extravagances 
 of women, when they refused to 
 accept gold and purple, freely 
 given, nay thrust upon them. 
 § 11. But, to-day, had Cineas 
 gone the round of the city with 
 his bribes, he would have found 
 women standing in the pubUo 
 streets to receive them. 
 
 § 6. patrum nostrorum me- 
 moria per legatum Cineam Pyrrhus 
 non virorum modo sed etiam mu- 
 lierum animos donis temptavit. 
 nondum lex Oppia ad coercendam 
 luxuriam muhebrem lata erat; 
 tamen nulla aooepit. § 7. quam 
 causam fuisse oensetis ? eadem 
 fuit, quae maioribus nostris nihil 
 de hac re lege sanciundi ; nulla 
 erat luxuria, quae coerceretur. 
 § 8. sicut ante morbos necesse 
 est eognitos esse quam remedia 
 earum, sic cupiditates prius natae 
 sunt quam leges, quae iis modum 
 facerent. § 9. quid legem Li- 
 ciniam excitavit de quingentis 
 iugeribus nisi ingens cupido agros 
 continuandi ? quid legem Cinciam 
 de donis et muneribus, nisi quia 
 veotigalis iam et stipendiaria plebs 
 essesenatuicoeperati §10. itaque 
 minime mirum est nee Oppiam 
 nee aliam ullam turn legem de- 
 sideratam esse, quae modum 
 sumptibus muherum faceret, cum 
 aunmi et purpuram data et oblata 
 ultro non accipiebant. § 11. si 
 nunc cum illis donis Cineas iu:bem 
 ciroumiret, stantis in pubhco in- 
 venisset, quae acoiperent. 
 
14 
 
 CHAP. IV §§ 12-16 
 
 § 12. Indeed for some desires 
 /cannot find even the ground or 
 the motive. Granting that the 
 denial of what is lawful for one's 
 neighbour brings with it some 
 perhaps not unnatural feeling of 
 shame or vexation, still, when 
 fashions are the same for all, 
 wherein need each one of you 
 ladies fear to be made conspicuous ? 
 § 13. The lowest shame is shame 
 of thrift or humble circumstances ; 
 but the law takes from you both 
 forms of shame, when you do not 
 possess that which it is unlawful 
 to have. 
 
 § 14. 'But,' says our wealthy 
 lady, ' it'is just this equality that 
 I cannot endure. Why may I not 
 attract attention by a blaze of 
 purple and gold 1 Why should the 
 poor circumstances of other women 
 find concealment under this pre- 
 text of a law, making it seem that 
 what they cannot afford they might 
 have had but for legislation?' 
 § 15. Gentlemen, do you wish 
 such rivalry to be instilled in your 
 wives as will cause the rich to 
 desire only what no one else of 
 their sex can have, and the poor, 
 fearing contempt on this very 
 ground, to overstrain their means? 
 § 16. Assuredly, so soon as thei/ 
 feel shame where shame should 
 not exist, they will cease to feel it 
 where it should. The woman who 
 possesses the means will get her 
 
 § 12. atque ego nonnullarum 
 cupiditatium ne causam quidem 
 aut rationem inire possum, nam 
 ut, quod alii liceat, tibi non hcere 
 ahquid fortasse naturalis aut pu- 
 doris aut indignationis habeat, sic 
 aequato omnium cultu quid una- 
 quaeque vestrima veretur ne in 
 se conspiciatur ? § 13. pessimus 
 quidem pudor est vel parsimoniae 
 vel paupertatis ; sed utrumque lex 
 vobis demit, cum id quod habere 
 non licet, non habetis. 
 
 § 14. 'banc' inquit 'ipsam 
 exaequationem non fero ' ilia locu- 
 ples. 'cur non insignia auro et 
 purpura conspicior? curpaupertas 
 aliarum sub hac legis specie latet, 
 ut, quod habere non possunt, habi- 
 turae, si liceret, fuisse videantur?' 
 § 15. vultis hoc certamen uxori- 
 bus vestris inicere, Quirites, ut 
 divites id habere velint, quod nulla 
 aha possit ; pauperes, ne ob hoc 
 ipsum contemnantur, supra vires 
 se extendant ? § 16. ne eas simul 
 pudere, quod non oportet, coeperit, 
 quod oportet, non pudebit. quae 
 
CHAP, IV SS 16-20 
 
 15 
 
 desire, the woman who does not 
 will ask her husband. § 17. Un- 
 happy man, whether he yield to 
 her prayers or not ! What he 
 does not give himself, he will see 
 given by another. § 18. Even 
 now they frequently solicit the 
 husbands of others, and, what is 
 more, they ask for a measure and 
 for votes, and get them, too, in 
 certain quarters. But it is to the 
 detriment of yourself. Sir, your 
 property, and your children, that 
 you are compliant ; once let the 
 law cease to limit the expenses of 
 your wife, and you will never suc- 
 ceed in doing it. 
 
 § 19. Do not imagine, gentle- 
 men, that the position will be the 
 same as it was before the law was 
 passed to deal with it. It is less 
 dangerous for a bad man to escape 
 trial than to be acquitted ; and 
 luxury unawaJied would have been 
 more tolerable than it wiU be now, 
 — ^maddened, like some wild beast, 
 by its very chains, and then let 
 loose. 
 
 § 20. I therefore move that 
 the Oppian law by no means be 
 repealed ; but whatever course you 
 adopt, may the blessing of every 
 god rest upon it !" 
 
 de suo poterit, parabit, quae non 
 poterit, virum rogabit. § 17. 
 miserum ilium virum, et qui exo- 
 ratus et qui non exoratus erit, emu, 
 quod ipse non dederit, datum ab 
 alio videbit. § 18. nunc vulgo 
 alienos viros rogant et, quod maius 
 est, legem et sufiragia rogant et a 
 quibusdam impetrant. adversus 
 te et rem tuam et liberos tuos 
 exorabilis es; simul lex modum 
 sumptibus uxoris tiiae facere de- 
 sierit, tu numquam faoies. 
 
 § 19. nohte eodem loco existi- 
 mare, Quirites, futuram rem, quo 
 fuit, antequam lex de hoc ferretur. 
 et hominem improbum non accu- 
 sari tutius est quam absolvi, et 
 luxuria non mota tolerabihor esset, 
 quam erit nunc, ipsis vincuHs, 
 sicut ferae bestiae, irritata, deinde 
 emissa. 
 
 § 20. ego nuUo modo abro- 
 gandam legem Oppiam censeo ; vos 
 quod faxitis, decs omnis fortunare 
 velim." 
 
16 
 
 CHAP. V §§ 1-4 
 
 CHAPTER V 
 
 § 1. After this speech those 
 plebeian tribunes who had pro- 
 mised their intervention added a 
 few words to the same purport. 
 Then Lucius Valerius addressed 
 the assembly in support of the 
 bill which he himself had brought 
 forward. 
 
 " If," he said, " private members 
 only had risen to speak for or 
 against the measure before us, 
 I, for my part, feeling that enough 
 had been said on both sides, should 
 have remained silent and awaited 
 the verdict of your votes. § 2. 
 But since a gentleman of such 
 authority, and a consul — I mean 
 Marcus Porcius — has not only used 
 the weight of his influence, which 
 needed no words to enhance it, but 
 has also delivered a lengthy and 
 carefully prepared oration against 
 our proposal, I am compelled to 
 make a brief reply. § 3. The 
 consul, however, expended more 
 verbiage on reproof of married 
 women than on criticism of our 
 bill ; and he actually raised the 
 question whether the course which 
 he blamed had been adopted by 
 these ladies of their own accord or 
 at our instigation. § 4. But it 
 is the measure that I propose to 
 defend, not ourselves, against 
 whom the consul levelled this 
 
 § 1. Post haec tribuni quoque 
 plebi, qui se intercessuros pro- 
 fessi erant cum pauca in eandem 
 sententiam adiecissent, tum L. 
 Valerius pro rogatione ab se pro- 
 mulgata ita disseruit : 
 
 "si privati tantummodo ad 
 suadendum dissuadendumque id, 
 quod ab nobis rogatur, processis- 
 sent, ego quoque, cum satis dictum 
 pro utraque parte existimarem, 
 taoitus suflfragia vestra exspectas- 
 sem ; § 2. nunc cum vir gravis- 
 simus, consul M. Porcius, non 
 auctoritate solum, quae tacita 
 satis momenti habuisset, sed 
 oratione etiam longa et aocurata 
 inseotatus sit rogationem nostram, 
 necesse est paucis respondere. 
 § 3. qui tamen plura verba in 
 castigandis matronis quam in 
 rogatione nostra dissuadenda con- 
 sumpsit, et quidem ut in dubio 
 poneret, utrum id, quod repre- 
 henderet, matronae sua sponte an 
 nobis auctoribus fecissent. § 4. 
 rem defendam, non nos, in quos 
 
CHAP. V §§ 4-8 
 
 17 
 
 allegation, though without any 
 evidence to support his charge. 
 § 5. He talked of conspiracy, 
 sedition, and sometimes secession 
 on the part of the women, because 
 our wives publicly asked that a 
 law whose passage was aimed 
 against them in time of war and 
 during a period of distress should 
 be repealed by you, now that peace 
 reigns and the state is prosperous 
 and flourishing. 
 
 § 6. These and other flights 
 of rhetoric I know there are, to be 
 pressed into the service of ex- 
 aggeration ; and we are all aware 
 that M. Cato, as a speaker, is not 
 merely weighty, but, sometimes, 
 aggressive too, despite his gentle 
 character. § 7. For what start- 
 ling novelty have these ladies 
 introduced by crowding the streets 
 and courting pubUcity in a matter 
 which touches them so nearly ? Is 
 this the first time upon which 
 they have appeared before the 
 public gaze? Nay, I wiU open 
 your own ' Antiquities ' and refute 
 you from it. § 8. Hear how often 
 they have done the same thing, 
 and always to the interests of the 
 state. To begin at the beginning — 
 in the reign of Romulus, when the 
 Sabines had seiiied the Capitol and 
 a pitched battle was being fought in 
 the very midst of the forum, did not 
 the matrons rush between the two 
 lines and stay the fiiry of the fight ? 
 
 N. I. 
 
 iecit magis hoc consul verbo tenus, 
 quam ut re insimularet. § 5. 
 coetum et seditionem et interdum 
 secessionem muliebrem appellavit, 
 quod matronae in publico vos 
 rogassent, ut legem in se latam 
 per bellimi temporibus duris in 
 pace et florenti ao beata re pubKca 
 abrogaretis. 
 
 § 6. uerba magna, quae rei 
 augendae causa conquirantur, haec 
 et alia esse scio, et M. Catonem 
 oratorem non solum gravem sed 
 interdum etiam trucem esse seimus 
 omnes, cum ingenio sit mitis. 
 § 7. nam quid tandem novi ma- 
 tronae feeerunt, quod frequentes 
 in causa ad se pertinente in publi- 
 cum processerunt ? numquam 
 ante hoe tempus in publico ap- 
 paruerunt ? tuas adversus te 
 Origines revolvam. § 8. accipe 
 quotiens id fecerint, et quidem 
 semper bono publico, iam a prin- 
 cipio, regnante Romulo, cum 
 Capitoho ab Sabinis capto medio 
 in foro signis oollatis dimicaretur„ 
 nonne intercursu matronarum 
 inter acies duas proeUum sedatum. 
 est? 
 
 2 
 
18 
 
 CHAP. V 
 
 § 9. Again, after the expulsion 
 of the kings, when Marcius Corio- 
 lanus, at the head of the Volscian 
 legions, had encamped within five 
 miles, was it not tkey who turned 
 away the army, which, otherwise, 
 would have overwhelmed this city ? 
 Furthermore, when it had heen 
 taken hy the Gauls, was not its 
 ransom the gold which *Aey con- 
 tributed to the treasury amid 
 universal applause? § 10. And, 
 not to go to ancient history, in 
 the last war, when there was need 
 of money, did not the widows and 
 the unmarried assist the public 
 funds from their own ? And also, 
 when new deities were called in to 
 aid our desperate fortunes, did not 
 our matrons, one and all, set forth 
 to the sea that they might greet 
 the Holy Mother of Ida ? 
 
 §11. But, say you, the grounds 
 are different. Well, I have not set 
 out to prove them parallel. It is 
 sufficient to make good my plea 
 that nothing unprecedented has 
 been done. § 12. If, however, 
 under conditions which affected 
 everybody — men and women alike 
 — no one marvelled at what the 
 matrons did, why, in a case which 
 especially touches themselves, 
 should we wonder at their action ? 
 § 13. But what has that action 
 been ? Upon my soul, our ears 
 are the ears of tyrants, if, when 
 masters do not disdain the prayers 
 
 i 9-13 
 
 § 9. quid? regibus exactis 
 cum Coriolano Marcio duce le- 
 giones Volscorum castra ad quin- 
 tum lapidem posuissent, nonne id 
 agmen, quo obruta haec urbs esset, 
 matronae averterunt ? iam urbe 
 capta a Gallis aurum, quo re- 
 dempta urbs est, nonne matronae 
 consensu omnium in publicum 
 contulerunt ? § 10. proximo 
 bello, ne antiqua repetam, nonne 
 et, cum pecunia opus fuit, vi- 
 duarum pecuniae adiuverunt aera- 
 rium, et, cum dii quoque novi ad 
 opem ferendam dubiis rebus ac- 
 cerserentur, matronae universae 
 ad mare profectae sunt ad matrem 
 Idaeam accipiendam ? 
 
 § 11. dissimiles, inquis, causae 
 sunt, nee mihi causas aequare 
 propositum est ; nihil novi factum 
 purgare satis est. § 12. ceterum 
 quod in rebus ad omnia pariter, 
 viros feminas, pertinentibus fecisse 
 eas nemo miratus est, in causa 
 proprie ad ipsas pertinente mira- 
 mur fecisse? § 13. quid autem 
 fecerunt ? superbas, me dius 
 fidius, aures habemus, si, cum 
 domini servorum non &stidiant 
 
CHAP. V § 13— CHAP. VI §§ 1-5 
 
 19 
 
 of their slaves, we are scandalised 
 by the entreaties of honourable 
 women. 
 
 preces, nos rogari ab honestis 
 feminis indignamur. 
 
 CHAPTER VI 
 
 § 1. And now I come to the 
 question at issue. Here the con- 
 sul's speech fell under two heads : 
 first he strongly objected to the 
 repeal of any law whatsoever; 
 secondly to the repeal, in parti- 
 cular, of a law for the repression 
 of female extravagances. 
 
 § 2. This universal defence of 
 legislation seemed a fit topic for 
 a consul ; while the attack on 
 luxury was well-suited to an austere 
 morality. § 3. Thus there is 
 danger that dust may be thrown 
 in your eyes, unless we show the 
 fallacy which underlies each ob- 
 jection. § 4. Speaking for my- 
 self, I admit that laws which are 
 passed, not to meet some special 
 need, but to stand for aJl time 
 because of their permanent utihty, 
 should in no case be repealed, un- 
 less either experience has proved 
 them a mistake, or some particular 
 condition of the body poUtic has 
 rendered them nugatory. § 5. On 
 the other hand, laws once de- 
 manded by special situations I see 
 to be " mortal " (if I may use the 
 word) and liable to change with 
 
 § 1. Venio nunc ad id, de quo 
 agitur. in quo duplex consulis 
 oratio fuit ; nam et legem ullam 
 onmino abrogari est indignatus, 
 et eam pi-aecipue legem, quae 
 luxuriae muliebris coercendae 
 causa lata esset. 
 
 § 2. et iUa communis pro 
 legibus visa oonsularis oratio est, 
 et haec adversus luxuriam se- 
 verissimis moribus conveniebat. 
 § 3. itaque periculum est, nisi, 
 quid in utraque re vani sit, do- 
 ' cuerimus, ne quis error vobis 
 oflftindatur. § 4. ego enim quem 
 ad modum ex iis legibus, quae non 
 in tempus aJiquid, sed perpetuae 
 utUitatis causa in aetemum latae 
 simt, nullam abrogari debere 
 fateor, nisi quam aut usus coarguit 
 aut status ahquis rei pubhcae 
 inutilem fecit, § 5. sic, quas 
 tempera aliqua desiderarunt leges, 
 mortales, ut ita dicam, et tempori- 
 bus ipsis mutabiles esse video. 
 2—2 
 
20 
 
 CHAP. VI 
 
 6-10 
 
 changing times. § 6. Measures 
 adopted in peace are generally 
 rescinded by war ; those adopted 
 in war, by peace. In directing a 
 ship, some methods are of value 
 for good weather, others for bad. 
 § 7. Since then these two types 
 of legislation are inherently so 
 different, to which type, think 
 you, does this law whose repeal 
 we propose belong? § 8. Well, 
 is it some ancient enactment of 
 the kings, as old as the life of our 
 city ? Or, to take the era following, 
 when the decemvirs were appointed 
 to draw up a code, was it included 
 by them in the Twelve Tables? 
 Did our ancestors regard it as 
 essential to the preservation of 
 wifely honour, and therefore must 
 we fear that, in annulling it, we 
 annul also the purity and sanctity 
 of womanhood ? 
 
 § 9. But everyone knows that 
 this is a law without precedent, 
 carried twenty years ago in the 
 consulship of Quintus Fabius and 
 Tiberius Sempronius. Without it, 
 for all those years, married women 
 lived lives beyond reproach ; and 
 why, pray, is there danger that its 
 repeal may lead to an outbreak of 
 voluptuousness? § 10. If this 
 measure had been one of long 
 standing, or passed in order to 
 limit feminine indulgence, there 
 would be reason to fear that its 
 abolition might prove an incite- 
 
 § 6. quae, in pace lata simt, ple- 
 rumque bellum abrogat, quae in 
 beUo pax, ut in navis administra- 
 tione alia in seounda, alia in 
 adversa tempestate usui sunt. 
 § 7. haec cum ita natura dis- 
 tincta sint, ex utro tandem genere 
 ea lex esse videtur, quam abro- 
 gamus ? § 8. quid ? vetus regia 
 lex, simul cum ipsa urbe nata aut, 
 quod secundum est, ab decemviris 
 ad condenda iura creatis in duo- 
 decim tabulis scripta, sine qua 
 cum maiores nostri non existi- 
 marint decus matronale servari 
 posse, nobis quoque verendum sit, 
 ne cum ea pudorem sanctitatem- 
 que feminarum abrogemus ? 
 
 § 9. quis igitur nescit novam 
 istam legem esse, Q. Fabio et Ti. 
 Sempronio consuHbus viginti ante 
 annis latam? sine qua cum per 
 tot annos matronae optimis mori- 
 bus viierint, quod tandem, ne 
 abrogata ea effundantur ad luxu- 
 riam, periculum est ? § 10. nam 
 si ista lex vetus aut ideo lata esset, 
 ut finiret libidinem muliebrem, 
 verendum foret, ne abrogata in- 
 
CHAP. VI 
 
 §§ 10-15 
 
 21 
 
 ment ; but the gro inds of its 
 adoption may be seen in the 
 circumstances themselves. § 11. 
 Hannibal was in Italy, the victor 
 of Cannae ; Tarentum, Arpi, and 
 Capua were already in his hands ; 
 § 12. Rome itself was thought to 
 be the objective of his army ; our 
 allies had revolted ; there were no 
 soldiers to take the place of the 
 fallen, no seamen to man the fleet, 
 no money in the treasury ; slaves 
 were being purchased to bear arms, 
 the price for whom was to be paid 
 to their owners on the conclusion 
 of hostilities ; § 13. up to the 
 same date of settlement the tax- 
 farmers promised to contract for 
 the supply of com and other 
 necessaries of war ; slaves to act 
 as rowers, the number fixed in 
 proportion to income, were being 
 provided by us as well as pay; 
 § 14. all our gold and silver 
 (senators had set the example) we 
 were contributing to the public 
 service; widows, unmarried women, 
 and wards were taking what they 
 possessed to the treasury ; it was 
 provided by law that we should 
 have at home not more than a 
 certain amount of wrought gold 
 and silver, or of silver and bronze 
 coin — : § 15. at such a time, 
 were the wives so given up to 
 luxurious adornment that the 
 Oppian law was needed for its 
 repression? Why, owing to the 
 
 citaret ; cur sit autem lata, ipsimi 
 indicabit tempus. §11- Hannibal 
 in Italia erat, victor ad Cannas; 
 iam Tarentum, iam Arpos, iam 
 Capuam habebat ; § 12. ad urbem 
 Komam admoturus exercitum vide- 
 batur ; defecerantsocii ; non nulites 
 in supplementum, non socios na- 
 valis ad classem tuendam, non 
 pecuniam in aerario habebamus; 
 servi, quibus arma darentur, ita 
 ut pretiiun pro iis bello perfecto 
 dominis solveretur, emebantur ; 
 § 13. in eandem diem pecuniae 
 frumentum et cetera, quae beUi 
 usus postulabant, praebenda pub- 
 hcani se conducturos professi 
 erant ; servos ad remum numero 
 ex censu constituto cum stipendio 
 nostro dabamus ; § 14. aurum 
 et argentum omne ab senatoribus 
 eius rei initio orto in pubUcimi 
 conferebamus ; viduae et pupilli 
 pecunias suas in aerarivmi defere- 
 bant ; cautum erat, quo ne plus 
 auri et argenti faoti, quo ne plus 
 signati argenti et aeris domi ha- 
 beremus — : § 15. tali tempore 
 in luxuria et omatu matronae 
 occupatae erant, ut ad eam coer- 
 cendam Oppia lex desiderata sit, 
 
22 
 
 CHAP. VI §§ 15-18 — CHAP. VII SS 1, 2 
 
 abandonment of Ceres' sacrifice 
 (for all the women were in 
 mourning), the senate commanded 
 that the period of such mourning 
 should be limited to thirty days ! 
 
 § 16. Anyone can see that the 
 poverty and distress in the country, 
 when every private citizen had to 
 convert his money to the pubUo 
 use, were responsible for this piece 
 of legislation which was to remain 
 on the statute book only so long 
 as the reason for its enactment 
 continued to exist. 
 
 § 17. For if the measures then 
 decreed by the senate or passed by 
 the assembly to meet the circum- 
 stances of the moment ought to 
 hold good for all time, why do we 
 refund moneys to private persons? 
 Why do we call for state contracts 
 on the basis of immediate pay- 
 ment ? § 18. Why are slaves not 
 bought to serve in our armies? 
 Why do we not, as individuals, 
 provide rowers, exactly as we pro- 
 vided them before ? 
 
 cum, quia Cereris sacrificium 
 lugentibus omnibus matronis in- 
 termissum erat, senatus flniri 
 luctum triginta diebus iussit? 
 
 § 16. cui non apparet inopiam 
 et miseriam civitatis, [et] quia 
 omnium privatorum pecuniae in 
 usum publicum vertendae erant, 
 istam legem scripsisse, tam diu 
 mansuram, quam diu causa scri- 
 bendae legis mausisset? 
 
 § 17. nam si, quae tunc tem- 
 poris causa aut decrevit senatus 
 aut populus iussit, in perpetuum 
 servari oportet, cur pecunias red- 
 dimus privatis? cur publica 
 praesenti pecunia locamus? § 18. 
 our servi, qui militant, non emun- 
 tiir? cur privati non damus re- 
 miges, sicut tunc dedimus ? 
 
 CHAPTER VII 
 
 § 1. All other classes, all other 
 persons are to feel the improve- 
 ment in the condition of the state ; 
 and shall only our wives reap no 
 benefit from its peace and tran- 
 quillity 1 § 2. Purple will be worn 
 
 § 1. omnes alii ordines, omnes 
 homines mutationem in meliorem 
 statum rei publicae sentient ; ad 
 coniuges tantum nostras pacis et 
 tranquillitatis publicae fructua non 
 perveniet? § 2. purpura viri 
 
CHAP. Vn §§ 2-0 
 
 23 
 
 by us men in the official dress of 
 magistrates and priests ; our 
 children wUl wear the toga 
 bordered with purple ; magistrates 
 in colonies and provincial towns, 
 and here, in Rome, the lowest 
 official class, the superintendents 
 of streets, wiU receive from us 
 the right to use this same dress ; 
 § 3. and not merely in life may 
 they have this uniform : when 
 dead they may be cremated with 
 it. Shall we then deny the use of 
 purple to none but women ? You, 
 the husband, may have purple for 
 your hangings, and will you not 
 allow the mistress of your house- 
 hold to wear that colour in her 
 mantle? Are the caparisons of 
 your horse to be more briUiant 
 than the dresses of your wife ? 
 
 § 4. Yet, in the case of purple, 
 which wears out and is wasted, 
 I can see that there is some reason, 
 however unjust, for parsimony. 
 But in the matter of gold, where, 
 if we except the cost of workman- 
 ship, there is no loss in value, why 
 shoiild we be grudging? Rather 
 it is a safe investment for private 
 and public needs, as, in fact, you 
 have found out by experience. 
 
 § 6. It was urged that no 
 rivalry exists between individual 
 women now that none of them 
 possesses gold. But, surely, our 
 women as a class feel the bitterest 
 indignation when they see the 
 
 utemur, praetextati in magistrati- 
 bus, in sacerdotiis ; liberi nostri 
 praetextis puirpura togis utentur ; 
 magistratibus in coloniis muni- 
 cipiisque, hie Romae infimo generic 
 magistris vicorum, togae prae- 
 textae habendae ius permittemus, 
 § 3. nee ut vivi solum habeant 
 [tantum] insigne, sed etiam ut 
 cum eo crementur mortui : feminis. 
 dumtaxat purpurae usu inter- 
 dicemus ? et, cum tibi viro liceat 
 purpura in vestem stragulam uti, 
 matrem familiae tuam purpureum 
 amiculum habere non sines, et 
 equus tuus speciosius instratus 
 erit quam uxor vestita ? 
 
 § 4. sed in purpura, quae 
 teritur absumitur, iniustam qui- 
 dem, sed aliquam tamen causam 
 tenacitatis video ; in auro vero, in 
 quo praeter manupretium nihil 
 intertrimenti fit, quae malignitas 
 est ? praesidium potius in eo est 
 et ad privates et ad publicos usus, 
 sicut experti estis. 
 
 § 5. nullam aemulationem 
 inter se singularum, quoniam nulla 
 haberet, esse aiebat. at hercule 
 universis dolor et indignatio est, 
 
24 
 
 CHAP. VII SS 5-11 
 
 wives of Latin allies permitted 
 such ornaments as are denied to 
 themselves ; § 6. when they see 
 them conspicuous in gold and 
 purple, and driving through the 
 city, while they themselves follow 
 on foot, as if the administration 
 were centred not in their own 
 community but in the communi- 
 ties from which those others come. 
 § 7. Such a contrast could wound 
 the feelings of men ; how much 
 more of weak women, who are 
 affected by the merest trifles? 
 
 § 8. Offices, priesthoods, tri- 
 umphs, decorations, donatives and 
 spoils of war cannot fall to their 
 lot ; § 9. toilet, ornaments, dress 
 — these are the "decorations" of 
 womanhood ; these are their de- 
 light and pride ; these are what 
 our forefathers called " the adorn- 
 ment of woman.'' 
 
 § 10. In mourning, what do 
 they do but lay aside their gold 
 as well as their purple? When 
 mourning is over, what do they 
 do but resume them? If they 
 give thanks or offer supplications, 
 what do they add save greater 
 splendour in apparel? 
 
 § 11. Of course, if you repeal 
 the Oppian law, you will be power- 
 less should you desire to enforce 
 any prohibition now contained 
 in that law! Of course, our 
 daughters, wives, and even sisters 
 wiU be less under control in certain 
 
 cum sociorum Latini nominis 
 uxoribus vident ea concessa oma- 
 menta, quae sibi adempta sint, 
 § 6. cum insignis eas esse auro 
 et purpura, cum iUas vehi per 
 urbem, se pedibus sequi, tamquam 
 in illarum oivitatibus, non in sua 
 imperium sit. § 7. virorum hoc 
 animos viilnerare posset ; quid 
 muliercularum censetis, quas etiam 
 parva movent ? 
 
 § 8. non magistratus nee 
 sacerdotia nee triumphi nee in- 
 signia neo dona aut spolia bellica 
 iis contingere possunt ; § 9. mim- 
 ditiae et omatus et cultus, haeo 
 feminarum insignia sunt, his 
 gaudent et gloriantur, hunc 
 mundum muhebrem appellarunt 
 maiores nostri. 
 
 § 10. quid aliud in luctu 
 quam purpuram atque aurum 
 deponunt ? quid, cum eluxerunt, 
 sumunt ? quid in gratulationibus 
 supplicationibusque nisi excel-' 
 lentiorem ornatum adiciunt? 
 
 § 11. scilicet, si legem Oppiam 
 abrogaritis, non veatri arbitrii erit, 
 si quid eius vetare volueritis, quod 
 nunc lex vetat ; minus filiae, 
 uxores, sorores etiam quibusdam 
 
CHAP. VII §§ 11-15 — CHAP. VIII §§ 1, 2 
 
 25 
 
 households ! § 12. But never, 
 while their male relatives are 
 living, is the yoke of slavery taken 
 from women ; and they themselves 
 abhor the liberty which is brought 
 by the loss of husband or father. 
 § 13. They desire that you, rather 
 than the law, should regulate their 
 adornment ; and you, on your part, 
 should have them under protection 
 and guardianship, not hold them 
 in bondage, preferring the title of 
 father or husband to that of 
 master. 
 
 § 14. Those were inflamma- 
 tory expressions for a consul to 
 use when just now he talked of 
 sedition and secession on the part 
 of the women. The danger is that 
 they may seize the Sacred Hill — 
 an angry plebs once did it — or 
 perhaps the Aventine ! 
 
 § 15. But submission is for 
 weakness hke theirs, no matter 
 what you decide. Yet the greater 
 your power, the more moderate 
 shovdd be your exercise of it.'' 
 
 in manu ervmt ; — § 12. numquam 
 salvis suis exuitur semtus mulie- 
 bris ; et ipsae libertatem, quam 
 viduitas et orbitas facit, detestan^ 
 tur. § 13. in vestro arbitrio 
 suum ornatum quam in legis 
 malunt esse ; et vos in manu et 
 tutela, non in servitio debetis 
 habere eas et malle patres vos aut 
 viros quam dominos dici. 
 
 § 14. invidiosis nominibus 
 utebatur modo consul seditionem 
 muliebrem et secessionem appel- 
 lando. id enim periculum est, ne 
 Sacrum montem, siout quondam 
 irata plebs, aut Aventinum 
 capiant ; — 
 
 § 15. patiendum huio infirmi- 
 tati est, quodcumque vos censueri- 
 tis. quo plus potestis, eo modera- 
 tius imperio uti debetis.'' 
 
 CHAPTER VIII 
 
 § 1. Such were the speeches 
 made in favour of or against the 
 law. 
 
 Crowds of women, in larger 
 numbers than ever, poured, next 
 day, into the streets. § 2. A mass 
 
 § 1. Haec cum contra legem 
 proque lege dicta essent, ahquanto 
 maior frequentia mulierum postero 
 die sese in publicum effudit, 
 § 2. unoque agmine omnes Bru- 
 
26 
 
 meeting besieged the doors of the 
 Bruti, who were attemptiag to 
 block their colleagues' proposal. 
 The women persisted in these 
 methods until opposition was 
 abandoned by the tribunes. § 3. 
 There was then no doubt that the 
 Lex Oppia would be repealed by 
 all the tribes ; and repealed it was 
 twenty years after it first became 
 law. 
 
 CHAP. VIII §§ 2, 3 
 
 torum ianuas obsederunt, qui 
 eoUegarum rogationi intercede- 
 bant, nee ante abstiterunt, quam 
 remissa intercessio ab tribunis est. 
 § 3. nulla deinde dubitatio fuit, 
 quia omnes tribus legem abro- 
 garent. viginti annis post abro- 
 gata est quam lata. 
 
CHAPTER I 
 
 1. anxieties caused by., 
 
 such serious 
 
 there occurred 
 
 an episode 
 
 =beIlorum...curas — the genitive 
 is a subjective genitive, like 
 hoatium in terror hostiiim = " the 
 panic caxised by the enemy." 
 =magnorum : the adjective of 
 quantity is, abnormally, post- 
 positive, and therefore has stress. 
 Livy wishes to draw our attention 
 to a double antithesis, viz., serious 
 wars and trivial (parva post- 
 positive) discussions. 
 
 The order inter bellorwm. . .euros 
 is to be observed. A Boman would 
 read this: "Amid such wars... 
 and their anxieties.'' 
 
 For the method of expression, 
 compare 27. 8. 1 inter maiorum 
 rerum curas comitia maximi cu- 
 rionis...vetus excitaverunt certa- 
 men. W. quotes 9. 30. 10 haec 
 inter duorum ingentium bellorum 
 curam gerebantur. 
 =mtercessit. 
 
 The verb in this sense of 
 " intervened " is found with inter 
 only here in Livy (W.). 
 =res. 
 
 For other meanings of this 
 "blank cheque" see Index. 
 
28 
 
 CHAP. I 
 
 which though trivial as narrative 
 ...ended in a grave conflict 
 
 trivial f as narrative 
 \ historically 
 
 =parva dictu, sed quae... in mag- 
 num certamen exoesserit. 
 
 For the form of expression, 
 i.e. an adjective combined with a 
 relative + a consecutive subjunc- 
 tive (the relative being equivalent 
 to talis ut), op. 6. 35. 5. "All 
 measures of importance and 
 measures which could not be 
 carried without a very serious 
 conflict " =cuncta ingentia et quae 
 sine certamine maximo obtineri 
 non possent. 
 
 W. quotes many parallels at 
 10. 23. 9. 
 =parva dictu 
 
 Lit. "small in point of the 
 saying.'' Almost every verb has 
 a verbal noun of the 4th De- 
 clension type, possessing only two 
 cases, the accusative and abla- 
 tive. The former is restricted 
 to an accusative of "motion to" 
 without a preposition, as in the 
 survival Romam = to Eome (hence 
 the so-called supine in -um occurs 
 only with an idea of motion, cp. 
 34. 13. 2 praedatum milites in 
 hostium agros ducebat) ; the latter 
 is exclusively used as an ablative 
 "in point of which," cp. 34. 3. 8 
 honestum dictu. 
 
 The terms "active" and 
 "passive" supine should be 
 abandoned. Even "supine" is 
 almost meaningless ; but, until 
 there is evidence to the contrary, 
 I shall believe that supinum is a 
 
CHAP. I 
 
 §1 
 
 29 
 
 which. ..occasioned so much feeling 
 that it ended 
 
 ended in 
 
 grave 
 
 poor representative of KXtriKov and 
 simply signifies "declinable" (part 
 of the verb). 
 =quae studiis...excesserit 
 
 Lit. " which by reason of party 
 feeling ended...." 
 
 The plural «iz«rfta= instances 
 of stttdium, i.e. of partizanship. 
 So «•««= displays, outbreaks of 
 anger. Compare Cic. De Off. 1. 
 22. 78 domesticae fortitudines = 
 instances of civic courage ; ib. 
 1. 29. 103 quietibus ceteris = other 
 modes of resting ; ib. 1. 36. 131 in 
 festinationibus = in cases of hurry ; 
 ib. 3. 16. 67 huiusmodi retioentiae 
 = such cases of reticence. Add 
 3e Amic. § 69 excellentiae and ib. 
 § 67 satietates. Dr Postgate 
 {Sermo Latinus, § 61, p. 52) 
 quotes a beautiful instance from 
 Cic. N. B. ii, § 98. 
 
 Oft-en the presence of a plural 
 concrete genitive seems to produce 
 pliurality in the abstract noun. 
 Thus "Guilty consciousness of 
 such ofifences" becomes con- 
 scientias eiusmodi fadnorum (Cic. 
 Pro Clumit. 20. 56). Compare 
 Verr. 5. 9. 23 form,idines...incom- 
 modorum ; Farad. 2. 18 conscien- 
 tiae...mdleficiorvm,. Add Rose. 
 Amer. 24. 67. 
 
 =in (aliquid) excedere, op. Greek 
 riK^vrav es rt. 
 
 = magnum, despite magnorum 
 above. 
 
 Latin has no objection to re- 
 
30 
 
 CHAP. I §§ 1-3 
 
 §2- 
 
 introduced a proposal 
 
 to repeal the Oppian law 
 
 § 3. This law had been passed 
 on the motion of Gaius Oppius 
 
 petition. For other instances see 
 Index s. v. Repetition. 
 
 Note the repetition plehi ad 
 plebem )( English. 
 
 For plebi, an old form of the 
 genitive, surviving in this phrase 
 and in plebisdtum, see R. 1. 
 357 (d). 
 = tulerunt. 
 
 The full phrase would be roga- 
 tionem ferre {promulgare) ; but in 
 the case oi ferre, the noun is often 
 omitted. 
 =de Oppia lege abroganda. 
 
 The rule of a Latin sentence is 
 that when oonstructionally com- 
 plete it ought ipso facto to be at 
 an end. Anything which then 
 lapses over gains great emphasis. 
 But here the sentence is not oon- 
 structionally complete at tulerunt : 
 we still wait for de. Hence there 
 is nothing abnormal in the order, 
 save that Oppia precedes lege. 
 Perhaps Livy wishes to avoid the 
 assonance Oppia abroganda. 
 
 The Oppian law had been 
 passed in 215 b.o. — twenty years 
 before the present proposal to 
 repeal it. 
 = tulerat eam C. Oppius. 
 
 Here tulerat acts as a con- 
 nective by re-echoing tulerunt, as 
 in the familiar : " He took and 
 burnt the city"=urbem cepit : 
 captam incendit. 
 
 Distinguish rogaticnem ferre = 
 "propose a measure,'' and legem 
 
CHAP. I § 3 
 
 31 
 
 during the consulship of Q. Fabius 
 and Ti. Sempronius 
 
 when the excitement of the Punic 
 War was at its height 
 
 ferre (^er/ejre) = "get a law 
 passed." 
 
 This C. (before Oppius) is the 
 old letter which once stood both 
 for and Q. It survived when 
 standing alone in praenomina and 
 represented G. Hence C. = Gains. 
 There is no such name as Gains. 
 
 Note the order — verb (tiderat), 
 object (earn), subject (Oppius). 
 This order is by no means un- 
 common, especially with movere, 
 cp. 2. 13. 2 ; 2. 27. 3, etc. I have 
 noticed at least 21 instances with 
 movere. 
 
 = consulibus Q. Fabio, Ti. Sem- 
 pronio. 
 
 Note that the abstract " con- 
 sulship" becomes concrete "con- 
 suls " (cp. 34. 2. 6 auctoribus), and 
 that Latin often omits "and" in 
 such a phrase. For the "bi- 
 membral asyndeton" see M. § 434 
 But at 34. 6. 9 we have Q. Fabio et 
 Ti. Sempronio oonsulibus. 
 =in medio ardore Punici belli. 
 
 Observe the prep, m expressing 
 attendant circumstances, cp. in re 
 trepida, and 34. 46. 12 "Where 
 the struggle is desperate " = in 
 asperis rebus. 
 
 The normal position of Punici 
 belli would be between medio and 
 ardore. Livy repeats the order of 
 our text at 24. 45. 4 in medio 
 ardore belli (but Curtius, 8. 4. 27 
 in medio cupiditatis ardore). In- 
 deed when Livy has written pre- 
 
32 CHAP. 1 § 3 
 
 position + adjective (or equivalent) 
 + noun, the complement often 
 lapses over, cp. 34. 2. 8 per medium 
 agmen muliemm ; 36. 18. 3 svh 
 ipsis radicibus montis ; 38. 22. 3 
 in talihus iniqwitatihus locorum 
 31. 18. 7 per omnes vias leti 
 34. 14. 7 ah dextro latere hostium 
 34. 6. 13 in eandem diem pecuniae. 
 Add 3. 10. 7 ; 7. 10. 8 ; 21. 21. 8 
 23. 21. 2 ; 24. 45. 4 ; 38. 21. 1 
 45. 6. 4 ; 45. 10. 10 etc. Similarly 
 when one complement has already 
 been inserted the other is allowed 
 to lapse over, as always in Greek, 
 e.g. ai iv Ta Xt/ievt v^es opfiovtratj 
 cp. 3. 40. 3 foederis nefarie icti 
 cum collegis, and 21. 52. 6 ob 
 nimiam Gultorum fidem in Ro- 
 manos. 
 
 Distinguish cases like 34. 9. 6 
 pa/rtem muri versam in agros, and 
 36. 10. 7 wrbis sitae in piano. 
 Here the sense is not complete at 
 versam and sitae, and the words 
 following do not come as a sur- 
 prise. 
 
 See too note on 34. 1. 5 omnes 
 vias urbis. 
 excitement of the war = ardor belli. 
 
 Metaphors from fires — which 
 were of frequent occurrence in 
 ancient cities — are very common 
 in Latin ; so common that they 
 were becoming dead metaphors. 
 Thus at 21. 58. 6 a downpour of 
 rain is said to set on fire (!) the 
 violence of the wind — efuso imbre 
 
CHAP. I § 3 
 
 33 
 
 It provided that a woman should 
 possess not more 
 
 ...eo magis accensa vis venti est. 
 We say: "a heavy downpour 
 only increased the violence of the 
 wind." 
 
 Modern cities are built to 
 minimise the possibility of fires, 
 and the metaphor is consequently 
 strange to us. Thus we are con- 
 tent to say : " a serious war broke 
 out," where Livy (35. 2. 3) writes : 
 helium ingens exarsit (op. 40. 58. 2 ; 
 41. 25. 8). 
 
 In the same way, "a fierce 
 battle began" = atrox pugna... ac- 
 censa est (27. 32. 5, and compare 
 6. 3. 8 ; 9. 39. 6) ; "a furious 
 conflict arose" = atrox proelium... 
 exarsit (27. 2. 8) ; " the plague de- 
 vastated both city and country "= 
 pestilentia urens simul urbem atque 
 agros (10. 47. 6). 
 =ne qua mulier plus...haberet. 
 
 No new verb is needed in Latin. 
 The terms of the bill can depend 
 on tulerat, and the negative of 
 English comes to the very front in 
 Latin. We say : " And, on the 
 morrow, he spoke not a word " ; 
 Latin says : nee quicquampostridie 
 dixit. 
 
 Here ne... kaberet explains legem 
 preceding, i.e. "a law that no 
 woman was to wear." We might 
 have had ut ne, where ut is ex- 
 planatory = " namely that," and ne 
 ...kaberet is dependent jussive, re- 
 presenting ne qua...habeat of the 
 proclamation. 
 
 N. I. 
 
34 
 
 CHAP. I § 3 
 
 more than half an ounce 
 
 and wear no dresses 
 
 Women were also forbidden to 
 ride 
 
 ire carriages 
 
 =plus semunciam. 
 
 The construction is as with 
 pliis quam. This is especially 
 common with pli/^ and amplius 
 where numerals follow. See M. 
 § 305. 
 =nec vestimentc.uteretur. 
 
 For nee op. above on ne qua 
 mvZier. 
 
 The combination m...nec for 
 ne...neve is not infrequent at all 
 periods. Livy has one case of ne 
 ...ve for ne...neve, viz. 43. 16. 2. 
 Here he revels in a variety (ne... 
 nec...neu...aut) which would have 
 shocked Cicero. 
 =neu. . . veheretur. 
 
 "Women were also forbidden 
 to" is mere English variety for 
 "and (it provided that)... not (any 
 woman) should." Latin continues 
 the original construction without 
 any sense of monotony. Similarly, 
 in long passages of Or. Obi., 
 English must continually insert 
 such expressions as : " He also 
 asserted," " he further urged," "he 
 concluded by saying," etc. 
 = iuncto vehiculo. 
 
 The preposition in is never 
 required if the idea of the means 
 (as here), the instrument, or the 
 manner is involved. The full 
 phrase is vehiculo equis (or iu- 
 mentis) iuncto i.e. a vehicle yoked 
 to horses (or beasts of burden). 
 It is impossible to say whether 
 equis is dative or ablative. Livy 
 
CHAP. I § 3 
 
 35 
 
 either in the city or in towns 
 
 or within a mile's radius of these 
 
 has the ahbreviated expression 
 iv/ncta vehicvla at 42. 65. 3 also. 
 =in urbe oppidove. 
 
 Here Mr6e = Eome, and oppido 
 =any Roman provincial town. 
 
 Latin keeps the singular oppido 
 to preserve parallelism. 
 
 Note ve the least emphatic 
 word for "or." Its function is 
 often, as here, to express a minor 
 alternative within a major. Com- 
 pare 21. 35. 2 utcumque aut locus 
 opportunitatem daret aut pro- 
 gressi moratiwe aliquam occa- 
 sionem fecissent ; 1. 13. 7 id non 
 traditur...a?i dignitatibus suia vi- 
 rorumwe an sorte lectae sint. See 
 C. R. Vol. XVII. p. 43. 
 
 Similarly vd...vel may sub- 
 divide an aut, cp. Cic. De Orat. 
 2. 4. 17 aut se ostentat aut eorum 
 quibuscum est vd dignitatis veil 
 commodi rationem non habet. 
 
 See too 34. 7. 8 on tiec dona 
 aut spolia. 
 = aut propius inde miUe passus. 
 
 Put what the English meaiis, 
 i.e. "or nearer to these than a 
 1000 paces." 
 
 After iiide we may supply quam 
 (cp. plus semunciam above). 
 
 For mille passus aco. of "dis- 
 tance away," see R. § 1088. 
 
 More usual than propius inde 
 would be propius urbem, i.e. the 
 word "city" would be boldly and 
 idiomatically repeated, op. 40. 44. 6. 
 " In the city and within ten miles' 
 
 3—2 
 
36 
 
 CHAP. I 
 
 3, 4 
 
 for purposes of religious cere- 
 monial 
 
 §4. 
 
 and asserted that they would not 
 permit its repeal 
 
 radius of it"=m urbe et propius 
 urbem decern milia passuum. 
 
 But here oppida have to be 
 included and, to avoid the cumber- 
 some aut propius urbem oppi- 
 dumve, Livy writes inde=ab its, 
 with his usual love of adverb in 
 place of preposition + demonstra- 
 tive. See L. and E. p. 53 |3. 
 
 We say : " nearer to Brindisi" ; 
 Latin says : " nearer reckoning 
 from B." Compare Cio. Att. 8. 14 
 "places which are nearer to 
 Brindisi than you are "=loca quae 
 a Brundisio propius absunt quam 
 tu. 
 = sacrorum causa. 
 
 The genitive is prepositive and 
 has stress — the only exception is 
 in connexion with religion. 
 
 Note the plural Junii Bniti. 
 We say : " Charles and John 
 Smith " ; Latin says : " Charles 
 and John Smiths." 
 =nec earn se abrogari passuros 
 aiebant. 
 
 Here "and...not">reec i.e. the 
 negative is brought forward. 
 
 Note earn se ; the normal order 
 would be se earn, but "its" has a 
 certain amount of stress, i.e. what- 
 ever might happen to other 
 measures, this one should not be 
 repealed. 
 
 We might expect negabantque 
 earn se... passuros, but such ex- 
 pressions as adfirmabant neque... 
 neque (3. 12. 3) are more emphatic 
 
CHAP. I § 4 
 
 37 
 
 its repeal 
 
 in support or opposition 
 
 and the Capitol 
 
 crowds of people 
 
 or condemning 
 
 than negabant [... ,, 
 
 " aiit) autj 
 
 (W.). Here the emphasis of 
 aiehant is shown by its position ; 
 for verbs of saying, showing, be- 
 lieving, etc., come early unless 
 emphatic. 
 = eam . . . abrogari. 
 
 English noun>Latin verb. 
 =ad suadendum dissuadendum- 
 que. 
 
 Note que = " or," "and as the 
 case might be." So Greek xai 
 preceded by rt, or koI alone. 
 
 stiadere=" to make something 
 acceptable (suave) to someone." 
 Hence legem suadere, dissuadere= 
 " to apeak for," " speak against a 
 measure." See 34. 2. 12 roga- 
 tionem. . .suadent. 
 = Capitolium. 
 
 There is no connective in Latin. 
 We have three sentences in this 
 paragraph: (1) tribuni...aiebant, 
 (2) nobiles prodibant, (3) Capi- 
 tolium. . .complebatur, and, as with 
 a series of nouns, so with a series 
 of sentences (in vivid narrative) 
 Latin either inserts all connectives 
 or omits aU, or inserts qtie with 
 the last member. 
 =turba hominum. 
 
 The English plural "crowds" 
 is an odd idiom. 
 
 Latin uses hominum to include 
 women as well as men. 
 = adversantiumg't<«. See on dis- 
 suadendumqm above. 
 
38 CHAP. I i 4, 5 
 
 measure =legi. 
 
 Just above we have 
 Oppiam = the Oppian law; but 
 English is becoming the slave of 
 variety. This tendency is due to 
 the vast wealth of synonyms which 
 we have acquired from so many 
 languages. English is like Moorish 
 architecture : Latin like some 
 Doric temple, with its repetition 
 of massive simplicity. 
 § 5. Observe how late the subject 
 
 (married women) comes in English 
 )( Latin. Thus we get in broken 
 English : " The married by no 
 either influence or respect for or 
 order of husbands... were re- 
 strained." Latin is formal and 
 without variation — nee. . .nee. . .nee. 
 Contrast the one " or " of English, 
 and the two words "deaf" and 
 " unmoved," both expressed by the 
 one construction in Latin. 
 
 Note nulla nee. .nee. An 
 original negative may be sub- 
 divided by nee... nee or aut...aut. 
 See also 34. 2. 11 nuUam ne pri- 
 vatam quidem rem. 
 be kept within doors = oontineri limine. 
 
 With oontineri in this sense 
 Livy has (1) m-f-abl., (2) intra + 
 ace, (3) the plain abl. as here. 
 The last is an abl. of means, cp. 
 34. 2. 10 flnibus continere. 
 They besieged every road =omni8 vias...obsidebant. 
 
 The imperfect is frequentative. 
 Note that there is no connective 
 in Latin. It is a case of adversa- 
 
CHAP. I § 5 39 
 
 tive asyndeton. The insertion cf 
 sed is more common when, as here, 
 the preceding sentence is nega- 
 tived. But when the first sentence 
 is positive and the second negative, 
 then "but not," "and not" must 
 always be expressed by plain non, 
 e.g. "These are the faults of 
 character and not of old age" = 
 haec morum vitia sunt, non senec- 
 tutis. See M. § 458 (a) Obs. 1, 
 and cp. 34. 2. 14 on "but un- 
 less." The form omnis^omnesia, 
 normally, used in the accusative 
 only. 
 
 in the city =urbis. 
 
 Only a genitive case can de- 
 pend on a noun. See below, how- 
 ever, for prepositional phrases 
 qualifying a noun. Compare Pref. 
 §5. " Reward /or my labours " = 
 laboris pretium ; ib. § 7. "Benown 
 in war "= belli gloria; ib. § 11. 
 "Affection for the work " = amor 
 negotii ; ib. § 12. " Passion for 
 wasting oneself " = desiderium per- 
 eundi ; ib. § 13. "Supplications 
 to gods"=precationibus deorum, 
 etc. Add 34. 2. 8 verecimdia... 
 maiestatis. 
 
 The words vias urbis form one 
 phrase = "city-roads " ; hence urhis 
 need not go between omnis and 
 viai, cp. 34. 9. 2 totum orbem muri 
 (wall-circle) and 34. 9. 6 pars tertia 
 civium (a third). 
 
 and (every) approach to the forum =aditusque in forum. 
 
 The prepositional phrase in 
 
40 CHAP. I § 5 
 
 forum may qualify aditus because 
 this word is of a strong verbal 
 nature and is accompanied by the 
 suitable preposition. So we may 
 say reditus in urhem, discessio ab 
 urbe, etc. 
 
 It is worth while to formulate 
 the law about prepositional 
 phrases. They must not qualify 
 a noun standing by itself unless 
 (a) the preposition be (1) cum, 
 sine (e.g. "a man without honour" 
 = homo sine fide); (2) mi + ace, 
 erga, adversus with nouns denoting 
 a state of mind (e.g. "aflfection 
 towards you" = amor erga te) or a 
 way of acting (e.g. "cruelty to- 
 wards enemies "=eru,delitas in 
 hostes); or unless (6) the noun 
 be of verbal nature and accom- 
 panied by the suitable preposition, 
 e.g. reditus in urbem, discessio ab 
 rM-be. 
 
 But prepositional phrases may 
 always qualify a noun provided 
 the noun is accompanied by any 
 sort of attribute. 
 
 Thus the following are good 
 Latin : magnae in Gallia vietoriae ; 
 Caesaris in Gallia vietoriae. It 
 would, therefore, be possible to 
 express " every road in the city " 
 by omnes in urbe vias, because of 
 the presence of omnes ; and omnes 
 in forum aditus would be doubly 
 justified uuder (a) and under (b). 
 
 If no attribute occurs, we must 
 fall back on a relative clause, e.g. 
 
CHAP. I § 5 
 
 41 
 
 thither 
 
 to remember 
 
 the prosperity 
 
 daily growth of... fortunes 
 
 all private fortunes 
 
 their wives as well as themselves 
 
 "The man in the garden "=Ao»)io 
 qui in horto est. 
 
 There are phraseological ex- 
 ceptions such as lex de repetundis 
 {de sicariis, etc.) and homo de plebe 
 =homo plebeius. See M. § 298. 1. 
 = ad forum, despite in forum 
 just preceding — Latin repetition 
 )( English variety. The preposi- 
 tions are different : ad, of course, 
 = towards, while ira=into. 
 
 This needs no expression in 
 Latin, which merely says : "beg- 
 ging the men, the state being 
 prosperous... to permit." 
 = florente — English noun > Latin 
 verb. 
 
 = creacente in dies...fortuna — 
 English adjeotive> Latin adverb, 
 and English noun > Latin verb. 
 So in Greek : " After the unex- 
 pected but signal defeat of the 
 Mede" = roC M.rjdov wapa Xdyov 
 jroXXa a^oKivTos (Thuc. 6. 33. 
 6). 
 
 Note that in dies is, as a rule, 
 associated only with expressions 
 denoting increase or decrease. 
 Otherwise use cotidie. 
 =privata omnium fortuna. 
 
 The plural of fortuna is more 
 frequent in this sense. 
 = matronis quoque = Kai rait yv- 
 vai^l. 
 
 Note English variety — "wives" 
 and " married women " (first word 
 in sentence) and contrast Latin 
 repetition matronis...matronae. 
 
42 CHAP. 1 § 6 
 
 § 6. The order of the first sentence 
 
 is abnormal, but so is the event 
 narrated. There was an increasing 
 crowd — of women every day ! 
 
 A Roman would not be sur- 
 prised to find the city crowded 
 with men at election-time ; but 
 the idea of women crowding the 
 streets would be preposterous. 
 Hence the normal haee mulierum 
 frequentia is discarded, and mu- 
 lierum is put outside. Both auge- 
 hatwr and in dies get stress by 
 reason of their position. There 
 was an increase (not a diminution), 
 and this increase went on and on 
 as the days went on and on. All 
 this is lost if we write the normal 
 haec mulierum freqiientia in dies 
 augelatur. Compare 34. 3. 7 ne- 
 gastis hoc piis precibus earum. 
 
 Observe that there is no con- 
 nective at augehatur. Thus from 
 the beginning of § 4 we have had 
 six separate sentences without 
 connectives. This asyndetic short- 
 sentence style is in Livy quite as 
 common as (perhaps more common 
 than) the periodic, 
 day by day = in dies. 
 
 Above we have " daily " = in 
 dies. Note English vai-iety )( Latin 
 repetition, 
 as they gathered =for they ... = nam ... conveni- 
 
 ebant. 
 
 The imperfect is partly "pano- 
 ramic" (there they were gather- 
 ing !), partly frequentative. 
 
CHAP. I §§ 6, 7 
 
 43 
 
 and villages 
 
 § 7. And now 
 
 consuls, 
 officials 
 
 praetors, and other 
 
 But 
 
 of the first, one 
 
 = oonciliabulisque. 
 
 At 29. 37. 3 we have the 
 frequent combination fora et con- 
 ciliabula. The former = " market- 
 towns"; the latter were places of 
 assembly for the inhabitants of 
 several pagi in sparsely populated 
 districts. Here courts, religious 
 festivals, levies of troops, markets, 
 etc. were held. 
 =iam. 
 
 The word is partly a mere con- 
 nective = " furthermore " ; partly 
 an adverb of time =" already." 
 =et consules praetoresg'we et alios 
 magistratus. 
 
 Note the stiflf formal grouping 
 of Latin (a) major officials, sub- 
 divided into (1) consuls, (2) prae- 
 tors, (6) minor officials. 
 
 A Roman thinks and writes 
 like an organizer, always arranging 
 and classifying. Here (a) and (6) 
 = et...et, and (1) and {'2,)=que, 
 which performs the same function 
 as ue in § 3 in urhe oppidove. 
 English dislikes all this mar- 
 shalling. 
 = ceterum. 
 
 A favovu'ite word with Livy. 
 It occurs once in Terence, and 
 once only in Cicero. Sallust first 
 made it popular. 
 = alterum . . .consulem. 
 
 Latin repeats consul; English 
 varies. 
 
 = alterum, not unum, for "one'' = 
 " one of two." 
 
44 
 
 CHAP. I § 1 — CHAP. II § 1 
 
 was found 
 
 and, in support he 
 
 whose repeal was proposed 
 
 = habebant, "they found." The 
 
 English varies the subject ; Latin 
 
 retains the same one as long as 
 
 possible. 
 
 = qui. 
 
 =quae abrogabatur. 
 
 If we turn this actively — quam 
 ahrogabant — we see that the tense 
 is a kind of conative imperfect = 
 " which they were trying to repeal, 
 were for repealing." Compare 
 34. 6. 7 "whose repeal we pro- 
 pose "= quam abrogamus. 
 
 Note that the noun "repeal" 
 >verb in Latin. So in the next 
 words: "delivered the following 
 speech "=ito disseruit, i.e. the 
 noun " speech "> verb, and the 
 adjective " following " > adverb 
 {ita). 
 
 CHAPTER II 
 
 § 1. Gentlemen 
 
 = Quirites. 
 
 Had Cato been addressing the 
 Senate and not the Commons, we 
 should have had patres conscripti 
 or patres alone. The form of 
 address "Gentlemen" can hardly 
 come later than second or third in 
 our language : here in Latin it 
 comes eighth. 
 
 The Englishman usually begins 
 with "Gentlemen," but, in Latin 
 and Greek, such phrases as Qui- 
 rites, patres conscripti, S avbpes 
 
CHAP. 
 
 II § 1 
 
 45 
 
 each of us 
 
 in his relations with the mistress 
 of his household 
 
 had from the beginning retained 
 
 we should now have 
 
 'Afliji/aiot, never come earlier than 
 second in the sentence, and often 
 much later. 
 
 So in a preface, e.g. 
 " My dear Marcus, 
 
 Although you ought, etc.," 
 we find (Z)e Off. 1. 1) quamquam 
 te, Marce fili,...oportet. Compare 
 ih. 2. 1 and 3. 1. 
 = quisque nostrum. 
 
 The forms iwstrwm,, vestrum 
 (-um = -<»i/, the old genitive end- 
 ing) only occur as partitive 
 genitives, while nostri, vestri, are 
 exclusively used as objective geni- 
 tives. Thus "fear of \is''= timor 
 nostri; "each of \is" = quisque 
 nostrum. 
 
 In English " of us," " of you," 
 etc., are used only as partitive and 
 objective genitives. 
 = in sua...matre familiae. 
 
 Here m=in the case of. 
 
 Note how sua immediately 
 precedes quisque, according to the 
 normal order of the idiom. 
 
 Livy never uses the old form 
 familias (cp. (^iXms) either with 
 pater or matet — so W. 
 = retinere instituisset. 
 
 The verb tnstitiiere involves 
 three notions : (1) beginning, 
 (2) practising, making an institu- 
 tion of, (3) determining. 
 = haberemus. 
 
 Lit. "we should have been 
 having." It cannot too often be 
 stated that the imperfect sub- 
 
46 
 
 CHAP. II §§ 1, 2 
 
 less trouble 
 
 the other sex 
 
 as a whole 
 
 § 2. Unfortunately 
 
 junctive apodosis expresses an 
 incomplete state or action, whether 
 referring to present or past time, 
 e.g. 'moreretur="he^ would have 
 been dying " (now or then) ; 
 whereas the pluperfect subjunctive 
 apodosis expresses a complete state 
 or action, whether referring to 
 present or past time, e.g. mortims 
 esset= " he would have been dead " 
 (now or then). 
 = minus. . .negotii. 
 
 Note the distant separation 
 of this partitive genitive. Such 
 separation is almost the rule, cp. 
 34. 6. 3 quid...vani; 12. 3 ne quid 
 ...ignominiae ; 14. 5 quantum... 
 loci; 29. 6 quod...muri ; and 
 passim, e.g. 1. 12. 1 ; 3. 49. 8 ; 
 3. 58. 8 ; 4. 53. 13 ; 21. 8. 5, etc. 
 = feminis. 
 
 " The other sex " is an "ornate 
 alias " for women ; therefore in 
 Latin " women " must be written. 
 Latin will have none of the "ornate 
 alias." 
 = universis. 
 
 The adjective=an adverb — 
 "collectively." It is prepositive 
 in contrast with in sua quisque. 
 If the individual woman had been 
 repressed, collective woman would 
 give less trouble. 
 
 =nunc, i.e. "but as a matter of 
 fact." Like vvv be ai Greek, nunc 
 may="but as things are" or "but 
 as things were." W. on 1. 28. 9 
 says that this nunc is more 
 
CHAP. 
 
 II §2 
 
 47 
 
 in the home 
 
 our liberties 
 
 by undisciplined womanhood 
 
 have been overthrown. ..arad... are 
 being trodden under foot 
 
 are being trodden under foot 
 
 We have failed to curb. . .and there- 
 fore we tremble 
 
 frequent in direct and indirect 
 
 speeches than in narrative. (For 
 
 vvv Se' = "but as things were" cp. 
 
 Thuc. 3. 113. 6, and Dem. xxxiv. 
 
 15, p. 911. 26.) 
 
 =domi. 
 
 Note how this word gains stress 
 
 through preceding the subject and 
 
 so prepares us for the antithesis in 
 foro — i.e. a home defeat {domi vieta) 
 
 means humiliation outside. Greek 
 
 would write : iSi'a /xei'...8i;/ioo-ia Se. 
 
 = libertas nostra. 
 
 The plural is an English idiom. 
 
 So " our hopes '' will almost always 
 
 be " spes nostra." 
 
 = impotentia muliebri. 
 
 Lit. "by want of control 
 
 (dicpdrfia) belonging to a woman.'' 
 
 = victa. . . obteritur. 
 
 In Latin the "and" disappears, 
 
 because "have been overthrown" 
 becomes a participle. 
 
 = obteritur et calcatur. 
 
 A rhetorical doublet, like the 
 familiar oro atque obsecro, "I hope 
 and pray," " Sin and wickedness," 
 d^iS) Kai Sco/xat. 
 
 = et, quia...non continuimus,... 
 horremus. 
 
 Note the comiective et )( 
 English. Observe how Latin deals 
 with our "and therefore." Thus 
 " I am tired and therefore am 
 going ont"= quia defessus sum, 
 (+ idcirco) exeo, or eo (iddrco) 
 exeo quod defessus sum. Greek 
 says are Ka/ivmv c^ei/it. 
 
48 
 
 CHAP. II §§ 2-4 
 
 in the mass 
 
 § 3. For my own part 
 
 always thought it 
 
 a fabulous story 
 
 the whole male population 
 
 among the women 
 
 root and branch 
 
 § 4. but from every class 
 from both sexes 
 
 and 
 
 Note the matter of fact ncm 
 continuimus "did not curb," for 
 the picturesque English " failed to 
 curb, neglected to curb." 
 = universas. 
 
 The same adjective again, de- 
 spite universis ("as a whole") in 
 § 1 above — Latin repetition )( 
 English variety. 
 
 = equidem = aXX' tyaye. Note 
 that equidem is almost universally 
 followed by the first person of the 
 verb. 
 = ducebamesse. 
 
 W. says that with the active of 
 ducere Livy usually omits esse. 
 =fabulam et fictam rem. 
 
 For rem see Index. 
 = virorum omne genus. 
 
 Lit. "every class of males." 
 By making virorum prepositive, 
 Livy prepares us for the antithesis 
 muliebri. 
 
 For the story of Lemnos and 
 Hypsipyle see Classieal Dic- 
 tionary. 
 = muliebri, despite muliebri 
 
 ("womanhood") of § 2 above 
 
 Latin repetition )( English variety. 
 =ab stirpe=5rpdppifoj'. 
 = ab nullo genere non. 
 
 Observe the adversative asyn- 
 deton. See 34. 1. 5. (p. 38 at 
 bottom.) 
 
 The word genus means class or 
 sex ; here both senses are to be 
 understood, but in § 3 (above) only 
 the sense '' class " is intended. 
 
CHAP. II § 4 
 
 49 
 
 cabals, meetings, and secret con- 
 claves 
 
 if . . . are permitted 
 
 Indeed I can scarcely 
 
 which is worse — the proposal it- 
 self, or the bad example set in 
 carrying it into eflFect 
 
 =coetus et concilia et secretas 
 consultationes. 
 
 Latin either inserts all the 
 connectives (as here) or omits 
 all, or attaches que to the last 
 member. 
 =si...sinas. 
 
 The subjunctive is called that 
 of the " Ideal Second Person," i.e. 
 "you" = "one." The passive of 
 English may thus be avoided. 
 Greek, much miore often than 
 Latin, evades passive expressions 
 and would here write idv ris wov 
 KOL edoTj. 
 =atque ego viz. 
 
 The insertion of ego gives " I " 
 emphasis =" I, whatever others 
 may do." 
 
 Here atque expresses the tran- 
 sition from the general to the 
 particular="and to come to the 
 matter in hand." 
 =utrum peior ipsa res an peiore 
 exemplo agatur. 
 
 Lit. "whether the thing itself 
 (is) worse, or is being done with 
 a worse precedent." 
 
 For res see Index. Here it 
 means the proposal to repeal the 
 Oppian Law. By exemplo is 
 meant the bad precedent set in 
 the behaviour of these Roman 
 suflfragettes. 
 
 The construction of peiore 
 exemplo is ablative of attendant 
 circumstances — " the precedent 
 (being) worse." 
 
 N. I. 
 
50 
 
 CHAP. II § 5 
 
 § 5. Of the two 
 
 the latter 
 
 the former 
 
 the proposition before you 
 
 conduces to the common weal 
 
 or not 
 
 is a question for you to determine 
 
 = quorum. 
 
 Note the relative as a con- 
 nective. Thus qui may=e< is 
 or sed is. 
 = alterum. 
 
 i.e. the women's conduct. 
 =alterum. 
 
 i.e. the proposed repeal. 
 =id quod ad vos fertur. 
 
 The nomi " proposition "> verb, 
 fertur. 
 = e re publioa sit. 
 
 Lit. "in accordance with the 
 public good." Compare ex animi 
 sententia = " in accordance with 
 my belief," "to the best of my 
 knowledge and belief." For re 
 see Index. 
 =necne. 
 
 In a direct question " or not " 
 is annon ; in an indirect neone. 
 =vestra existimatio est. 
 
 Here existimatio ^"■AGtAaioii," 
 " appraisement." 
 
 We have the verb so used at 
 31. 48. 5, de causa existimare = " to 
 pass judgement on the case." 
 
 For vestra existimatio est qui, 
 where the relative qui has its ' 
 antecedent in vestra, cp. Cic. Fro 
 Sulla, 28. 79 and Dr Reid's note. 
 This construction is necessary 
 after such phrases as mea, tua, 
 nostra, vestra, interest, cp. Pliny iv. 
 13. 4 intererat vestra qui patres 
 estis. 
 
 The grammars should point 
 out that sua (with interesse, re- 
 
CHAP. II 
 
 5, 6 
 
 51 
 
 who are about to vote 
 
 §6. 
 
 but this a^tation 
 agitation bj/ women 
 
 ferre) can only occur in orat. obL 
 Thus we may write : discit sua 
 interesse; but "it is to his own 
 interests " must be : ipsiua interest. 
 =qui in suffragium ituri estis. 
 
 After the est (present) of existi- 
 matio est, another present must 
 occur in the subordinate clause ; 
 hence the periphrastic future and 
 not ibitis is written. 
 
 This is an interesting para- 
 graph and repays careful study. 
 The parenthesis " the blame for it 
 ...shoulders," with its principal 
 verb "rests," is unnecessary in 
 Latin ; " rests " can become a 
 participle, and we get — "this 
 agitation... belonging to the fault 
 of officials." Then the dash after 
 the bracket and the repeated "this 
 agitation "+" I say" is merely an 
 English device where a sentence 
 grows too long. All this, there- 
 fore, disappears in Latin ; for case- 
 endings make lengthy sentences 
 clear both to reader and listener. 
 
 Next take the words: "this 
 agitation is... a disgrace; whether 
 a greater disgrace to you... I do 
 not know." Latin can abbreviate 
 this and say: "this agitation... 
 whether it is more disgraceful to 
 you... I do not know." 
 = haeo constematio — advers. asyn- 
 deton. 
 = oonsternatio muhebris. 
 
 The prepositional phrase "by 
 women '' can only be expressed by 
 
 4—2 
 
52 
 
 CHAP. II § 6 
 
 a spontaneous efibrt, it may be, or 
 due to the influence of you, 
 
 influence 
 
 undoubtedly 
 
 the blame for it... rests on official 
 shoulders 
 
 (1) the genitive nmdierum (sub- 
 jective genitive), (2) an adjective, 
 as here, (3) a mulieribus facia, nata 
 or the like. See note 34. 1. 5. 
 = sive sua sponte sive auctoribus 
 vobis,.. facta est. 
 
 Latin is more formal and pre- 
 cise. The noun " effort "> verb 
 facta est and we get ^'whether of 
 its own accord or you being re- 
 sponsible it was brought about." 
 
 Note that siia in sua sponte is 
 practically always prepositive ; for 
 "his own," "their own" etc., ne- 
 cessarily have stress in such a 
 phrase. 
 = auctoribus. 
 
 English abstract > Latin con- 
 crete, cp. 34. 1. 3 cons-uUhus. 
 = haud dubie (for the normal 
 Ciceronian sine dubio). 
 
 Livy uses hand freely even 
 with verbs, provided the verb be 
 in a principal clause or be a 
 participle, e.g. kaud ratus. Cicero 
 confines the use of kavd with a 
 verb to the phrase hand scio an 
 (with sporadic exceptions), and, 
 in the case of adjectives and ad- 
 verbs, he avoids haud if these 
 be already negatived or quasi- 
 negatived. 
 
 =ad culpam magistratuum per- 
 tinens, lit. " belonging to the favdt 
 of officials." 
 
 The phrase "official shoulders" 
 is mere ornamentation for "offi- 
 cials." 
 
CHAP, 11 
 
 3, 7 
 
 53 
 
 whether 
 
 a greater disgrace 
 
 § 7, the shame is yours 
 
 if you have gone the length of 
 
 bringing 
 
 it is ours 
 
 if, like the plebs of old, the women 
 are now to secede and dictate 
 terms 
 
 =utrwm understood — Latin often 
 omits utrum in indirect questions 
 when an occurs. 
 =magis sit deformis. 
 
 The adverb magis is separated 
 from deformis, probably for eu- 
 phony. Or, perhaps, it is simpler 
 to take TOa5ris= "rather," i.e. "I do 
 not know whether this excitement 
 is disgraceful to you or to the con- 
 suls rather." 
 
 = vobis; for "shame" is just 
 ornate variety for "disgrace," and 
 the case-ending of vohis makes it 
 easy to supply est deformis. 
 =si...iam adduxistis. 
 
 Here iosm =" really," " actually. " 
 = nobis. 
 
 English here has adversative 
 asyndeton. Greek would write u/itw 
 lih>...f]iuv be. 
 
 =si ut plebis quondam, sic nunc 
 mulierum secessione leges aooi- 
 piendae sunt. 
 
 Latin expresses the ideas, as 
 usual, with formal preciseness — 
 ut is balanced by sic, and qiumdam, 
 by nunc. Then plebis (prepositive) 
 is answered by mtdiermn (also pre- 
 positive) ; they are the logical 
 subjects, as if Livy had written ; 
 si ut plebs quondam, sic nunc 
 muheres... leges dicant. 
 
 Here leges hesitates between 
 the two senses "laws" and "terms." 
 For the phrase cp. 34. 57. 9 neque 
 dicere nee acoipere leges = neither 
 to dictate nor submit to terms. 
 
54 CHAP. II § 8 
 
 §8. Speaking for mjrself =equidem. 
 
 not without a blush of shame 
 
 a few momenta ago 
 
 through a crowd of women 
 
 Had not 
 
 Had not respect... prevented me 
 
 =non sine rubore quodam. 
 
 The quodam=" a,a it were," " a 
 kind of (blush)." 
 =paulo ante. 
 
 EngUsh likes a more definite 
 expression than Latin. Thus "a 
 minute ago," "five minutes ago," 
 " half-an-hour ago" etc. would all 
 be " paulo ante." 
 =per medium agmen mulierum. 
 
 The word agmen suggests a 
 certain orderliness, as of troops on 
 the march )( iwba. The women 
 would be lininff the streets. 
 
 For the order of midierum, see 
 34. 1. 3 on m medio ardore belli. 
 
 The per in perveni impUes that 
 the crowd extended all the way to 
 the forum. 
 
 =quod nisi, i.e. "6m< if not" )( 
 absence of connective in EngUsh. 
 
 Note that "but ii"=quod si, 
 or sin ; " but if not " = qiiod nisi, if 
 the verb is expressed, but sin minus, 
 if the verb is omitted. 
 = quod nisi me verecundia...tenu- 
 isset. 
 
 Observe the order of »ie. It 
 is, I believe, put forward to make 
 us feel that it is the real subject, 
 as if Livy had written quod nisi 
 ego verecundia . . . tentus essem. Thus 
 the abstract subject to a transi- 
 tive verb with a personal object is 
 not felt to be harsh. 
 
 In three other passages only 
 
CHAP. II § 8 55 
 
 does Livy use verecundia as sub- 
 ject to a transitive verb mth a 
 personal ob/ect, and in two the 
 object is brought forward, viz. 
 6. 33. 5 inde eos ... verecundia 
 deum arcuisse dicitur; 39. 49. 11 
 cum alios verecundia ... motura 
 esset ; and 24. 42. 9 where, how- 
 ever, the personal object follows 
 the subject. 
 
 How instinctively the Koman 
 read such prepositive objects as if 
 they were subjects, may be seen 
 in passages like 5. 6. 8 ut exer- 
 citum Romanum non taedium 
 longinquae oppugnationis, non vis 
 hiemis ab urbe...amovere possit 
 neo finem ullum alium belli quam 
 victoriam noverit. Here the 
 change of subject at noverit (so. 
 exercitus) would be intolerable but 
 for the fact that exercitum Roma- 
 num is read as subject at the 
 outset. 
 
 For the prepositive -object in 
 such cases cp. 34. 12. 1 consulem 
 nocte, quae insecuta est, anceps 
 cura agitare, and for the whole 
 subject see Appendix A. 
 respect /or. . .dignity = verecundia. . .maiestatis. 
 
 The genitive is objective. Note 
 how English "for" > Latin "of" 
 and compare 34. 1. 5 "every road 
 in the city" = omnes vias urbis. 
 individual dignity =singulai'um.. .maiestatis. 
 
 The genitive dngvlamm is 
 prepositive because it contains tha 
 point ; Cato respected individuals, 
 
56 
 
 CHAP. II §§ 8, 9 
 
 (I had no respect for such females 
 collectively) 
 
 § 9. What sort of practice is 
 
 this 
 
 -running out 
 
 into the public streets 
 
 but not the whole crowd. This is 
 made still clearer by the separa- 
 tion of singulamm from maie- 
 statis. 
 =magis...quam universarum. 
 
 The parenthetic method is not 
 necessary in Latin. It suffices to 
 say : "Had not respect for indi- 
 viduals rather than for the whole 
 mass." 
 
 Notice the anticipatory posi- 
 tion of magis and observe how 
 maiestatis et pudoris lies djro koi- 
 vov between singulamm and uni- 
 versarum. 
 
 A double genitive (here sin- 
 gulamm.. .maiestatis) should be 
 avoided if any ambiguity is en- 
 tailed. 
 =qui hie mos est? 
 
 At 6. 7. 3 we have the English 
 order of the demonstrative (qui 
 mos est hie?) but W. there says 
 that the demonstrative between 
 noun and interrogative (as here) is 
 almost invariable in questions ex- 
 pressing astonishment. 
 
 The context gives mos a bad 
 colour, i.e. = " bad habit"; just as 
 in 21. 19. 9 quae verecundia=Yrha,t 
 want of modesty. See iura, 34. 
 3. 1. 
 =procurrendi. 
 
 Note how the dash is trans- 
 lated by a defining genitive. 
 = in publicum. 
 
 Observe the chiastic order: 
 obsidendi irias et viros. . .appellandi. 
 
CHAP. II § 9 57 
 
 Latin affects such devices in a 
 series of parallel constructions, 
 cp. Cic. N. D. 2. 98 quoted in 
 Postgate's Sermo Zatinus, p. 52, 
 § 61. 
 
 Note also how the three ge- 
 rundives are connected by et, and 
 contrast the one "and" of English. 
 Could not each of you have made =istud ipsum sues quaeque domi 
 this very request to your own lords rogare non potuistis? 
 and in the home ? Notice first the pronominal 
 
 case-relations all grouped together 
 — istud ipsum suos quaeque. When 
 a Roman hears these words he has 
 got the gist of the whole sentence. 
 To him it means: "as for this 
 very thing her own people are the 
 proper object {suos is objective 
 case) for each woman." 
 
 Take a simple instance : ilium 
 tu. . .accusas ? The Roman, hearing 
 ilium tu, knows by the case-end- 
 ings, that "he" {ilium) is the 
 object of "your" {tu) action, and^ 
 he needs no definite verb to make 
 the situation intelUgible. Hence 
 the brevity of Roman proverbs, 
 e.g. su^ Minematn i.e. the pig does 
 something to Minerva, as the 
 case-endings show. English, in a 
 catalogue of pictures, for instance, 
 can say: "Minerva and the pig," 
 but we should have to see the 
 picture before we could tell 
 whether Minerva suffered from 
 the teaching of the pig or vice 
 versa. 
 
 Sometimes a preposition makes 
 
68 CHAP. II §§ 9, 10 
 
 such brevity possible to English 
 as in "Coals to Newcastle." 
 
 For Latin compare Cio. Phil. 
 ii. 29. 74 Tarn bonus gladiator 
 rudem tarn oito ? (ac. acoipit ?), 
 and such instances as Cic. Off. 3. 
 22. 86 hunc Fabricius reducendum 
 curavit, and T. D. 5. 39. 115 Poly- 
 phemumHomerus... cmnaxi&te col- 
 loquentem fecit, 
 made this very request =istud ipsum...rogare. 
 
 The EngUshnoun "request" > 
 Latin verb rogare. 
 
 The pronoun istud contains a 
 sneer — "this precious request of 
 yours." 
 § 10. Or =An. 
 
 This use of an=apa fir], Spa ov ; 
 is common in questions. Here we 
 can readily supply utrum with the 
 preceding question istvd... rogare 
 non potnistis ? 
 
 But vei'y often there is no pre- 
 ceding question, and an becomes 
 merely a conventional particle 
 with which to introduce a ques- 
 tion, 
 in public =in publico despite in public%im 
 
 § 9 )( variety of English. For the 
 neuter adjective of 2nd Decl. type 
 =noun, cp. m privato below and 
 EngUsh "From the blue," "Out 
 of the wet." 
 to strangers =alienis, despite alienoa § 9 )( 
 
 variety of English. The case of 
 alienis is dat. of person interested 
 or of person judging. 
 And yet =quamquam = Kat'Tot. 
 
CHA.P. 11 § 10 
 
 5& 
 
 even in the home... it would have 
 been seemly for you to care no- 
 thing. 
 
 if married women were restrained 
 by modesty 
 
 within the bounds of their due 
 rights 
 
 = ne domi quidem vos... curare 
 decuit. 
 
 This is a striking instance of 
 the Latin negative brought for- 
 ward )( the position of the nega- 
 tive in English. 
 
 For "it would have been seemly 
 to care" = curare decuit, see Roby 
 § 1520. 
 =si...matronaa contineret pudor. 
 
 Observe the order of matroruu, 
 put early as logical subject. See 
 on 34. 2. 8 nisi me verecundia... 
 tenuisset. 
 
 Livy usesthenoun^tttfor eleven 
 times as subject to a transitive 
 verb with a personal object. In 
 five of these cases pvdor precedes 
 the object (2. 10. 9; 6. 24. 7; 21, 
 16. 2 ; 23. 18. 9 ; 39. 31. 9) ; and in 
 six the object (as here) precedes 
 pudiyr (2. 10. 6 ; 3. 63. 3 ; 9. 34. 22 ; 
 34. 2. 10 and 2. 45. 5 multitudini 
 ...pudor pectora versare et ab 
 intestinis avertere malis, where 
 midtiiudini... pectora = multitudi- 
 nem). See also Appendix A. 
 
 Note pudor immediately fol- 
 lowing the verb. Livy is very 
 fond of a single word (especially 
 an iambus) after the verb, whether 
 of the principal or the subordinate 
 clause. 
 =sui iuris finibus. 
 
 Here sui (emphatic because 
 
 prepositive) refers, as commonly, 
 
 to the object of the verb in whose 
 
 'ause it stands. But matronas 
 
60 CHAP. II § 10 
 
 by its position is logical subject 
 and the construction is more easy 
 than usual. 
 
 For the construction withcore^t- 
 ?ieresee 34. 1. 5 on continerilimine. 
 it would have been seemly to care = curare decuit. 
 
 After the imperfect contineret 
 one might have expected decehat ; 
 but, possibly, Livy is avoiding the 
 verse rhythm — | arS dSc | ebS.t | at 
 the end of the sentence. 
 
 The words curare decuit are an 
 analysed form of curavisses, i.e. 
 "one should have cared" — the 
 apodosis oi d... contineret. So fe- 
 cisset ("he would have done") 
 may approach (1) "he could have 
 done" and then be expressed by 
 facere potuit, or (2) "he should 
 have done" and then be expressed 
 hj facere debuit, eum facere decuit. 
 
 Similarly, approximate equiva- 
 lents oi faoeret ("he would have 
 been doing") are facere poterat 
 ("could have been doing"), /acere 
 debehat, eum facere decebat ("should 
 have been doing"). See Roby, 
 Part II. § 1520. 
 what laws OA-e passed = quae leges. . .rogarentur. 
 
 English here could say either 
 " are" or "were " ; Latin can only 
 say the latter in view of the 
 past tenses contineret and decuit. 
 English says: "Then Catiline 
 showed how powerful is (or "was") 
 the influence of conscience," but 
 after the past tense "showed," 
 Latin can say only: tum...Cati- 
 
CHAP. II §§ 10, 11 
 
 61 
 
 or rejected 
 
 § 11. Our forefathers..., 
 
 trauisact. . .business 
 
 not... any business, even of a pri- 
 vate nature 
 
 ■without the authority of a guar- 
 dian 
 
 they were to be 
 
 Una..., quanta consdentiae vis essef 
 (never sit), ostendit (Cio. Cat. 3. 5). 
 See M. p. 338 § 383. 
 = ahrogarenturve. Here ve is 
 synonymous with que. See 34. 
 1. 4 on "in support or opposi- 
 tion." 
 = maiores nostri . . . ; nos . . . . 
 
 Note the adversative asyndeton 
 of Latin. Greek would have ot 
 likv St) 7raT€pcs...Tifie'is Si. 
 = rem agere. 
 
 For res see Index. 
 = nullam, ne privatam quidem rem. 
 
 An original negative (here nul- 
 lam) is regularly emphasised by 
 ne — quidem, where English more 
 often says "even." See 34. 1. 5 
 note (p. 38). 
 = sine tutore auctore. 
 
 i.e. English abstract ("autho- 
 rity") > Latin concrete (auctore). 
 
 For the sound op. Cic. Pro 
 Sex. Rose. § 110 isto hortatore, 
 auctore, intercessore. 
 
 It is just possible that in tutore 
 auctore we have an old legal bi- 
 membral asyndeton, cp. ruta caesa 
 = " minerals and timber." See M. 
 §434. 
 
 = [feminas...voluerunt...esse] un- 
 derstood. Latin merely supplies 
 volu^runt with adversative asyn- 
 deton i.e. [they wished them to 
 transact no business. . .] , 6m< wished 
 them etc. Contrast the variety of 
 English. See 34. 1. 5 note on 
 "They besieged every road." 
 
«2 
 
 CHAP. II §§ 11, 12 
 
 of parents, brother, or husband 
 
 forsooth 
 
 to appear in the forum 
 
 and to join in meetings and elec- 
 tions 
 
 8 12. What are they doing... 
 but supporting 
 
 of the tribunes 
 
 =parentium, fratrum, virorum. 
 
 No connectives in Latin )( 
 English and see 34. 1. 4 on "and 
 the Capitol." 
 =si diis placet. 
 
 This phrase is often equivalent 
 to an exclamation of disgust, op. 
 English : " but we, if you please. . . I" 
 See Donatus on Ter. Bun. 919, and 
 compare Cic. Fro Sex. Rose. § 102. 
 The phrase is frequent in Livy cp. 
 
 4. 3. 9 ; 6. 40. 7 ; 34. 32. 17 ; 39. 28. 
 
 5, etc. 
 
 = et foro quoque...(immiBceri). 
 
 Latin can wait for the verb; 
 English requires one immediately. 
 The combination et...qiioque= 
 "and... also" appears first in Livy, 
 and is not common. [Neither 
 Caesar nor Sallust has it. It 
 is read by some editors twice in 
 Cicero, and appears once in Plau- 
 tus. See Draeger, Hist. Synt. 
 § 313, p. 33.] 
 
 = et contionibus et comitiis im- 
 misoeri. 
 
 =quid...aliud...faciunt, quam... 
 suadent? 
 
 Often, in this and similar 
 phrases, the facere is omitted, as 
 at 34. 46. 7 nihil aliud quam stete- 
 runt parati ad pugnandum = they 
 did nothing but draw themselves 
 up in readiness for battle. So in 
 Greek ovhh aXKo ^=only. 
 
 For suadent see 34. 1. 4. 
 = tribuiioru,m plebi. 
 
 For pleoi see 34. 1. 2. 
 
CHAP. II §§ 12-14 
 
 63 
 
 and voting 
 
 § 13. free rein 
 that knows no control 
 
 will set 
 
 extravagance of liberty 
 
 § 14. But unless 
 
 you 
 
 set such a hmit 
 
 = quatn . . . consent. 
 
 Latin loves such rhetorical 
 anaphora, cp. 3. 32. 2 "a famine 
 destructive to man and beast 
 alike "= fames... foeda homini, foe- 
 da pecori. 
 
 = frenos — from frenum, whose 
 plural in prose is freni, whereas 
 fretui is mostly poetical. 
 = impotenti= Aristotle's aKparqs. 
 The adjectives im/potenti and 
 indomito are prepositive for em- 
 phasis ; one does not give rein to 
 a fiery and untamed steed. 
 =facturas. 
 
 Note the frequent (in Livy) 
 omission of esse with the future 
 infinitive. 
 
 At 4. 24. 4 we have modum 
 imponere. 
 =Ucentiae. 
 
 Lit. "doingas you please" (guod- 
 cumque ?!ce<= whatever is open 
 to one). 
 
 Observe the repetition of li- 
 centia in § 14="licenoe," and 3. 
 1 = "wilfulness." Contrast the 
 variety of Eughsh. 
 = nisi = quod nisi. 
 
 i.e. an adversative asyndeton. 
 See on 34. 1. 5 "They besieged 
 every road." 
 =vos. 
 
 The pronoun is inserted be- 
 cause emphatic. 
 =facietis. 
 
 Latin easily supplies modum. 
 Some editors read feceritis (fut. 
 
64 
 
 CHAP. II S 14 
 
 of the disabilities 
 
 imposed by custom or by law 
 
 under which women chafe 
 
 Liberty in all things 
 
 perf.). In any case a future is 
 necessary, for an apodosis in future 
 time must be supplied. In full 
 the sentence would run: "unless 
 you do it yourselves (there will be 
 trouble, for) this is" etc. 
 = eorum. 
 
 A loose neuter pronoun or 
 adjective will often translate the 
 more specific expression in Eng- 
 lish. Compare 34. 3. 1 "with aU 
 these restraints " = jm6MS omnibiis 
 constrictas and 34. 3. 2 "privileges 
 one by one" = singiila. 
 
 Note the anticipatory position 
 of eorum before est. 
 = au( moribus aut legibus iniuncta. 
 
 Latin almost always inserts the 
 anticipatory "either." English is 
 not so formal. Note that aut... 
 aut leaves us no other choice ; it 
 is a case of one or the other alter- 
 native. But vel moribus vel legi- 
 bus would mean "custom or law 
 or anything else.'' 
 = quae iniquo animo feminae... 
 patiuntur. 
 
 The words iniquo animo (cp. 
 aequo ammo = with equanimity) 
 are more picturesque than the 
 conventional aegre, facile, pati, 
 ferre. They get stress by sepa- 
 ration from patiuntur : women 
 endure the burden, but under 
 protest — they "kick against the 
 goad." 
 = omnium rerum libertatem. 
 
 Observe that there is no con- 
 
CHAP. II § 14 65 
 
 nective. Cicero would, almost 
 certainly have begun with deni- 
 que=^"m fine." 
 
 The genitive omnium rerum, 
 being prepositive, has stress : uni- 
 versal liberty is their aim. 
 in all things = omnium rerum. 
 
 For genitive of Latin to re- 
 pre.sent prepositional phrase of 
 English, see on 34. 1. 5 "in the 
 city"=M?'6is. 
 to speak plain truth = si vere dicere volumus. 
 
 At 41. 23. 13 we find si vere 
 volumus dicere, where vere sepa- 
 rated from its verb dicere gains 
 stress and represents "plain truth," 
 "the whole truth and nothing but 
 the truth." 
 is what they desire =desiderant. 
 
 In such phrases as "It is li- 
 cence which they desire," " Licence 
 is what they desire," we see a 
 cumbersome English method of 
 expressing emphasis. Latin a- 
 chieves the same result by order. 
 Here libertatem . . . licentiam are 
 brought to the front and sepa- 
 rated from their verb by d vere... 
 
 N. I 
 
66 
 
 CHAP. 
 
 Ill §1 
 
 CHAPTER Til 
 
 § 1. if they carry this position 
 
 and... they will stop at nothing 
 
 Review women's rights and all the 
 limitations.... 
 
 by which... and through which 
 
 = si hoc expugnaverint. 
 
 A frequent metaphor. The ob- 
 ject of expugnare is always some 
 obstacle which you desire to over- 
 come, an enemy whom you desire 
 to dislodge, cp. 1. 58. 5 "He had 
 stormed the citadel of a woman's 
 honour "=expugnato decSre mu- 
 liebri; 6. 18. % "The plebs con- 
 ceived hopes of being able to 
 abolish usury "= plebs spem cepit 
 ...faenoris expugnandi; 9. 26. 16 
 "They used every effort to close 
 the commission" = expugnare 
 quaestiones omni ope adnisi sunt. 
 = quid enim...non temptabunt? 
 
 A negative statement may be 
 expressed both in Latin and Greek 
 rhetoric by a question. Thus " No 
 one, surely, would make such an 
 admission "=quis enim fateatur 
 talia? aXXa Tis tiv Ta ye TOiavra 
 oiioXoyoLTj ; 
 = recensete omnia muliebria iura. 
 
 Note the absence of connective 
 in rhetoric. 
 
 Here i«ra = " limited rights," 
 just as mos in 34. 2. 9 = "6ac? 
 custom.'' 
 = quibus...per quaeque. 
 
 For the "Livian variety" cp. 
 Pref. § 9. "I would have each 
 give his undivided attention to... 
 the deeds of great men, to the 
 qualities in war and peace which 
 won the empire " = ad ilia mihi 
 
CHAP, in § 1 
 
 67 
 
 they subjected them to their 
 husbands 
 
 and yet with all these restraints 
 
 pro ae quisque intendat animum. . . 
 per quos vires quibusque artibus 
 domi militiaeque partum impe- 
 rium sit ; 2. 24. 5 per metum potius 
 quam voluntate ; 2. 42. 10 nunc 
 extis, nunc per aves. 
 
 For per qwaeque=et per quae 
 cp. 24. 24. 8 singula... quae per 
 quosque agerentur...ante oculos 
 posuit, and Cic. De Off. 1. 35. 126 
 ut probemur iis quibuscum apud 
 quosque vivamus. 
 
 Before Livy que is never joined 
 to a preposition, except where the 
 same preposition has preceded, e.g. 
 Cic. Verr. iv. 61. 115 in religione 
 inque iis sacris, 
 =subiecerint viris. 
 
 The object ea« is easily sup- 
 plied out of earv/m*. 
 
 Note vXns — a single word after 
 the verb, preferably an iambus. 
 This is a favourite Livian order. 
 =quibus omnibus constrictas. 
 
 Here qmbus = sed tcumen his. 
 The relative as a connective may 
 = et is, or sed is, is tamen, sed 
 tamen is. 
 
 Note that quihus is neuter. 
 Cicero would, preferably, write 
 quihus rebus, for, with him, the 
 forms which might be mascuUne 
 or neuter are almost always mas- 
 cuUne. 
 
 The noun "restraints" >verb 
 constrictas i.e. the abstract idea 
 
 Ussing reads per quae eas. 
 
 5—2 
 
68 
 
 CHAP, in §§ 1, 2 
 
 keep them in check. 
 
 § 2. Furthermore 
 privileges one by one 
 
 wrest from you 
 
 in the end allowing equality with 
 men 
 
 is expressed concretely. For the 
 loose neuter quihus representing 
 the specific idea of English, see 
 34. 2. 14 on "of the disabilities" 
 = eorum. 
 
 The participle constrictas is 
 concessive as vix tamen shows. 
 = contingr8 pStestls. 
 
 Observe the hexameter ending. 
 Livy is guilty of it at times. 
 
 So in Greek rhetoric 
 
 TL yap ; tl 6c ; 
 = singula. 
 
 For the loose neuter plural 
 to represent the specific noun of 
 English see on 34. 2. 14 "of the 
 disabilities " = eorum. 
 
 The word singula is in anb 
 Koivov position between carpere 
 and extorquere. 
 =extorquere. 
 
 Latin leaves pronominal rela- 
 tions to be understood : English 
 must insert the pronoun. 
 = et aequari ad extremum viris 
 patiemini. 
 
 Observe the variety of English. 
 The sentence begins : "if you 
 suffer them to pluck and to wrest," 
 and Latin, with its love of par- 
 allel construction, is content to 
 continue: "and (suffer them) to 
 be made equal to men in the end." 
 English, however, would find this 
 monotonous, and shifts to the 
 participle, varying "suffer" by 
 "allowing." 
 
 Note how the noun "equality" 
 
CHAP. 
 
 III§ 2 
 
 69 
 
 think you that you will find them 
 endurable ? 
 
 No, the instant they begin 
 
 >verb aequari. This verb is 
 put early for stress. 
 =tolerabiles vobis eas fore ore- 
 ditis? 
 
 The apodosis of si. . .patiemini 
 is fore, as if Livy had written 
 tolerabiles vobis (num sic creditis?) 
 eae erunt ? 
 
 Since creditis comes last, it 
 probably has stress = "do you 
 really believe ? " ; for verbs of 
 saying, knowing, thinking, show- 
 ing, etc. come early unless em- 
 phatic. 
 
 The dative vobis is almost the 
 so-called ethical dative. This is 
 a particular case of the dative "of 
 the person interested" i.e. "of the 
 person whose feelings are inte- 
 rested." Thus "you will find the 
 whole place ablaze "=tibi arde- 
 bunt omnia. 
 = extemplo, simul...coeperint. 
 
 The "No" is translated by 
 adversative asyndeton. The pre- 
 vious question: "think you that 
 you will find them. ..?" = " You will 
 certainly not find them..."; then 
 "but" is the natural connective, 
 which is here expressed by the 
 asyndeton. 
 
 For extemplo, simul...coepermt, 
 ...erunt, where extemplo has stress 
 by separation from erunt, and 
 simul, as so often, = stmu2 ac, cp. 
 23. 29. 14 simul...inclinatam... 
 aciem...videre, extemplo... oornua 
 deseruere. 
 
70 
 
 CHAP. Ill 
 
 3, 4 
 
 § 3. But, we are told 
 
 they take exception to a new mea- 
 sure directed against them 
 
 is the object of their protest 
 
 §4- 
 that 
 
 Nay rather, they demand 
 
 =at hercule. 
 
 This is the equivalent of aKKa 
 vri Am, and more picturesque than 
 at or at enim in the same meaning. 
 =ne quid novum in eas rogetur 
 recusant. 
 
 The adjective Twvum probably 
 has a touch also of "monstrous," 
 " unheard of," as in Horace's nova 
 monstra. Remember that noviig 
 = "never before existent ") (a?i<t- 
 g'M««=" existent in the past"; 
 while j'ece>i«=" newly existent" 
 )(»«<■!<«= "existent from of old," 
 "long existent." 
 
 Livy writes in eas not the 
 normal in se, because the imagi- 
 nary speaker, implied in at her- 
 cule, is giving his view of their 
 protest. The independent form is 
 "No new laws are to be made 
 against them, " not " . . .made against 
 us." 
 = depreoantur. 
 
 The words "is the object of" 
 are translated by the objective 
 case, and the noun "protest" >the 
 verb. 
 
 Note that ius=the whole body 
 of enactments =Zejre«. 
 = immo ut.... 
 
 A simpler form of sentence 
 would be non ius deprecantur, sed 
 ut... legem ahrogetis. Then after 
 sed a verb of positive meaning, 
 e.g. postulant, must be supplied 
 out of the negative deprecantur = 
 habere nolunt. The idiom is com- 
 
CHAP. Ill § 4 
 
 71 
 
 that you should repeal a measure 
 which... you have accepted 
 
 men in Greek e.g. ouk e<j>i] avTos 
 dXX' (sc. e<l>Ji) 6KC1V0V orpaTTiyeiv. 
 So English, "No one laughs but 
 cries on such occasions" i.e. "but 
 every one cries" ; of. Plato, Prot. 
 323 D ovheis 6viiovTai...a>CKa (sc. 
 iravTCs) iKeovQ-i^ 
 
 The construction has hardly 
 received the attention which it 
 deserves in Latin. A striking 
 instance is Livy 3. 19. 3 "no one 
 of whom was inferior to Cafiso in 
 greatness of heart, and all of 
 whom were superior to him be- 
 cause they showed a politic mode- 
 ration "= quorum nemo Caesoni 
 cedebat magnitudine animi, con- 
 silium et modum adhibendo...pri- 
 ores erant. Here there is adver- 
 sative asyndeton before consilium, 
 and we supply sed omnes out of the 
 preceding nemo. 
 
 An easier case is 3. 48. 1 
 where after sed we supply dicit 
 out of the preceding negat. 
 
 Other examples are Cic. De Off. 
 3. 2. 9, De Fin. 1. 51 ; Verg. Am. 
 1. 674, 5 ; Lucr. 4. 611 ; Hor. 
 Sat. 1. 1. 3; Tac. Hist. 2. 52 ad 
 fin., and Livy 3. 37. 3. 
 = ut quam accepistis... legem,... 
 hanc abrogetis. 
 
 English prefers the antecedent 
 before the relative, but Latin 
 aflFects, like Greek, the form : 
 "Who steals my pm-se, (he) steals 
 trash," qui crumenam meam fu- 
 ratur, is (hie) furatur acruta, o<ms 
 
72 
 
 CHAP. Ill § 4 
 
 accepted and enacted 
 
 (a measure) which the use and 
 experience of so many years have 
 stamped with your approval 
 
 av TO ifiov ^dkXavTiov KXcyjrrj, oSros 
 K\eirT€i pa)TTOV. 
 
 Here, owing to the lengthy 
 clauses which intervene, the ut 
 is repeated before ahrogetis. W. 
 quotes a large number of examples 
 at 22. 11. 4. 
 =accepistis iussistis. 
 
 Note the bi-membral asynde- 
 ton, as often in parliamentary and 
 legal phrases. See M. § 434. 
 
 The four consecutive words 
 ending in -is (accepistis iussistis 
 suffragiis vestris) are noticeable. 
 = (legem) quam usu tot annorum 
 et eiperiendo comprobastis. 
 
 English freely uses abstract 
 nouns as subjects to transitive 
 verbs: Latin, or, to be more ex- 
 act, the Latin of examinations, 
 avoids the construction (but see 
 Appendix A) unless the object 
 also is abstract or non-personal. 
 
 The English idiom may almost 
 always be turned by making the 
 subject ablative. Thus at 3. 62. 2 
 "The bravery of the soldiers won 
 the victory" =virtute militum vic- 
 toria parta est, where the logical 
 subject, viriute, comes first, while 
 the grammatical subject, victoria, 
 takes a humble place. 
 
 Livy not seldom follows the 
 English idiom in using an abstract 
 subject to a transitive verb with a 
 personal object, but in about 50 per 
 cent, of the cases he brings forward 
 the logical subject, op. Pref. § 11 "I 
 
CHAP. Ill §§ 4, 5 
 
 73 
 
 stamped with your approval 
 
 in'fact 
 
 they ask you to... weaken 
 
 to abolish one law and so weaken 
 
 g 5. But no enactment 
 
 acceptable 
 
 the only question raised is 
 
 am deceived by affection for the 
 work"=me amor negotii...fallit. 
 See Appendix A. 
 = comprobastis. 
 
 The novm "approval" > the 
 verb. The metaphor "stamped 
 with" is dead, and is neither de- 
 serving nor capable of reproduc- 
 tion in Latin. 
 = id est. 
 =ut...infirmetis. 
 
 Here "they ask" is mere Eng- 
 lish variety for the previous "they 
 demand": Latin needs no such 
 device and easily supplies the ori- 
 ginal verb. 
 
 = ut unam tollendo legem... inflr- 
 metis. 
 
 The gerund tollendo = a, Greek 
 instrumental participle, e.g. aTro- 
 Xetravres. 
 
 Observe how unam has stress 
 by separation, thus preparing us 
 for the antithesis eeieras. Latin 
 loves such artificial contrasts. 
 = nulla lex. 
 
 Observe there is no connective. 
 Note the repetition of /!ea!= "en- 
 actment," after legem = " measure," 
 and legem= "la,w" in § 5. Con- 
 trast the variety of English. 
 = satis commoda. 
 
 Here «a<is= English "quite." 
 = id modo quaeritur. 
 
 Note (1) the adversative asyn- 
 deton after preceding negative; 
 (2) the anticipatory id; (3) how 
 the noun "question" >a verb. 
 
74 
 
 CHAP. Ill 
 
 " Does it benefit the majority ? " 
 
 "Is it, in the main, of advantage 1 
 
 An individual may be... offended 
 by some legislation: is he there- 
 fore to puU it down...? If so, 
 ■what is the good...? 
 
 = si maiori parti... prodest. 
 
 Madvig, Emend. Lvo. p. 495 
 reads prosit. But the indicative 
 seems to be colloquial, cp. Ter. 
 Eun. 3. 4. 7 visam si domi est, 
 and see Eoby § 1761. (Compare 
 also Livy 3. 21. 4 mirer,..d vana 
 vestra...auctoritas est.) 
 
 Elsewhere, but always with the 
 subjunctive, Livy uses si = yium 
 or -ne after verbs of asking, cp. 
 29. 25. 8 quaesivit si; 33. 35. 3 
 and 36. 33. 1 percunctatus si ; 39. 
 50. 7 quaesisse si ; 40. 49. 6 quae- 
 sivit si. 
 = et in summam prodest. 
 
 Note the variety of English 
 "does it benefit?" "Is it.. .of ad- 
 vantage?" Latin is satisfied with 
 one verb prodest. 
 
 = si, quod cuique...of&ciet ius, 
 id destruet..., quid attinebit...? 
 
 First contrast the separate sen- 
 tences of English with the formal 
 subordination of Latin. For in- 
 stance we write : " I am tired and 
 therefore want to go" : Latin says : 
 quod defessus sum, idcirco volo dis- 
 cedere. An interesting case is 44. 
 37. 7 "The rising and setting .of 
 sun or moon happened regularly, 
 and therefore they were not sur- 
 prised... ; so now, even though the 
 light of the latter was withheld..., 
 they need not count it a miracle" 
 =itaque qubmadmodum, quia certi 
 solis lunaeque et ortus et occasus 
 sint,...non mirarentur, ita ne ob- 
 
CHAP. Ill § 5 75 
 
 scurari quidem (lunam)...trahere 
 in prodigium debere. 
 
 Next note that there is no 
 connective before si. Observe too 
 the relative quod picked up by the 
 demonstrative id, and see 34. 3. 4 
 on "that you should repeal a 
 measiu-e which...." 
 
 Note also ius — a single word 
 after the verb, as so often. 
 
 Further, since "is he to pull 
 down" is expressed by the future, 
 therefore the apodosis is future 
 also, and Latin must write "what 
 wiU he the good?" 
 
 Lastly English says: "If each 
 is to pull down. ..the legislation 
 which offends him," i.e. "each" 
 is placed in the principal clause, 
 whereas Latin puts "each" in the 
 subordinate clause. So we say; 
 "Each came down by the nearest 
 path," but Latin says (22. 4. 6) 
 milites qua cuique proximum fuit, 
 decuourrerunt. 
 what is the good of the com- =quid attinebit universos rogare 
 munity's passing laws leges. 
 
 Community = universos =eunc- 
 tos = (rifinavTas = all taken together 
 )( the individual = cwig'Me. 
 
 The verb rogare is early to 
 prepare for the antithesis abrogare. 
 which can... be rescinded by those =quas... abrogare, in quos latae 
 against whom they were directed sunt, possint. 
 
 The subject of possint is the 
 antecedent of in qvos, as if Livy 
 had written: quas in quos latae 
 sunt ii possint abrogare. But 
 
76 
 
 CHAP. Ill §§ 5-7 
 
 § 6. why it is that 
 
 hysterically 
 
 into the pubUc streets 
 
 all but invading forum and as- 
 sembly 
 
 § 7. Is it to redeem 
 
 ahrogwre is put early with stress 
 to answer the preceding rogare. 
 
 Here quas= tales ut and the 
 consecutive subjunctive follows. 
 = quid sit propter quod. 
 
 Lit. "What it is on account of 
 which." The propter quod = tale 
 ut, "so serious that" — hence the 
 consecutive subjunctive procucv/r- 
 rerint. 
 
 Compounds of cwrro make the 
 perfect -cwrri or -cucwrri; but sue- 
 curro makes sucnurri only, and 
 praecurro only praeciiourri. 
 =consternatae. 
 
 Greek would write eVeivo fiivroi 
 ^ovXolfirju &v yLyvai(rK€iv dia ri 
 eTTTOTj^evaL es ras 68ovs (jiepovTat 
 ai yvvaiKfi. 
 =in publicum. 
 
 See on 34. 2. 10. Here in 
 publicum is put after the verb 
 for emphasis. 
 
 = ac vii foro se et contione ab- 
 stineant. 
 
 Note English variety — the 
 change to a participle ; Latin 
 persists with the same form of 
 sentence. 
 
 Livy usually omits a when 
 abstinere is transitive (an excep- 
 tion is 34. 35. 10) and inserts a 
 when abstinere is intransitive. 
 
 Note how se is in dno koivov 
 position between foro and con- 
 tione. 
 = ut . . .redimantur. 
 
 Latin order groups together 
 
CHAP. Ill § 7 
 
 77 
 
 brothers 
 
 Far is and far for ever be 
 
 from our country 
 
 Yet, when such misfortune 
 come, you refused 
 
 early the important words. The 
 first thing we hear is captivi ab 
 Hannibale, i.e. "Is it a case of 
 prisoners of war and Hannibal ? " 
 = fratres earum. 
 
 The point of view is Oato's ; 
 otherwise in a final clause we 
 should require sui (nom. pi.) with 
 fratres. Compare eas in § 3. 
 =procul abest absitque semper. 
 
 Observe there is no connective. 
 = rei publicae. 
 
 Like ciinias, the word suggests 
 an ordered community : patria 
 would have been merely emotional, 
 as in " King and country." 
 did =sed tamen, cum fuit, negastis. 
 
 Observe fuit for the normal 
 erat. Ordinarily when the prin- 
 cipal clause is past, we get in the 
 subordinate clause (1) past im- 
 perfect (imperfect) if the action 
 or state is contemporaneous with 
 the action or state of the principal 
 clause, (2) past perfect (pluperfect) 
 if the action or state is antecedent 
 to the action or state of the prin- 
 cipal clause. 
 
 The great exceptions are (1) the 
 aorist perfect after vi and ubi 
 ( = when), antequam, priusquam, 
 postquam, cumprimum, utprimum, 
 simiil ac, duni ( = until); (2) the 
 fact that, when the cum clause 
 follows the principal (cum = et 
 eodem tempore), any tense of the 
 indicative required by the context 
 may occur. Thus there is nothing 
 
78 CHAP. Ill § 7 
 
 out of the way in the following 
 nine cases quoted by W. viz. 5. 
 49. 8, 5. 52. 3, 6. 8. 6, 8. 33. 10, 
 9. 34. 9, 10. 8. 3, 34. 31. 15, 44. 22. 
 2, 45. 39. 1. 
 
 Livy, however, has a consider- 
 able number of instances of the 
 aorist perfect with cum="a,% the 
 time when" ov=(ni,m primum. I 
 have noted the following : 1. 41. 7, 
 2. 40. 7, 2. 51. 1, 3. 14. 4, 4. 44. 10, 
 
 4. 60. 8, 6. 20. 4, 21. 39. 4, 23. 20. 
 
 5, 23. 49. 5, 29. 37. 8 (Madvig 
 emends), 29. 37. 10, 34. 5. 10, 34. 
 16. 7, 39. 38. 1, 42. 66. 1, 45. 12. 
 10 (two cases, one of which Madv. 
 emends), 45. 34. 10. Compare Cic. 
 De Or. 2. 59. 242 cum dixit... 
 risimus. 
 
 These are genuine cases ; but 
 we must distinguish those where 
 the cum clause or relative clause 
 bears no time relation to the prin- 
 cipal clause, and is, in fact, a mere 
 date, as it were, or description in a 
 parenthesis, cp. 1. 25. 8, 7. 16. 2, 
 8. 8. 1, 9. 25. 2, 21. 48. 7, 22. 14. 12, 
 23. 19. 17, 23. 15. 5, 24. 16. 19, 25. 
 38. 11, 45. 38. 4, 45. 41. 5. 
 
 A few relative clauses are 
 found where the aorist perfect 
 occurs for the normal imperfect 
 or pluperfect, cp. 1. 49. 7 cum 
 quibus voluit,...societates fecit; 
 
 8. 17. 4 quia pestilentia iusecuta 
 est... res ad interregnum rediit; 
 
 9. 38. 3 quae superfuit cladi... 
 multitude ad naves compulsa est 
 
CHAP. Ill §§ 7, 8 
 
 79 
 
 refused thia boon 
 
 to their prayers 
 patriotism 
 
 of love and 
 
 § 8. But perhaps 
 
 (but in 8. 11. 5 we have the normal 
 superfuerant) ; 22. 4. 6 qui ubi, qua 
 cuique proximum fuit, decucur- 
 rerunt ; 35. 30. 10 Lacedaemonii, 
 quoad lucis superfuit quidquam,... 
 rccipiebant se. At 25. 29. 9 the 
 reading is doubtful. 
 
 For other anomalies see W. on 
 1. 1. 1 and Appendix B. 
 =negastis hoc. 
 
 The neuter hoc translates the 
 specific noun of English. 
 =piis precibus earum. 
 
 The words pius, pietas etc. 
 used of wives and children imply 
 loyal and dutiful affection ; used 
 of the citizen they imply what we 
 call patriotism. 
 
 Observe how the sentence is 
 grammatically complete at jje- 
 gastis= yon refused. The result 
 is that the remaining words gain 
 stress — "euen this — to dutiful 
 prayers — of women like those." 
 The whole is a crescendo. The 
 women of to-day (Cato suggests) 
 make a trivial request ; they are 
 neither loyal nor dutiful. Livy 
 writes piis preaihus earum for the 
 normal piis earum precibus in 
 order that earum (the women of 
 the past) may re-echo the earum 
 of the previous sentence (the 
 women of Cato's day). Compare 
 34. 1. 6 augebatur haec frequentia 
 mulierum in dies. 
 =at=atenim=dXXa vij ^ia="hut 
 it may be said." 
 
80 
 
 CHAP. Ill § 8 
 
 it is not love or anxiety 
 anxiety for their dear ones 
 
 it is not love... that has gathered 
 them 
 
 on Her way 
 
 from Pessinus in Phrygia 
 
 No? Then what...? 
 
 what... plea... is put forward to 
 excuse 
 
 =non pietas nee solUcitudo. 
 
 Note non...nec = ov...ovb4. 
 = soUioitudo pro suis. 
 
 For the prepositional phrase 
 qualifying a noun see note on 
 34. 1. 5 aditusque in forum. 
 = non pietas... congregavit eas. 
 
 Latin has no such cumbersome 
 method of expressing emphasis as 
 "it is not love... that." 
 
 Note the bold personification of 
 pietas . . . sollidtudo . . . religio made 
 subjects to a transitive verb with 
 a personal object. Livy so uses 
 religio 12 times and in 8 of these 
 instances the object is brought 
 forward to occupy the place of 
 the subject. See note on 34. 2. 8 
 nisi me verecundia...tenuisset and 
 Appendix A. 
 
 Observe ias : a single word 
 after the verb, especially an iam- 
 bus, is a favourite order with 
 Livy. 
 
 = venientem, i.e. the noun > verb. 
 =a Pessinunte ex Phrygia. 
 
 So "to Romein Italy"= Romam 
 in Italiam. 
 
 This cult of Cybele was intro- 
 duced into Rome in B.C. 205, in 
 obedience to an injunction con- 
 tained in the Sibylline Books. 
 = quid? 
 
 The words "No? Then," need 
 no representation in Latin. 
 = quid . . . praetenditur. 
 
 The noun "plea" is represented 
 by the neuter pronoun -I- the verb. 
 
CHAP. Ill §§ 8, 9 
 
 81 
 
 what honourable plea, honourable 
 at least in word 
 
 of our women 
 
 § 9. The reply comes 
 
 We wish to glitter 
 
 every day, festival or no festival 
 
 Lit. " What is stretched as a cover 
 
 in front of." 
 
 =quid honestum dictu saltem. 
 
 Note the "postpositive" ad- 
 verb. Thus saltem acquires stress, 
 i.e. in word at any rate, if not in 
 deed and fact, Xoym fikv (ovk cpym d4). 
 
 For dictu see 34. 1. 1 parva 
 dictu. Observe that honestiis= 
 honom-able )( probus =honest. 
 = muliebri. 
 
 Note the emphatic separation 
 from seditioni and how midiebri 
 comes last — seditioni praetenditur 
 muliebri. Sedition (oratrts) is the 
 business of men (virilis), not of 
 women. 
 
 Such adjectives as muliebris, 
 puerilis, virilis, hostilis, generic- 
 ally used, are common at all 
 periods of Latin, where we say 
 "of a woman,'' "of a boy," "of 
 a man," "of a,n enemy." 
 = inquit. 
 
 For this inquit with obscure 
 subject cp. 6. 40. 8 and pctssim ; 
 and compare aiebat at 34. 7. 5. 
 =ut...fulgamus. 
 
 Weissenbom supphes^'ocMcur- 
 rirmis out of § 6. May we not 
 supply oramus, or the like, out of 
 quid. . .praetenditur ? Note the ar- 
 chaic fulgSre. The ablatives auro 
 and pnvrpura are ablatives of the 
 means. 
 =festis profestisque diebus. 
 
 The adjective profestis (=non- 
 festival) is formed on the analogy 
 
 N. I. 
 
82 
 
 CHAP. Ill § 9 
 
 to ride... to be carried... 
 
 as if in triumph 
 
 over a law 
 Over your votes 
 
 taken captive out of your hands 
 
 In fine, we ask that no limit should 
 be set 
 
 or to Tolaptuousness 
 
 of pj-of units (= non-sacred, lit. "in 
 front of the fanum " = oo-tos). 
 = ut...veotemur. 
 
 English requires a verb early 
 and repeats the idea with meaning- 
 less variation : one verb sufBces in 
 Latin. The word vectari is a fre- 
 quentative of vehere and therefore 
 = "be continually carried." So 
 gerere = " to bear " : gestare = " to 
 wear." 
 = velut triumphantes. 
 
 The noun of English > verb of 
 Latin. Cicero and Caesar use only 
 ut and quasi with participles : Livy 
 introduces velut and tamquam (ws, 
 wcrnfp), as well as quippe, tttpote 
 (&s, arc -f causal participle), and 
 quanquam^Koi, xaiVep -I- concessive 
 participle). 
 = de lege. 
 = ez...suflfragiis vestris. 
 
 Latin either inserts the con- 
 nective, as here, or rhetorically 
 repeats the de. 
 =captis et ereptis. 
 
 Note the elaborate chiasmus — 
 delege victa. . .et. . .ereptis sufiragiis. 
 =ne ullus modus... sit. 
 
 The more florid rhetoric of 
 Cicero would require : Ulvd deni- 
 
 ■ que oramua et obsecramus ne 
 
 = ne luxuriae (sit). 
 
 Observe the rhetorical repeti- 
 tion of ne. In strictness Ivjmria 
 = " tendency to indulgence," while 
 i™nts="theindulgenceitself." See 
 Livy, Fref. §§ 11, 12. 
 
CHAP. IV 
 
 1. 2 
 
 83 
 
 CHAPTER IV 
 
 § 1. You have often heard me 
 complain about the expenses of 
 women 
 
 and of men no less 
 
 § 2. you have often heard me 
 
 say that. 
 
 two opposite vices... are endanger- 
 ing the state 
 
 = saepe me querentem de femina- 
 rum...sumptibus audistis. 
 
 Observe the prepositive geni- 
 tive : its stress tells us that an 
 antithesis {inrorum) is coming. A 
 Koman would read it as if it ran : 
 "complain about women... and 
 their expenses." 
 =saepe de virorum...sumptibus. 
 
 Note the rhetorical repetition 
 of saepe de )( the variety of 
 English: "and... no less." 
 = ...que. 
 
 Latin has another "and" {que), 
 but "and's" are growing mono- 
 tonous in English (we have not the 
 same choice — et, atgue, que), and a 
 rhetorical repetition of "You have 
 often heard me" with variety of 
 "say that" for "complain that" 
 is less tedious to us. 
 =diversis...duobus vitiis...civita- 
 tem laborare. 
 
 A Roman, in reading this, 
 would scarcely fail to supply de 
 with diversis...vitiis; then on 
 reaching civitatem laborare he 
 would, as it were, supply the 
 plain causal ablative with la- 
 borare. 
 
 The interesting word is "op- 
 posite " (so. but equally fatal) ; 
 hence diversis is prepositive. Livy 
 
 6—2 
 
84 
 
 CHAP. IV §§ 2, 3 
 
 curses which 
 
 have proved the ruin of 
 
 § 3. And this is what frightens 
 me ; for the happier. . .our country . . . 
 — the more do I dread the situa- 
 tion, and fear that... 
 
 mentions the same two vices in 
 Pref. § 11. 
 = quae pestes. 
 
 Latin draws the antecedent 
 into the relative clause, as regu- 
 larly in such expressions as "all 
 of whom he killed "=quos omnes 
 necavit. 
 = everterunt. 
 
 The noun of English > verb of 
 Latin. Greek would use the aorist 
 — TToXXaKiff T^ht] aTTwXeo'ai'. 
 = haec ego, quo melior...fortuna 
 rei publicae est...eo plus horreo, 
 ne 
 
 Here Latin begins with case 
 relations grouped together. (This 
 is especially common with pro- 
 nouns.) 
 
 The words haec ego at once tell 
 us that we are concerned with 
 these modem (Jiaec) vices (for haec 
 cp. Pref. § 9, haec <eOTpo?'a=" these 
 modem days"), that they are the 
 objects of ego's solicitous attention. 
 Latin requires nothing more : the 
 verb can wait. English, however, 
 must have a verb at once. . 
 
 Livy begins as if he were going 
 to write haec ego... horreo, but the 
 long parenthesis has suggested new 
 thoughts. Cato's mind is now full 
 of the imperial expansion which 
 has introduced haec viiia ; and 
 imperial expansion with its evil 
 consequences {illae res) causes the 
 addition of the subordinate clause 
 ne illae... res nos ceperint. Thus 
 
CHAP. IV § 3 85 
 
 haec acquires a new colour and 
 means "the situation in general." 
 The specific noun of Enghsh 
 ("situation") is represented by the 
 loose neuter plural of Latin, 
 the happier. . .our country =quo melior. . .fortuna rei publicae 
 
 eat. 
 
 Lit. "by what measure the 
 fortune of the state is better." 
 The relative quo is an ablative of 
 measure of difference and, later 
 on, is picked up by eo. 
 
 In such phrases we often omit 
 the copula, either in the first 
 clause only (as here) or in both. 
 Latin can omit the copula if it is 
 common to both clauses, e.g. "The 
 more, the merrier "= quo plur'es, 
 eo hilariores. 
 
 The English "the" in such 
 comparative phrases is the old 
 instrumental case of the article. 
 and the greater the daily increase =imperiumque (in dies) eresoit. 
 of our empire Thus, as so often, the noun 
 
 (" increase ")> verb, and the ad- 
 jective (" daily ")>adverb. 
 
 The comparative idea lurks in 
 crescit— mains Jit, and Livy's Latin 
 is succinct for quSque mains in 
 dies Jit imperium. 
 
 In Latin the whole runs more 
 freely with in dies in the first 
 sentence, close to the compara- 
 tives melior laetiorque ; then in 
 dies is easily supplied with crescit. 
 
 Remember that in dies almost 
 always occurs with comparative 
 notions )( cotidie. The phrase in 
 
86 
 
 CHAP. IV § 3 
 
 already 
 
 Asia Minor 
 
 both richly stored with every in- 
 centive to voluptuousness 
 
 every 
 
 incentive to voluptuousness 
 
 dies=in smgulos dies, i.e. for each 
 day. Compare in praesens (for 
 the present) and in singulos annos 
 =yearly (Cic. Att. 6. 3. 5). 
 =et iam. 
 
 We have only one word for 
 " and " : Latin has et, que, atque, 
 and can conceal monotony under 
 nee and neve. Except for such 
 monotony, English here could say 
 " and," in the sense of " indeed." 
 =Asiam. 
 
 = omnibus libidinum illecebris re- 
 pletas. 
 
 Observe that these vioidsfollow 
 the verb and thereby have em- 
 phasis : the sentence is consirue- 
 tionally complete at iranscendimus, 
 and anything that follows gains 
 stress. 
 = omnibus. 
 
 Possibly=7rai'Toior=OTO»i« ffe- 
 neris — a not uncommon sense of 
 omnia. So Greek sometimes uses 
 Tras for navToios as in Herodotus 
 1. 50. 2, 4. 88. 3, and 9. 81. 14. 
 Compare too 1 Tim. 6. 10, pi^a yap 
 •jravratv TOiv KUKOiV itmv tj KJyiKap- 
 yvpla. 
 = libidinum illecebris. 
 
 For the genitive, see 34. 1. 5 
 on "in the city"=urbis. 
 
 Note the order (1) adjective 
 omnibus, (2) complement libidi- 
 num, (3) noun iUecehris. The 
 position of (2) is invariable; but 
 (1) and (3) may interchange. Con- 
 trast English order. 
 
CHAP. IV § 3 
 
 87 
 
 voluptuousness 
 
 nay, oui- hands covet the treasures 
 of eastern potentates 
 
 the more do I dread the situation, 
 and fear that 
 
 our acquisitions 
 
 have mastered us, not we them 
 
 =libidinum. 
 
 For the plural = instances of 
 luxuriousness, see 34. 1. 1 ou 
 studiis (p. 29). 
 
 =et regias etiam adtreotamus 
 gazas. 
 
 Note the emphatic order of 
 regias, prepositive and separated 
 from its noun. 
 
 The words rex, regnum, regius 
 are words of abomination to the 
 republican Roman, and suggest 
 the luxurious despots of the 
 East ruling over servile subjects. 
 Observe gazas, a single word after 
 the verb. Cicero uses gaza iii 
 the singular only. The word is 
 Persian. 
 
 Draeger, Hist. Synt. p. 32, § 31 3, 
 quotes seven instances of e<. . .etiam 
 in Livy. This passage should be 
 added. In Cicero ei...e«iam is not 
 infrequent. 
 =haec ego...eo plus horreo. 
 
 Two verbs are necessary in 
 English, but, as explained above, 
 Latin, after the long parenthesis, 
 easily inserts the new subject res. 
 = illae...res. 
 
 For res see Index. 
 =ne illae magis res nos ceperint 
 quam nos illas. 
 
 Observe the anticipatory order 
 of magis. So frequently plus... 
 quam, potius...qviam etc. 
 
 Livy uses res as subject to 
 a transitive verb with a personal 
 object 52 times, with a non-per- 
 
88 
 
 CHAP. IV §§ 3, 4 
 
 § 4. Believe me 
 
 art treasures 
 
 have come like an invading army 
 
 from Syracuse 
 
 against our city 
 
 sonal object 113 times. See Ap- 
 pendix A. 
 
 For the expression op. Ham- 
 merton, Human Intercourse, p. 135. 
 "The big English house... masters 
 its master, it possesses its nominal 
 possessor." 
 = ...mihi credite. 
 
 Livy, like Cicero, writes mihi 
 crede, mihi credite, not crede mihi, 
 credite mihi. 
 = sign a. 
 
 I.e. statues, etc. There is a 
 play on signa inferre = io advance 
 the standards. 
 =infesta... signa.. .illata sunt. 
 
 Note the stress on infesta, pre- 
 positive and separated. These are 
 not innocent dgna (statues) but 
 inimical, ready for hostile action, 
 signa that are standards. 
 
 The adjective infestus is usually 
 employed of things : infensus of 
 feelings. T\mainfesto telo = "wi\h 
 lance in rest"; infesto agmine= 
 " in marching order " (as when an 
 army passes through an enemy's 
 territory). 
 
 In 1. 7. Q ex loco infesto a 
 place is infestus, as we should 
 say "uncanny,'' "infested with 
 dangers." 
 =ab Syracusis. 
 
 The preposition is normal 
 where, as here, the sense is "from 
 the place and its neighbourhood." 
 =huic urbi. 
 
 These words, coming last, have 
 
CHAP. IV 
 
 4, 5 
 
 89 
 
 full of praise and admiration 
 
 of Corinth and of Athens 
 
 on the temple pediments 
 
 § 6. But, for myself, I prefer 
 these gods and their blessing 
 
 stress. The standards have been 
 advanced and against us. 
 =laudantis mirantisque. 
 
 The English nouns > verbs. So 
 below "full of mockery "=ridentis. 
 Note the termination «-s for -es, 
 usually for the accusative only. 
 = Corinthi et Athenarum (orna- 
 menta). 
 
 Note the prepositive genitives 
 to prepare us for the chiastic anti- 
 thesis — (antefixa)...deorum Roma- 
 norum, which is put outside ante- 
 fixafictUia (see 34. 4. 3 on omnibus 
 libidinum illecebris) to remind us 
 of Corinthi et Athenarum. 
 =antefixa (sc. tectis templorum or 
 the like). 
 
 Latin often uses participles 
 with the indirect object to be 
 supplied. 
 
 The word antefixus only occurs 
 as a participle. 
 = ego hos malo propitios decs. 
 
 Observe the crowding of case- 
 relations early — ego hos (cp. ego 
 haec in the previous section). In- 
 deed the sentence is construction- 
 ally complete at malo, and thus 
 the prepositive propitios gets a 
 double stress. The resulting effect 
 is: "I prefer these, because they 
 bring blessing (and not harm) and 
 because they are gods (not mere 
 works of art)." 
 
 Note that ego is inserted = "/, 
 whatever others may do." 
 
 The word propitius is derived 
 
90 
 
 CHAP. IV 
 
 5, 6 
 
 and I trust that they will grant 
 it, if only 
 
 we suffer 
 
 to remain in their old homes 
 
 § 6. Within the memory of 
 our fathers 
 
 the envoy Cineas was employed by 
 Pyrrhus in an attempt 
 
 from the art of the auspices. Its 
 
 root is pro H-7r£'Teo-tfai= "belonging 
 
 to a forward-flying bird"; hence 
 
 "favourable as an omen." 
 
 = et ita spero futuros (sc. propitios) 
 
 si.... 
 
 Observe ita anticipatory of si 
 = "on this condition... namely 
 if." 
 =patiemur. 
 
 The principal clause is future ; 
 therefore the subordinate clause 
 must be future also — simple future 
 (as here) if the action of the 
 clauses be contemporaneous : per- 
 fect future, if the action of the 
 subordinate clause is antecedent 
 to that of the principal clause. 
 =in suis manere sedibus. 
 
 Note the stress on suis pre- 
 positive and separated from its 
 noun. Here suis refers to the 
 subject of manere (i.e. eos under- 
 stood) or, if we care to put it so, 
 to the object of patiemw, viz. eos. 
 Compare 4. 33. 5 suis flammis 
 delete Fidenas. 
 
 =patrum nostrorum memoria, i.e. 
 in B.C. 280. The genitive precedes 
 because patrura is practically sub- 
 ject, as if "our fathers remember 
 how...." 
 
 The ablative memoria is quasi - 
 temporal, equivalent to "in the 
 time of." 
 
 =per legatum Cineam Pyrrhus... 
 temptavit. 
 
 Here per expresses the agent, 
 
CHAP. IV §§ 6, 7 
 
 91 
 
 in an attempt to bribe 
 
 not only men but women also 
 
 The Oppian law had not yet been 
 
 for all that, not one woman 
 
 accepted a bribe 
 
 § 7. And what, think 
 was the reason? 
 
 you, 
 
 cp. 8t' dyyeXov. Cineas was sent 
 to Rome b.c. 280. 
 = . . .donis temptavit. 
 
 The noun " attempt " > verb. 
 For the phrase cp. xPVI"^<'^h Sapois 
 fjretfle (conative imperfect =<neflf 
 to win over by bribes). 
 =non virorum modo sed etiam 
 mulierum animos. 
 
 Note the insertion of animos. 
 This word is extremely common 
 in Latin, but foreign to our idiom. 
 Compare Pre/. §5 "to divert a 
 writer from the path of truth "= 
 scribentis animum. . .flectere a vero, 
 where, as here, the genitive pre- 
 cedes, because the person is really 
 meant, not merely his mind. 
 =nondum lex Oppia...lata erat. 
 
 Observe the adverb nondum 
 put first with great emphasis : its 
 normal position would be imme- 
 diately before lata erat. 
 = tamen nulla. 
 
 The conjunction tamen comes 
 first, if qualifying the whole sen- 
 tence, but second, if qualifying a. 
 single word. 
 
 Note that nulla provides a 
 feminine for nemo, cp. 34. 7. 5. 
 =accepit. 
 
 The object dona is readily sup- 
 plied. Compare on antefiica § 5 
 above. 
 = quam causam fuisse censetis ? 
 
 Latin omits "and," and does 
 not make "think you " parenthetic. 
 In the first person such paren- 
 
92 
 
 CHAP. 
 
 IV §7 
 
 The same reason whicli 
 
 "which led our ancestors to make 
 no legal provision in the matter 
 
 make... legal provision 
 
 there existed no luxuriousness 
 
 thetic expressions as inquam, credo, 
 ut opinor, etc. are common enough. 
 = eadem fuit quae.... 
 
 Latin repeats the verb, as in 
 answering any question, e.g. "Are 
 you coming 1" "Yes'' = venisne? 
 venio. 
 
 = quae maioribus nostris nihil de 
 hac re lege sanciundi. 
 
 Lit. " (the reason) which was 
 {fuit is readily supplied) to our 
 ancestors of enacting twthing (em- 
 phatic by separation from sanci- 
 undi) by law." 
 
 The personification "a reason 
 which led our ancestors" is not 
 too bold for Livy ; for at 10. 18. 11 
 we have quae te causa, ut proinncia 
 tua excederes, induxitf 
 
 We say "reason /or enacting" : 
 Latin says "reason of enacting." 
 See 34. 1. 5 on " in the city" = urhia. 
 =lege sanciundi. 
 
 The adjective " legal" >qua8i- 
 adverb lege, and the noun "pro- 
 vision " > verb sanciundi. Note the 
 archaic gerund form -iundi, for 
 -ieTidi. This is mainly confined 
 to verbs in -io. 
 = nulla erat luxuria. 
 
 There is stress on nulla by 
 separation. The adjective nullus 
 is equal to a strong negative, as 
 often in Cicero. 
 
 The imperfect erat expresses a 
 continuous state. Above we have 
 fuit with eadem, where the re- 
 ference is to a single event. 
 
CHAP. IV §§ 7, 8 
 
 93 
 
 (luxuriousness) to be cxirbed 
 
 §8. 
 remedy 
 
 before we can know the 
 
 come into existence 
 
 before the laws which are to limit 
 them 
 
 are to limit 
 
 = quae coerceretur. 
 
 The subjunctive is allied to the 
 jussive (future in the past). In 
 primary time we can say: nulla 
 est luxuria quae coerceatur = 
 "which is to be, must be, ought 
 to be curbed." So /acia< = "he is 
 to do" = "he ought to do," "he 
 should do.'' 
 
 = ante...quam remedia eorum (sc. 
 cognita esse). 
 
 Note the anticipatory order of 
 ante ; and observe that Latin sup- 
 plies the same verb. Contrast the 
 variety of English — "diagnose" — 
 " can know.'' 
 = natae sunt. 
 
 This is a present perfect — 
 yeyovaai not yiyvovrai, "are in 
 existence" not "are coming into 
 existence (nascuniur)." Here Livy 
 follows Cicero's practice of pre- 
 ferring past consecution facerent 
 after any sort of perfect. 
 = prius . . . quam leges quae iis 
 modum facerent. 
 
 Notice again the anticipatory 
 order of prius, like ante above. 
 Also observe the Livian variety 
 prius for ante, and iis modum 
 facerent for eas coercerent. 
 = modum facerent. 
 
 Thus "are to limit">"were ta 
 limit," because, as above pointed 
 out, natae sunt, though a perfect 
 present, is followed, according to 
 Cicero's usage, by a past consecu- 
 
94 
 
 CHAP. IV 
 
 8, 9 
 
 § 9. What caUed forth 
 Licinian law 
 
 with its restriction of 500 acres 
 
 inordinate 
 
 passion for enlarging estates 
 
 tion. For lex as subject to a 
 transitive verb, see 4. 13. 
 the = quid legem Liciniamevocavit...? 
 
 This law was carried B.C. 367, 
 and one of its provisions was that 
 no citizen should occupy more 
 than 500 iugera of public land. 
 = de quingentis iugeribus. 
 
 These words come as an after- 
 thought : the sentence is construc- 
 tionaUy complete at exdtavit. The 
 effect is like : " What called forth 
 the Licinian law — I mean touching 
 500 acres ? " ; for the Lex Licinia 
 had many other provisions. 
 = ingens. 
 = cupido agros continnandi. 
 
 For "passion /o?'" = "passion 
 of" see 34. 1. 5 on "in the city" = 
 urbis. 
 
 Livy has citpido ten times sub- 
 ject to a transitive verb. The 
 object is personal in seven of these 
 ten cases. See Appendix A. 
 
 Cicero uses cupido only in the 
 sense of Cupid. He would write 
 cupiditas, desiderium, studium. 
 
 Note the order : the object 
 agros between the noun cupido 
 and the gerund. This is normal. 
 
 Just as continui monies = " an 
 unbroken chain of mountains,'' so 
 agros contimiare = "to form an un- 
 broken series of estates." These 
 estates were called latifundia and 
 were worked by slave-gangs. Thus 
 the small owner was driven out of 
 the country into the towns. 
 
CHAP. IV §§ 9, 10 
 
 95 
 
 against gifts and presents 
 
 pensioners and dependents 
 
 the plebs had . . . commenced to be . 
 (dependents) of the senate 
 
 §10. 
 
 any other 
 
 any other law was wanted 
 
 =de donis et muneribus. 
 
 The Lex Cincia of b.c. 204 for- 
 bade patroni to accept fees or gifts 
 for defending their clientes in the 
 courts. 
 =vectigalis iam et stipendiaria. 
 
 The adjectives are prepositive 
 because predicative and emphatic. 
 
 Note the atro koivov position 
 of iam. 
 = plebs ease senatui coeperat. 
 
 Note the separation of esse 
 from coeperat : it helps to em- 
 phasise the antithesis plebs and 
 
 to limit 
 
 Properly speaking coepi is a 
 perfect present="I have begun" 
 )( incipio = "I am beginning," but 
 it is also used as an (Aorist) per- 
 fect="I began." 
 
 Observe itaque — the first for- 
 mal connective in this chapter. 
 Such want of connectives is fre- 
 quent in rhetoric, but not in 
 narrative, save in the very short 
 sentence style. 
 =aliam uUam. 
 
 XJnuaualioTullamaliam. Ullus 
 is the adjective of quisquam and 
 provides its feminine. 
 = aliam ullam tum legem deside- 
 ratam esse. 
 
 Note the anticipatory tum (an- 
 t\cvpa,tmgcumoicum...accipiehant) 
 and its emphatic position. No law 
 was wanted in those days. 
 =quae modum...faceret. 
 
 The relative qiMe=ut (in order 
 
96 
 
 CHAP. IV § 10 
 
 when 
 
 refused to accept 
 
 freely given, nay thrust upon them 
 
 that) + ea. For lex subject to a 
 transitive verb see 34. 4. 13. 
 = cum. For this cM»i="in that" 
 = quod with the indicative, cp. 
 21. 18. 4 praeceps vestra...et prior 
 legatio fuit, cum Hannibalem... 
 deposcebatis= "Your previous em- 
 bassy showed no less hastiness in 
 demanding Hannibal for punish- 
 ment." 
 = non accipiebant. 
 
 Lit. "were not for accepting" 
 — a conative imperfect. Greek, as 
 so often with a negative would 
 here use the imperfect cp. ovk eta, 
 ovK rj^iov, OVK e^eXc, ovk eireiOe k.t.X. 
 =data et oblata ultro. 
 
 The et seems to be corrective 
 or explanatory = " given, that is to 
 lay, offered freely." For this et 
 see W. on 3. 1. 3 possessores et 
 magna pars patrum. 
 
 It is just possible that data 
 might = " given at the request 
 of husbands," who were thus in- 
 directly bribed. Contrast oblatum 
 = " freely offered without sugges- 
 tion (ultro)." Compare Cic. Verr. 
 1. 1. 1 divinitus datum atque 
 oblatum = " given by heaven (in 
 answer to our prayers), nay thrust 
 upon us (whether we wished it or 
 not)." 
 
 For the emphatic postpositive 
 ultro cp. 1. 17. 8 offerendum ultro 
 rati ; and for ultra emphatic by 
 separation cp. 40. 23. 1 in omnia 
 ultro suam obferens operam. 
 
CHAP. IV 5S 10-12 
 
 97 
 
 § 11. But, to-day, if 
 
 had Cineas gone the round of the 
 city with his bribes 
 
 in the public streets 
 
 to receive them 
 
 § 12. Indeed 
 / cannot find even the ground 
 
 ground fw desires 
 
 The neuter data referring to 
 aurum, etpurpuram is normal. See 
 M. §214b. 
 =si nunc. 
 
 The adversative asyndeton is 
 more emphatic than the normal 
 quodsi, sin. 
 
 = si. . .cum illis donis Cineas urbem 
 ciroumiret. 
 
 The imperfect eircumiret = 
 " had been going round " )( dr- 
 ciMreis«e<= " had gone round." 
 
 The words cum illis donis are 
 brought to the front because the 
 bribes are more important than 
 the briber : they go the rounds 
 quite as much as Cineas and are 
 practically subject. 
 = in publico. 
 
 See 34. 2. 10 on in publico. It 
 is diro Koivov with stantis and in- 
 
 = quae aociperent. 
 
 quae=M< (in order that) eae. 
 =atque=yes and. 
 = ego...ne causam quidem...inire 
 possum. 
 
 Note ego inserted for emphasis 
 = fyojye or eyo) juev, whatever 
 others may do. 
 
 Latin writes : " not even the 
 ground can I find," i.e. the nega- 
 tive is brought forward. So "even 
 then he did not deceive the enemy " 
 =ne tum quidem fefeUit hostes. 
 = cupiditatium . . . causam. 
 
 See 34. 1. 5 "in the city" 
 = urbis. 
 
 N. I. 
 
98 
 
 CHAP. IV § 12 
 
 or the motive 
 
 ■Granting that... still 
 
 the denial of what is lawful for 
 one's neighbour 
 
 brings with it some... feeling of., 
 vexation 
 
 =aut rationem. 
 
 Here rafto = origin, rationale. 
 The phrase ralionein MwVe="to 
 give an account of, to account 
 for" ia not uncommon, but with 
 causam we should expect m- 
 venire. 
 
 The use of aut to carry on a 
 preceding negative ia found first 
 in Cicero, but becomes more com- 
 mon later, cp. Liv. 3. 16. 4 nemo 
 tribunes aut plebem timebat. 
 (Gild, and Lodge, § 493. 3.) 
 = nam ut ( + subjunctive con- 
 cessive)... sic. 
 
 Note the connective. 
 = quod alii liceat, tibi non licere. 
 
 Here tibi is the ideal second 
 person = " one " = «><«. 
 
 The phrase non licere =t6 /iri 
 £|f(vai="the fact that it is not 
 lawful." Out of quod we supply 
 id as subject to licere : lit. " what 
 is lawful for another, the fact that 
 this (id accusative) is not lawful 
 for one (tibi) brings vexation." 
 
 The subjunctive lieeat is due 
 to attraction ; it stands within a 
 subjunctive clause ut...habeat. 
 = aliquid . . . indignationis habeat 
 = dyavdKT7]<riv e)(ei (where ex"~ 
 " involves "). 
 
 The infinitive non licere is 
 here subject to a transitive verb. 
 This is rare. There are in Livy 
 five cases with fallere (always 
 accompanied by a negative), e.g. 
 31. 33. 8 neutros falIit...hostes 
 
CHAP, IV S 12 
 
 feeling of shame 
 feeling of vexation 
 some... feeling of shame or vexa- 
 tion 
 
 when fashions are the same for 
 all 
 
 wherein need each one of you 
 ladies fear to be made conspicuous? 
 
 appropinquare. Add 5. 2. 3 ; 30. 
 31. 1 ; 33. 47. 9 ; 40. 21. 7. [Com- 
 pare 31. 25. 8 non fefellit Achaeos 
 quo spectasset tam benigna poUi- 
 oitatio.] 
 
 Less striking is 45. 5. 11 subiit 
 extemplo animum, in se nimirum 
 reoeptam labem, quae Evandri 
 fuisset ; but 40. 21. 8 ne invitum 
 (se) parere (to Skov ye irciOea-Om) 
 suapidonem faceret is very bold. 
 Other concealed infinitives, 
 subjects to transitive verbs, are 
 auditum 27. 45. 4 ; 28. 26. 7 ; 
 pronuntiatum 4. 59. 7; nuntia- 
 tum 27. 37. 5 ; temptatum 7. 22. 1 ; 
 non perliiatum 7. 8. 5 ; cauttim, 4. 
 16.4. 
 
 Very similar are such cases as 
 1. 55. 4 non motam Termini 
 sedem...firma cuncta portendere, 
 and 30. 38. 12 laetitiam populo... 
 addidit sedes sua soUemni specta- 
 culo reddita, etc. 
 =pudoris. 
 = indignatioms. 
 
 =aliquid aut pudoris aut indig 
 nationis. 
 
 Note the anticipatory aut be- 
 fore pudoris )( the one "or"' of 
 English. 
 =aequato omnium cultu. 
 
 Note the normal order : attri- 
 bute {aeqvaio), complement {om- 
 nium), noun {cvltu). The first and 
 third may interchange. 
 =quid unaquaeque vestrum vere- 
 tur ne in se conspiciatur 1 
 
 7—2 
 
100 CHAP. IV §§ 12, 13 
 
 Lit. "What does each.. .fear 
 lest it may be seen conspicuously 
 in her case ?" For vestrum see 34. 
 2. 1 on quisque nostrum. 
 
 Evidently the meeting is in 
 the open forum, and the ladies 
 are listeners. 
 § 13. The lowest shame =pessimus quidem pudor. 
 
 Observe quidem=iiiv answered 
 by sed=8e. 
 
 Livy is perhaps the first to 
 represent pJv regularly in this 
 way, attaching the quidem to amy 
 part of speech. 
 
 Pre-Livian Latin expressed 
 antitheses by order and asyn- 
 deton, e.g, "The citizens left, but 
 the soldiers remained " = cives 
 abeuni, milites manent or (by 
 chiasmus) manent milites ; but 
 Livy would also write : dves qui- 
 dem abeunt, milites autem (milites 
 vera, sed milites) manent. 
 
 Cicero does, at times, use qui- 
 dem with the first clause, but 
 always attaches the quidem to a 
 pronoun. Here he might write 
 pessimus ille quidem pudor est. 
 See M. § 489 b. 
 is shame of thrift or humble cir- =est (sc. pudor) vel parsimoniae 
 cumstances vel paupertatis. 
 
 Note the anticipatory vel be- 
 fore paupertatis )( the one "or" 
 of English. 
 
 The word pauperias merely = 
 restricted means )( egestas = 
 poverty. 
 
CHAP. IV §§ 13, 14 101 
 
 both forms of shame =utrumque. 
 
 The neuter is used referring 
 to two inanimate things. The 
 plural utraque would mean " each 
 of two sets of things." 
 
 Note the emphatic position of 
 utrumque — ^the object before the 
 subject. 
 
 Livy has lex subject to a tran- 
 sitive verb 29 times. In 26 of 
 these cases the object is expressed. 
 In 9 only is the object personal. 
 Compare 34. 4. 8, 4. 10, 4. 
 18, 6. 10, 7. 11. See Appendix 
 A. 
 when =cum, with the indicative, as 
 
 always when the cum clause 
 follows the principal. Here cum 
 nea,rly=q'uod=m that. 
 
 Cicero confines this cum (=in 
 that) to present tenses. Both he 
 and Livy use dum in much the 
 same way. 
 
 For <nim op. 34. 4. 17 cum... 
 videbit. See also W. on Liv. 8. 
 
 33. 10. 
 
 §14. " But," says our wealthy ="hanc" inquit "ipsam... " iUa 
 lady, " it is just this... that " locuples. 
 
 The position of ilia locuples 
 is so strange that one is tempted 
 to bracket it as a gloss. The sub- 
 ject of inquit may be vague as at 
 
 34. 3. 9. 
 
 Such an expression as " It is 
 just this equality which..." is 
 merely an English idiom by which 
 to stress "this." Latin achieves 
 the effect by order, and puts hano 
 
102 
 
 CHAP. IV S 14 
 
 first, separating it from ipsam by 
 
 Why may I not attract atten- 
 tion...? 
 
 by a blaze of gold 
 
 Why should the poor circum- 
 stances... find concealment? 
 
 under this pretext of a law 
 
 making it seem that.. .they might 
 have had 
 
 =cur non...conspicior ? 
 
 Observe the position of non. 
 The order cur insignu auro...rum 
 conspidor? vfould mean: "Why, 
 when I am a blaze of gold,... am I 
 not to be looked at?" The negative 
 in Liv/s order does, as it were, 
 double duty, as if " Why am I not 
 a blaze of gold, and therefore not 
 looked at?" 
 
 In indignant questions, we 
 often have the indicative, rather 
 than the delibefative subjunctive. 
 See Roby § 1611, and contrast 
 § 1610. 
 =insignis (sc. ovira) auro. 
 
 Lit. "(being) distinguished by 
 gold." 
 =cur paupertas...latet ? 
 
 For the indicative cp. con- 
 spidor above; and for paupertas 
 see on 34. 4. 13. 
 =sub hac legis specie. 
 
 For order see 34. 4. 12 aequato 
 omnium cultu. Probably hac= 
 tali. 
 
 =ut...habiturae...fuisse videan- 
 tur. 
 
 Lit. "so that they seem to 
 have been going to have.'' 
 
 This is a somewhat compli- 
 cated piece of syntax. First take 
 a simple instance : " If he had 
 been doing this, he would have 
 been doing well"=«.' hoc faoeret, 
 bene faceret or bene factv/rus erat. 
 
CHAP. IV §§ 14, 15 
 
 103 
 
 what they cannot afiford 
 
 but for legislation 
 
 § 16. Gentlemen 
 
 such rivalry... as wiU cause the 
 rich to desire 
 
 If we put this latter apodosis in 
 Or. Obi. (e.g. after dixit), we get 
 eum...bene factwrum fuisBe (for 
 an imperfect — ^here erat — becomes 
 perfect infinitive). Thus in Or. 
 Obi. there is no distinction be- 
 tween dixiaset and diceret of the 
 recta : both become dieturum 
 ftiisse. 
 
 Next take such a phrase as : 
 "it seems that you are wrong." 
 Latin turns this personally, i.e. 
 videris erra/re, and therefore "it 
 seems that you would have been 
 wrong" =erratwus fuisse viderU, 
 where errares of the independent 
 form becomes erraturus fimse 
 when dependent and infinitive. 
 Thus " it seems that they might 
 have been having " becomes " ha- 
 biturae...fuisse videntur.'' 
 =quod habere non possunt. 
 
 Here non posmnt= "have not 
 the means"; hence "afiford" may 
 be represented by habere. Note 
 Latin repetition habere... habiturae 
 )( English variety "afiTord"... 
 " have had." 
 =si liceret. 
 
 The noun of EngUsh > verb of 
 Latin. Lit. " if it had been being 
 lawful." 
 = Quirites. 
 
 See note on 34. 2. 1 and con- 
 trast the position of Quirites with 
 that of "Gentlemen." 
 = hoc certamen...ut divites... ha- 
 bere velint. 
 
104 
 
 CHAP. IV SS 15, 16 
 
 only what no one else of their sex 
 can have 
 
 and the poor 
 
 fearing contempt 
 
 on this very ground 
 
 to overstrain their means 
 
 § 16. Assuredly 
 
 so soon as 
 
 Here hoc = tale, and velint is 
 consecutive subjunctive. 
 = id... quod nuUa alia possit. 
 
 Observe the anticipatory order 
 of id, translating "only."' 
 
 The phrase " no one else of 
 their sex" is mere variety for "no 
 other woman." Put what the 
 English meaiis in its simplest 
 form. The feminine gender trans- 
 lates " woman." 
 
 The word "have'' in "can 
 have" may readily be suppUed 
 from the previous habere. 
 =pauperes. 
 
 Latin uses asyndeton. 
 
 Greek would have ai /lev jtXou- 
 (Ti.m...al 8c TrevTjTfs. 
 = ne. . .contemnantur. 
 
 The noun " contempt "> verb. 
 The verb contemnere=oKiyapeiv 
 = think lightly of, and is not so 
 strong as despicere=Kara(ppovciv 
 = despise. 
 = ob hoc ipsum. 
 
 The specific noun "ground" is 
 expressed partly by the loose 
 neuter of Latin, partly by the 
 preposition. 
 = supra vires se extendant. 
 
 The metaphor is purely physi- 
 cal in Latin. 
 =ne = i'at. 
 
 This ne always seems to occur 
 along with some pronoun, e.g. ne 
 ego, ne tu, ng ille, etc. This is 
 one reason for inserting eas. 
 = simul=simul ac, as so often. 
 
CHAP. IV 
 
 16, 17 
 
 105 
 
 theif feel shame... they will cease 
 to feel it 
 
 where shame should not exist 
 
 who possesses the means 
 
 =eas simul pudere...coeperit,... 
 non pudebit. 
 
 Note the emphatic position of 
 eas ; the sentiment, Livy hints, 
 is peculiarly true of women. 
 
 The periphrasis pudere...coe- 
 perit provides a future perfect for 
 
 § 17. Unhappy man 
 
 = quod non oportet (sc. pudere). 
 
 The antecedent of jttorf is id 
 imderstood, and the construction 
 is : simid (ac) id quod non oportet 
 (pvdere), eas pudere coeperit. This 
 personal use of pudere is only 
 found elsewhere in Comedy, e.g. 
 Plaut. Mil. 3. 1. 30 si quidem te 
 quicquam, quod facis, pudet, and 
 Ter. Ad. 1. 2. 4, etc. 
 
 The present tenses iion oportet 
 and oportet may stand in a clause 
 which is future, because oportet = 
 is, will be, and would be right. So 
 longum est=ia, will be, and would 
 be a long story. Compare par est, 
 facile est, difficile est, etc., and Set, 
 xprj=it is and would be necessary, 
 right. 
 =quae de suo poterit (sc. parare). 
 
 Lit. "who is able (to get it) 
 from her own* (income)." We 
 say "is able," but Latin must 
 have future in the subordinate 
 clause if the principal clause is 
 futiu'e. 
 
 So below " who does not " > 
 quae non poterit. 
 =miserum ilium virum. 
 
 This is the accusative of exola- 
 
106 
 
 CHAP. IV § 17 
 
 whether he yield to her prayers 
 or not ! 
 
 what he does not give himself., 
 he will see 
 
 does not give 
 
 he will see given by another 
 
 mation. The ilium is anticipatory 
 oiet qui...et qui. 
 
 =et qui exoratus et qui non ex- 
 oratus erit. 
 
 Observe the formal precision 
 of Latin: "both one who in the 
 future is won over and one who in 
 the future is not won over." To 
 us the et...et and the repeated 
 exoratus are intolerable. 
 
 I have kept the English sub- 
 junctive "yield"; but modern 
 idiom would permit the careless 
 syntax of "yields" — a present 
 tense, despite the fact that the 
 reference is to the future. Con- 
 trast the accuracy of Latin. 
 = cum, quod ipse non dederit,... 
 videbit. 
 
 Note the connective cwm, which 
 here=fVe/ in the sense of yap= 
 na'm,,...enim. 
 
 For cum = " seeing that," " in 
 that," with the indicative, see note 
 on 34. 4. 13 ad fin. 
 =non dederit. 
 
 Future because the principal 
 clause is future ; and future per- 
 fect because the action of dederit 
 is antecedent to, not contem- 
 poraneous with, videbit. 
 = datum ab alio videbit. 
 
 The normal order would be ab 
 alio datum, but datum is brought 
 close to non dederit to point the 
 antithesis, and ab alio comes as 
 an after-thought, i.e. "given, not 
 refused — and by another ! " 
 
CHAP. IV § 18 
 
 107 
 
 § 18. Even now 
 
 husbands of others 
 
 what is more 
 
 they ask for a measure 
 
 and get them, too, 
 in certain quarters 
 
 But it is to the detriment of 
 yourself, Sir,... that you are com- 
 pliant 
 
 =nunc. 
 
 The adverb is emphatic ; they 
 may do worse in the future. 
 = alienos viros. 
 
 There is stress on the preposi- 
 tive alienos. It is not their own 
 husbands only whom they solicit. 
 =quod maius est. 
 = legem... rogant. 
 
 There is a reference to the 
 technical legem rogaire— " to intro- 
 duce a bill." As a matter of fact 
 they are only asking the repeal of 
 a lex. 
 
 Note the Latin repetition — 
 rogant... rogant )( English variety 
 —"solicit "..."ask for." 
 =et...impetrant. 
 
 The verb =" to ask and get." 
 = a quibusdam. 
 
 The English means " from cer- 
 tain persons"; hence the Latin 
 version. 
 =adversus te...exorabilis es. 
 
 Note the adversative asyn- 
 deton. The speaker apostrophises 
 an imaginary husband. The 
 " Sir " needs no representation in 
 Latin. 
 
 Observe the cumbersome Eng- 
 lish method of emphasising "to the 
 detriment of yom-self," viz. " it is 
 to the detriment of yourself.. .that 
 you are." Latin achieves the re- 
 sult by order. 
 
 Theadjective exoraMlis ( = nap- 
 aiTr/Tos) re-echoes the exoratui of 
 §17. 
 
108 
 
 CHAP. IV §§ 18, 19 
 
 your property and your children 
 
 once let the law cease to limit... 
 and you will never succeed in 
 doing it 
 
 yov. 
 
 will never succeed in doing it 
 
 § 19. Do not imagine 
 
 that the position will be the same 
 
 =et rem tuam et Uberos tuos. 
 
 Latin (1) omits all connectives ; 
 (2) inserts all (as here); (3) attaches 
 que to the last member. 
 
 The word liheri refers to the 
 children of a definite person. 
 Contrast pMen= children, as a 
 class. So Zi6erfo'rei=freedmen, as 
 a class, but K6erft.'=the freedmen 
 of a definite person. 
 =simul lex modum...faoere de- 
 sierit, tu numquam facies. 
 
 Again simul=simul ac. We 
 say: "as soon as the law ceases," 
 but, in Latin, the time of the 
 subordinate clause must be future, 
 because the principal clause is 
 future, and the tense must be 
 future perfect, because the 
 "ceasing" is antecedent to the 
 time oi facies. 
 = tu. 
 
 Since " you " is emphatic, the 
 pronoun must be inserted. 
 = numquam facies (sc. modum). 
 
 Note the repetition facere... 
 fa,cies, and contrast the variety of 
 English. 
 = noUte. . .existimare. 
 
 This is the most common way 
 of expressing a prohibition ; ne 
 + perf. subj. is comparatively 
 rare. 
 =eodem loco...futuram rem. 
 
 Lit. "that the thing will be 
 in the same position.'' Livy uses 
 loco + in, whether literal or meta- 
 phorical. 
 
CHAP. IV § 19 
 
 109 
 
 before the law was passed 
 
 to deal with it 
 
 It is less dangerous 
 
 for a bad man to escape trial 
 
 The esse is omitted, as so often 
 with the future participle. 
 
 Note the great emphasis on 
 eodem loco, by separation from 
 futuram. 
 
 For rem see Index. 
 = antequam lex...ferretur. 
 
 There should be a notion of 
 purpose prevented to account for 
 the subjunctive, i.e. "before the 
 law could be passed," but Livy, 
 not seldom, has the subjimctive 
 with antequam,priusquam,etc.,a,'g- 
 parently on the analogy of cwm. ex- 
 pressing attendant circumstances. 
 =de hoc=de hac re. This latter 
 Cicero would write because he 
 uses the ambiguous forms only as 
 masculine. Livy often combines 
 a neuter with a preceding res. 
 See W. on 32. 10. 3. 
 = ...tutius est. 
 
 =et hominem improbum non 
 accusari (tutius est). 
 
 Observe the et before hominem. 
 It anticipates the et before lu- 
 xuria, and nearly =M<...ito, /leV... 
 Sf. The thought is: a bad man 
 has tasted prison when await- 
 ing trial ; if acquitted, he is 
 more dangerous, because resent- 
 ful. It is the same with a bad 
 habit : there is less danger in 
 leaving it unrestricted, than in 
 restricting it first and then allow- 
 ing it free play again. It then 
 becomes like a wild beast, released 
 suddenly from galling chains. 
 
no 
 
 CHAP. IV §§ 19, 20 
 
 would have been 
 
 than it will be now 
 
 maddened, like some wild beast, 
 by its very chains 
 
 like some wild beast 
 
 and then 
 §20. 
 
 I therefore move 
 
 The subject of est is ro — homi- 
 nem — non — accusari, i.e. " the fact 
 that a man is not brought to 
 trial." 
 = asset. 
 
 Lit. " would have been being." 
 =quam erit nunc )( quam nimc 
 erit. 
 
 By putting erit first Livy 
 brings out the antithesis to 
 "what might have been (esset)," 
 and also gives stress to nunc. 
 = ipsis vinculis, sicut ferae 
 bestiae, irritata. 
 
 Observe the order of Latin. 
 Too many beginners would write 
 irritata first. But a Latin phrase, 
 hke a Latin sentence, if con- 
 structionally complete, is ipso 
 facto at an end. In the begin- 
 ner's order, irritata, sicut ferae 
 bestiae, ipsis vincvlis, the phi-ase 
 should finish at irritata, and then 
 again at bestiae, but it does not. 
 = sicut ferae bestiae. 
 
 Latin has the plural (Livy 
 thinks of the beasts in the amphi- 
 theatre), but the singular is more 
 natural in English, parallel to the 
 singular of luaniria. 
 
 The adjective "wild" has 
 stress ; hence ferae is preposi- 
 tive. 
 
 =deinde, never et deinde. 
 = ego...censeo. 
 
 This is the usual formula em- 
 ployed, in concluding a speech, 
 by the mover of a resolution. 
 
CHAP. IV § 20 111 
 
 Compare 10. 8. 12 ego banc legem 
 ...iubendam censeo. Note the 
 absence of connective and the 
 omission of esse in both passages. 
 For the inserted effo see below. 
 
 but = adversative asyndeton. 
 
 The pronoun vos is inserted to 
 form an artificial antithesis to 
 ego =:eya> ^Ei/...u/tcts Se, i.e. I 
 propose one thing : you may 
 do another, but whatever you do 
 may it have heaven's blessing. 
 
 whatever course you adopt =quod faxitis. 
 
 The specific noun " course " 
 >the indefinite neuter of Latin. 
 The form faxitis is from faxo, 
 an archaic future of facere, cp. 
 To^m. Such archaisms may be 
 expected in an old parliamentary 
 formula. 
 
 The future is used in the sub- 
 ordinate clause, because the prin- 
 cipal clause, being an expression 
 of wish that something may 
 happen, has necessarily a future 
 sense. 
 
 may the blessing of every god rest =deos omnis fortunare velim. 
 
 upon it The noim " blessing " > the 
 
 verb fortunare. 
 
 Here velim = ^ovKoliofv av. 
 Such an apodosis, when the pro- 
 tasis is regularly suppressed, we 
 call " potential subjunctive.'' The 
 apodosis velim is really a remoter 
 future, i.e. " I should wish, (if it 
 were to be of use)." Contrast 
 cemeres, videres = " you might have 
 seen"; lit. "you would have been 
 
112 
 
 CHAP. IV § 20 — CHAP. V § 1 
 
 seeing (if you had been pre- 
 sent)." 
 
 For omms=omnes cp. on 34. 
 4. 4 laudantis. 
 
 Throughout this chapter note 
 the absence of connectives. In 
 § 10 we have itaque, in § 12 atqiie 
 and nam, and in § 13 sed, but no 
 others. 
 
 CHAPTER V 
 
 § 1. After this speech 
 
 those plebeian tribunes 
 
 who had 
 vention 
 
 promised their inter- 
 
 added a 
 purport 
 
 few words to the same 
 
 =post haec. 
 
 Again the indefinite neuter of 
 Latin represents the specific noun 
 of English. 
 =tribuni quoque plebi. 
 
 The force of quoque is merely 
 "on the other hand"; Uke the 
 Greek koL in jtiera 8e ravra koi 
 ol aXXot. 
 
 Note the archaic plehi for 
 plehis and see on 34. 1. 2. 
 = qui se intercessuros professi 
 erant. 
 
 The noun " intervention " >the 
 verb of Latin. There is the usual 
 omission of esse with a future par- 
 ticiple. 
 
 = cum pauoa in eandem sen- 
 tentiam adiecissent. 
 
 With pauoa supply (perhaps) 
 verba. The in with sententicmi is 
 like the in of such phrases as in 
 
CHAP. V § 1 
 
 113 
 
 addressed the assembly 
 
 in support of the bill 
 
 which he himself had brought 
 
 forward 
 
 if private members only 
 
 had risen 
 
 to speak for or against 
 
 honam {malam) partem oMovpere 
 ="to take something in good 
 part." 
 
 Note that Latin subordinates 
 "added" in a cum, clause, and 
 picks up with turn. 
 =ita disseruit. 
 =pro rogatione. 
 =ab se promulgata. 
 
 Observe the order: "the biU 
 brought forward by himself "= 
 rogatione ab se promulgata. The 
 position of the complement {abse) 
 is invariable. Usually the attri- 
 bute comes first, but pro pro- 
 midgata would sound too ugly. 
 
 See on 34. 4. 12 aequato om- 
 nium cultu. 
 
 The word prormdgare pro- 
 perly = to placard, post up, so 
 that the people may know the 
 terms of the proposed measure 
 before discussing it in the as- 
 sembly. 
 =si privati tantummodo. 
 
 Both privati and tantummodo 
 gain stress ; for the normal order 
 would be tantiimmodo privati. 
 =processissent. 
 
 For the verb cp. 30. 37. 7 cum 
 ...Gisgo ad dissuadendam pacem 
 processisset. 
 
 It looks like a translation of 
 napfXBav used of speakers coming 
 forward to the ^rjfia, as here to the 
 rostra. 
 
 =ad suadendum dissuadendum- 
 que. 
 
 N. I. 
 
114 
 
 CHAP. V §§ 1, 2 
 
 the measure before us 
 
 I, for my part, 
 
 feeling that enough had been said 
 on both sides 
 
 should have remained silent and 
 
 awaited 
 
 the verdict of your votes 
 
 § 2. But 
 
 For que and the verbs see on 
 34 1. 4. 
 =quod ab nobis rogatur. 
 
 Cp. legem rogare. 
 = ego quoque= KOI iyla. 
 
 Compare note on tribuni qito- 
 que above. 
 
 =cum satis dictum (so. esse) pro 
 utraque parte ezistimarem. 
 
 Here the subjunctive existi- 
 marem does double work, and 
 means not merely "since I was 
 thinking," but "since I should 
 have been thinking (if private 
 members only had spoken)." Such 
 a double subjunctive is normal 
 with the imperfect, but not with 
 the pluperfect. Thus ut faceret 
 may = "so that he would have 
 been doing''; but "so that he 
 would have done" requires the 
 resolved forms vt facturus fuerit, 
 ut facere potuerit. See Koby 
 § 1521. 
 
 W. quotes 31. 38. 4 which well 
 illustrates both constructions : m, 
 ...copiis congressus reis fmsset, 
 FORSITAN inter tumultum, cum 
 
 OOT?ies...F0GERBNI, EXDI COStris 
 
 POTUERIT rex. See W.'s note on 
 
 the passage. 
 
 =tacitus ((»i')...exspeotassem. 
 
 =sufiragia vestra. 
 
 The words "the verdict of" 
 are merely ornamental and add 
 nothing to the sense. 
 =nunc=vt)i' bi. See on 34. 2. 2. 
 
CHAP. V § 2 
 
 115 
 
 a gentleman of suoh aiuthority 
 
 and a consul — I mean M. Poroius 
 
 has not only used... Ms influence, 
 ...but has also delivered a... ora- 
 tion against our proposal 
 
 =vir gravissimus. 
 
 Latin loves superlatives of 
 exaggeration. 
 
 The word vir (contrast homo) 
 impUes respect and also promin- 
 ence in public life. 
 = consul M. Poroius. 
 
 There is, I think, a crescendo. 
 The critic, says Valerius, is a 
 public man {vir) of weight {gra- 
 vissimus), our highest official 
 {consvX) and, above all, M. Porcius 
 Cato. 
 
 We have a similar effect (but 
 an anti-cUmax) in Cic. Pro Gaec. 
 9. 28 decimo loco testis exspect- 
 atus et ad extremum reservatus 
 dixit, senator populi Bomani, 
 splendor ordinis, decus atque or- 
 namentum iudioiorum, exemplar 
 antiquae religionis, Fidiculanius 
 Falcula. 
 
 =non auctoritate solum..., sed 
 oratione etiam...insectatus sit 
 rogationem nostram. 
 
 Here "not only" properly 
 refers to "influence," just as "but 
 also " properly refers to "oration." 
 Latin and Greek are more careful 
 than EngUsh in such matters. 
 Moreover the two ideas "influ- 
 ence" and "speech" are empha- 
 sized by the order ; both lie 
 between the adverbial phrases non 
 ...solum and sed...etiam. 
 
 For English carelessness in 
 regard to the position of the 
 negative, compare "I have not 
 
 8—2 
 
116 
 
 CHAP. V § 2 
 
 used his influence... delivered 
 speech against 
 
 (influence) which needed no words 
 to enhance it 
 
 carefully prepared 
 
 come to see him" with non ut 
 viderem, eum veni and oix 'va 
 idoi/u avr6v, ^6ov. So "It was 
 not said to deaf ears"=haud 
 surdis auribus dicta (3. 70. 7). 
 See 34. 5. 12 on " in a case which 
 especially touches." 
 = auotoritate. . . oratione . . . insecta- 
 tus sit. 
 
 EngUsh varies the expression : 
 Latin has parallehsm — two abla- 
 tives of the means and one common 
 verb. 
 
 The verb gains a certain stress 
 by preceding rogationem nostram, 
 — he has used his influence to 
 attach, not to defend. 
 =quae tacita satis momenti ha- 
 biiisset. 
 
 Lit. "which in silence (with- 
 out words) would have had enough 
 weight." 
 
 Here tacita (o5o-a)=«i tacita 
 fuisiet. The metaphor in momenti 
 is from a balance ; Cato's weighty 
 influence {auctoritas = gravitas) 
 would have made the scale-pan 
 m,ove down (momentum = movi- 
 mentvm). Thus momentum helps 
 to translate "the weight of his 
 influence." 
 
 W. well quotes Cic. iSuU. 
 82 quorum tacita gravitas lo- 
 quitur. 
 
 Observe how tacita occurs here, 
 despite the nearness of tacitus at 
 the end of § 1. 
 =accurata. 
 
CHAP, V §§ 2, 3 
 
 iir 
 
 I am compelled to make a brief 
 reply 
 
 § 3. The consul, however, 
 
 expended 
 
 more verbiage 
 
 on reproof of married women 
 
 The comparative in this sense 
 is more common. Compare ac 
 cwatior oratio (35. 31. 4); aocu- 
 ratior sermo (26. 50. 3) ; acGU/ratius 
 agere (42. 45. 2). 
 
 Other phrases are praeparata 
 oratio (35. 16. 2) ; and oratio ad 
 tempus parata (28, 43. 1). 
 =necesse est paucis respondere. 
 
 Here paiicis=paiicis verbis = 
 "by means of a few words." 
 
 Note the constructions of ne- 
 cesse, e.g. "I must go"=(l) ne- 
 cesse est me ire ; (2) necesse est 
 mihi ire ; (3) eam necesse est. In 
 the last, the order is invariable 
 (i.e. the subjunctive always pre- 
 cedes). Very rarely do we find 
 necesse est ut. 
 =qui tamen. 
 
 When qui is a mere connective 
 = et is, sed is, the only conjunction 
 added is tamen. Obviously if qui 
 =sed is, is autem, is vero, then 
 qui autem, quivero would be as 
 needless as "but however." See 
 M. § 448 Obs. 
 =consump8it. 
 
 The Latin has a touph of 
 " wasted." 
 =plura verba. 
 =in castigandis matronis. 
 
 The noun of English ("re- 
 proof") becomes the verb of 
 Latin. 
 
 Note how Latin uses stronger 
 words. We say "reproof": Latin 
 says Gostigare; we say "dislike": 
 
118 
 
 CHAP. V § 3 
 
 on criticism of our bill 
 
 and he actually raised the (Ques- 
 tion 
 
 raised the question 
 
 Latin says odiv/m; we say "cri- 
 ticism'': Latin says convicimn. 
 
 Observe that in ca^tigando 
 matronas would not be possible; 
 the ablative of the gerund, if 
 governed hy a preposition, can 
 only take the accusative of a 
 neuter pronoun. Thus in hotee 
 agendo (in the case of doing this) 
 is possible; but if we use reg, we 
 must write in his rebus agendis. 
 = in rogatione nostra dissua- 
 denda. 
 
 Again the noun ("criticism") 
 becomes the verb of Latin. 
 
 For dissuadere see on 34. 1. 4. 
 
 Note the chiastic order in 
 castigandis maironis...in rogatione 
 ...dissuadenda. This draws at- 
 tention to the double antithesis — 
 reproof )( criticism : women )( the 
 bill. 
 =et quidem ut in dubio poneret. 
 
 Here et quidem = et ita quidem 
 verba consumpsit ut.... 
 
 The combination et quidem= 
 " and indeed " is very common at 
 all periods of Latin literature. 
 As a connective it often=Kai 87 
 Kat="and what is more,'' "and 
 further." 
 
 It may &\aO'=idquej et id, aai 
 ravTo, "and that too," as in § 8 
 below. 
 =in dubio poneret. 
 
 Lit. "placed in the (category 
 of the) doubtful." For the neuter 
 adjective as noun cp. 34. 2. 10 on 
 
CHAP. V §§ 3, 4 
 
 119 
 
 in publico, and in this chapter 
 § 5 m publico, and § 7 in pub- 
 
 Hie coui-se which he blamed 
 
 had been adopted by these ladies 
 
 of their own accord 
 
 at our instigation 
 
 § 4. But it is the measure 
 that 
 
 not 
 
 against whom the consul levelled 
 this — allegation 
 
 =id, quod reprehenderet. 
 
 Again the specific noun 
 " course " becomes the indefinite 
 neuter pronoun of Latin. The 
 subjunctive responderet is sub- 
 obhque and represents the recta 
 id quod reprehendo. 
 = matronae. . .fecissent. 
 
 The Enghsh', order may be 
 retained by making "^had been 
 adopted" active voice. 
 
 " These ladies " is a mere 
 ornate alias for the married 
 women already mentioned in this 
 section. Latin boldly repeats j 
 English varies. 
 =sua sponte. 
 
 In this phrase tua prepositive 
 is normal. 
 = nobis auctoribus. 
 
 The English abstract > Latin 
 concrete, "we being instigators." 
 =rem — see Index. 
 
 Note no connective: adversa- 
 tive asyndeton. 
 =non. 
 
 For More =" and not," "but 
 not," like the oi, otixi of Greek 
 orators, see M. § 458, Obs. 1 ad 
 Jin. 
 =in quos iecit...hoc consul verbo 
 tenus. 
 
 An allegation is a verbal state- 
 ment not necessarily supported by 
 facts. 
 
120 CHAP. V § 4 
 
 The dash before "allegation" 
 indicates a pause, and this pause 
 is represented by the stress on 
 verho terms (=Xdyot) ye evcKo, "as 
 far as words went ") ; for the 
 adverbial phrase would normally 
 precede iecit ; its abnormal posi- 
 tion prepares us for the antithesis 
 re. In Greek we should have Xdym 
 fiev fireTiiojiTe ravra, epy^ Se oiidiv 
 waptixf Tfn/i^piov. 
 
 For iacere a^i2'Mi(j?=" level a 
 charge," cp. 6. 14. 11. "Without 
 discriminating between truth and 
 falsity in his charges, he alleged 
 that treasure in the shape of Gallic 
 gold was being hoarded by the 
 senators "= omisso discrimine vera 
 an falsa iaceret, thensauros Qal- 
 lici auri occultari a patribus iecit. 
 levelled ... though without any =iecit magis...quam ut re in- 
 evidence to support his charge simularet. 
 
 Lit. "levelled rather... than so 
 that by means of fact he made 
 a charge." 
 
 In full we should have iecit 
 magis hoc... verho terms qua/m ita 
 iecit ut re inmrmlaret. 
 
 This limiting vt will often 
 translate " without " + the gerund 
 in English, e.g. " He did it with- 
 out Caesar's perceiving him" = 
 ita id egit ut Caesar non vi- 
 deret. 
 
 Note re despite rem at the 
 beginning of the sentence ; and 
 observe the anticipatory position 
 of magis. 
 
CHAP. V § 5 
 
 121 
 
 §5. He talked of 
 
 conspiracy 
 
 on the part of the women 
 
 because our wives pubUcly asked 
 
 that a law... should be repealed by 
 you 
 
 =appellavit. 
 
 Here "He talked of" means 
 " He used such and such names." 
 =coetum. 
 
 Note that there is no connec- 
 tive and observe coetum et sedi- 
 tionem e^..secessionem and con- 
 trast the one "and" of English. 
 =muliebrem. 
 
 A Latin adjective often equals 
 a genitive of English. Compare 
 Cic. Att. 14. 21. 3. " It was done 
 with the courage of a man, but 
 the thoughtlessness of a ohUd" 
 =acta ilia res est animo virili, 
 consiho puerili. 
 
 =quod matronae in publico... 
 rogassent. 
 
 Note the repeated matronae 
 (" our wives ") after matronae 
 ("these ladies") and maironis 
 (" married women ") in § 3. Con- 
 trast the variety of English. 
 
 The adverb "publicly" has 
 stress by separation from rogas- 
 sent ; the women might have 
 solicited their husbands in private, 
 but not in public. For the phrase 
 op. in dubio § 3, and note at 34. 2. 
 10 on in publico. 
 
 The subjunctive rogassent is 
 that of "reported reason "= "be- 
 cause, as he said." The action of 
 asking is antecedent to the time of 
 appellavit ; hence the pluperfect. 
 =ut legem... abrogaretis. 
 
 The EngUsh order may be 
 retained by using the active voice 
 
122 
 
 CHAP, V § 5 
 
 a Mw whose passage was aimed 
 against them 
 
 in time of war and dming a period 
 of distress 
 
 in time of war 
 
 avid during a period of distress 
 
 in Latin; but "now that peace... 
 flourishing" must come before 
 the verb ; for, otherwise, the sen- 
 tence, being grammatically com- 
 plete at "should be repealed by 
 you," would, in Latin, cease at 
 " abrogaretis,'' and in paoe...re- 
 publica would come as a sur- 
 prise. 
 = legem in se latam. 
 
 The noun " passage " > the 
 verb latam. 
 =per helium, temporibus duris. 
 
 These are further comple- 
 ments to latam, and, properly, 
 would lie between legem and la- 
 tam; but they acquire emphasis 
 by their position — a position 
 which enables them to be brought 
 close to the antithetical in pace. 
 See, however, the note on 34. 
 1. 3 (p. 32). 
 
 The whole argument is: the 
 law was passed not in time of 
 peace, not in time of prosperity, 
 but in war and a period of dis- 
 tress. 
 =per bellum. 
 
 Livy often has per=irapa as 
 in irapa tov ttoXc/xov ("in the 
 coiuvse of the war"). So the fre- 
 quent per eos rfie«=" about that 
 time." 
 = temporibus duris. 
 
 Note the asyndeton. The 
 plural tempora often="a critical 
 period." The ablative is one Of 
 attendant circumstances. 
 
CHAP. V §§ 5, 6 
 
 123 
 
 now that peace reigns 
 
 and the state is prosperous and 
 flourishing 
 
 § 6. These and other flights 
 of rhetoric I know there are 
 
 =in pace. 
 
 Note in to express attendant 
 circumstances, cp. in re trepida. 
 
 Observe the Livian variety 
 per helium, temporihus duris, in 
 pace. 
 
 The metaphor of "reigns" is 
 quite dead and needs no represen- 
 tation. Thus " silence reigned in 
 the camp''=silentium in castris 
 fuit. 
 =et florenti ac beata re publica. 
 
 Note this ac used for variety 
 with et where the connected mem- 
 ber is subdivided. Compare Cic. 
 Off. 3. 1 magnifica vox et magno 
 viro ac sapiente digna (M. § 433 
 ad_fin.). 
 
 W. thinks ^oreMft' merely caje- 
 less for Jlorente, but it may be 
 adjectival with in supplied. 
 
 [In the Ciceronian passage 
 quoted above sapiente is a noun 
 (= philosopher), not an adjective; 
 otherwise we should have sa- 
 pienti.'] 
 
 =verba magna. ..et haec et alia 
 esse scio. 
 
 Note the Absence of connec- 
 tive. 
 
 The phrase verba magna = big 
 words, " highfalutin." The adjec- 
 tive of quantity, normally pre- 
 positive, comes after its noun 
 here and therefore gains stress. 
 
 Observe verba here, verbo in 
 § 4, and verba in § 3. 
 
 When verbs which take the 
 
124 
 
 CHAP. V § 6 
 
 to be pressed into the service of 
 exaggeration 
 
 we are all aware 
 
 as a speaker is not merely weighty, 
 but, sometimes, aggressive too 
 
 despite his gentle character 
 
 accusative and infinitive come 
 last, they are slightly emphasised. 
 So here scio, and below scimui 
 omnes. 
 
 Note the formal e<...ei. Modem 
 English avoids "both... and." 
 =quae rei augendae causa con- 
 quirantur. 
 
 Lit. " which are to be (can be) 
 sought out and got together (con-) 
 for the sake of exaggeration." 
 The qitae—ut ea="ao as to be," 
 " so that they are to be." 
 
 The noun "exaggeration" is 
 expressed verbally = res augenda. 
 Note res despite re and rem in 
 §4. 
 
 The quasi-preposition causa, 
 like all dissyllabic prepositions, 
 may follow its case. 
 =scimus omnes. 
 
 The adjective omnes has stress 
 coming last : " we know — ^all of 
 us." 
 
 Note the variety of English: 
 "we are aware" and above "I 
 know" )( repetition of Latin: 
 sdmus and scio. 
 
 =oratorem non solum gravem sed 
 interdum etiam trucem. 
 
 The effect of placing interdum 
 between sed and etiam is to draw 
 our attention to a polite quali- 
 fication of truoem. 
 =oum ingenio sit mitis. 
 
 Both ingenio and mitis gain 
 stress, the former by separation, 
 the latter by coming last. By 
 
CHAP. V 
 
 6, 7 
 
 125 
 
 § 7. For what startling novelty 
 
 these ladies 
 
 by crowding the streets and court- 
 ing publicity 
 
 in a matter which touches them 
 so nearly 
 
 Is this the first occasion on 
 which... ? 
 
 nature, says the speaker, Cato is 
 gentle, but, on a platform, he may 
 be the reverse. The whole phrase 
 oum...mitis comes as a courteous 
 and emphatic addendum, since 
 the sentence is constructionally 
 complete at scimiis omnes. 
 =nam quid tandem novi. 
 
 The tamdem goes with quid 
 and =" (what) pray?"=Tt n-ore; 
 translating "startling." For novus 
 see note on 34. 3. 3. 
 =matronae. 
 
 " these ladies " — an ornate alias 
 for " the married women." Latin 
 therefore puts matronae again, in 
 spite of matronae § 5, and ma- 
 trowxe, matronis § 3. See § 9 
 below. 
 
 =quod frequentes...in publicimi 
 processerunt ? 
 
 The metaphor "courting" is 
 dead. All that it means is " have 
 come into publicity"; this Latin 
 writes. 
 
 The words "the streets" and 
 " publicity " are sufficiently turned 
 by in pMicum. 
 =in causa ad se pertinente. 
 
 Seeing that pertinens is here 
 adjectival, we should expect per- 
 tirtenti, cp. § 12. In this place 
 "them" refers to the subject of 
 the sentence in which it stands; 
 therefore we have se )( § 12 ad 
 ipsas. 
 =numquam ante hoc tempus... } 
 
126 
 
 CHAP. V §1 7, 8 
 
 before tha public gaze 
 
 Nay, I will open your own "An- 
 tiquities," and refute you from it 
 
 ! 8. Hear 
 
 and always 
 
 to the interests of the state 
 
 =in publico. 
 
 Note the repetition : in publi- 
 cum ("courting publicity") above, 
 and in § 5 in publico ("publicly"). 
 Contrast the variety of English. 
 In §9 below, in pfui,blicy,m=" inko 
 the treasury." 
 
 See note at 34. % 10 on in 
 publico. 
 
 =tuas adversus te Origines re- 
 volvam. 
 
 Observe the absence of con- 
 nective. Note the stress on twig, 
 prepositive and separated from 
 its noun. It emphasises the anti- 
 thesis "your own against your- 
 self," i.e. your own mouth shall 
 convict you; you shall be hoist 
 with your own petard. 
 
 The reference to the "An- 
 tiquities " is an anachronism. Oato 
 did not write the work (so say 
 Quintilian and Nepos) until he 
 was an old man. 
 
 "To open a book" is evolmre, 
 revolvere, replicare, since the Ro- 
 mans used rolls {volumina). " To 
 close a book" is de manibus 
 
 =acoipe. 
 
 Again there is no connective. 
 This use of accipere for audire is 
 archaic and colloquial. See L. & S. 
 Lucretius (e.g. 4. 983) has the full 
 phrase auribus accipere. 
 =et quidem semper =idque sem- 
 per =Kal rcmra aei. See § 3 above. 
 =bono publico. 
 
CHAP. V § 8 
 
 127 
 
 To begin at the beginning 
 
 in the reign of .Romulus 
 
 when the Sabines had seized the 
 Capitol and a.. .battle was being 
 fought 
 
 {when)... a pitched battle was 
 being fought 
 
 in the very midst of the forum 
 
 This may be a modal ablative 
 or, as Eoby § 1243 holds, an ab- 
 lative of attendant circumstances. 
 The noun is bono. We also get 
 malo publico, and pesiimo (= 
 " great detriment ") publico. Tao. 
 Ann. 3. 70 has egregium (= 
 honour) pitblicum. See W. on 
 2. 1. 3. 
 =iam a principio. 
 
 Livy begins his first chapter 
 of Book i with iam primum om- 
 nium. Compare 1. 2. 3 iam inde 
 ah initio. 
 =regnante ROmulo. 
 
 The noun of Enghsh > the 
 verb of Latin. 
 
 Note the quantity of Romulus 
 and contrast RSmui. 
 =cum Capitolio ab Sabinis capto 
 ...dimicaretur. 
 
 Latin subordinates " had seiz- 
 ed" and uses dimicaretur im- 
 personally. 
 
 =(cum)...signis ooUatis dimica- 
 retur. 
 
 The noun " battle ">the verb, 
 and the adjective " pitched "> the 
 adverb or, as here, the adverbial 
 phrase signis collatis. 
 = medio in foro. 
 
 Note the abnormal position of 
 TMdio. This position translates 
 " the veiy " of Enghsh. Compare 
 7. 19. 3 medio in foro, and 44. 36. 
 16 m,edio in alveo. W. says in 
 msdio foro is the usual order; 
 indeed the adjective of locality 
 
128 
 
 CHAP. V § 8 
 
 did not the matrons rush between 
 ...and stay the fury of the fight ? 
 
 Txtsh between 
 
 rush between the two lines 
 
 most often comes first as in in 
 sumnw monie, etc. But at 44. 44. 4 
 we have inforo medio. 
 
 The preposition is more often 
 omitted with the adjectives totus, 
 omnis, cunctus, medim. 
 =nonne intercursu matronarum 
 ...proeUum sedatum est ? 
 
 Like Spa, nonne is frequently 
 inserted after the completion of 
 the subordinate clause, as here 
 after Cfwm....dimicaretv/r. 
 = intercursu. 
 
 The verb of English here>the 
 noun of Latin. The converse, as 
 we have seen, is far more common. 
 
 Note how the English order of 
 narration may be kept by making 
 the "matrons' rush" the means, 
 and by using the passive verb. 
 In fact intercrursu matronarum, is 
 really subject, i.e. the intervention 
 of the women stayed the fight. 
 Thus proelium though gramma- 
 tical subject takes a humble place 
 in the sentence. Compare Pref. 
 § 9. " The qualities which won 
 the Empire " = quibus artibus... 
 partum...imperium sit; 3. 62. 2. 
 " The tactics of my colleague and 
 the bravery of the soldiers won 
 the day " = consilio collegae, vir- 
 tute militum victoria parta est. 
 And see 34. 6. 9 on we dbrogata, 
 ea effimdantur ad voluptatem. 
 =intercursu... inter aoies duas. 
 
 The prepositional ptrase inter 
 odes qualifying intercursu is 
 
CHAP. V 
 
 8, 9 
 
 129 
 
 stay the fury of the fight 
 
 § 9. Again 
 after the expulsion of the kings 
 
 when Marcius Coriolanus, at the 
 head of the Volscian legions, had 
 encamped 
 
 doubly justified because inter- 
 cursu is (1) a noun of strong verbal 
 nature, (2) accompanied by an 
 attribute matronarum. See 34. 
 1. 6 on aditus in forum. 
 
 The order inter acies duos is 
 noticeable. Livy is in such haste 
 to write how women ran between 
 battle-lines that duos, though an 
 adjective of number, is made post- 
 positive. 
 = proelium sedatum est. 
 
 The metaphor sedare, properly 
 to cause to sit, to allay, e.g. sedare 
 fliicttis, is frequent with puffnam, 
 proelium, bellum, etc. 
 = quid? = Tt 8e; = Kai firjv. 
 
 =regibus exactis. 
 
 The noun "expulsion" be- 
 comes the verb. The word rec/ibus 
 comes first like regnante in § 8 
 to remind us that we are still 
 dealing with the early times of 
 the hingshvp. 
 
 = cum Coriolano Marcio duce 
 legiones Volscorum castra...po- 
 suissent. 
 
 The important person is the 
 general ; he therefore comes first 
 in Latin as if subject. 
 
 Note the order Coriolano 
 Marcio for Marcio Coriolano. This 
 inversion (rare in Cicero) is fairly 
 frequent in Livy, and very fre- 
 quent in Tacitus. When it is 
 used in Cicero or Livy, the^rae- 
 nomen is never inserted. 
 
 N. I. 
 
130 
 
 CHAP. V § 9 
 
 had encamped within five miles 
 was it not they who 
 
 the army 
 
 which, otherwise, would have over- 
 whelmed this city 
 
 Furthermore 
 
 when it had been taken by the 
 
 Gaula 
 
 = castra ad quintum lapidem 
 
 posuissent. 
 
 = nonne . . .matronae. 
 
 The stress on "they" is repre- 
 sented by the rhetorical repetition 
 of matronae here and in the next 
 sentence. 
 
 For the position of nonne cp. 
 § 8 above. 
 =id agmen. 
 
 The English definite article 
 may often be represented by is or 
 Ule. The order is as if id agmen 
 were going to be the subject. 
 =quo obruta haec urbs esset. 
 
 The relative is here logical 
 subject and, therefore, the gram- 
 matical subject is thrust to the 
 end. See note at 34. 5. 8 on 
 intercwsu and the citation from 
 Pre/. § 9. 
 
 The word " overwhelmed " 
 should be read with an upward 
 intonation; hence obruta comes 
 early. 
 
 The protasis nisi matronae 
 avertissent is implied, and its 
 implication (natural to Latin) 
 sufficiently represents " other- 
 wise." 
 
 = iam = Kpi firjv. 
 =urbe capta a Gallis. 
 
 Latin repeats iirbs )( the " it " 
 of English. 
 
 The normal order would be 
 •urbe a Gallis capta, but "taken" 
 is the important point )( " nearly 
 overwhelmed " above ; and a 
 
CHAP. V §§ 9, 10 
 
 131 
 
 was not its ransom the gold (which 
 they contributed to the treasury ?) 
 
 amid universal applause 
 
 to the treasury 
 
 § 10. And, not to go to 
 cient history, in the last war 
 
 GoAlis comes as an after-thought 
 and has the effect of "this time 
 by the Gauls'' )( ah iSabinis of 
 § 8. Compare 35. 35. 1 quern 
 spoliatum maritimis oppidis a 
 Bomanis )( ab Achaeis. 
 =aurum quo redempta urbs est 
 (nonne matronae...in publicum 
 contulerunt ?). 
 
 Again "its" is turned by the 
 repetition of urbs, and again the 
 relative is logical subject, as if 
 "(the gold) which ransomed the 
 city.'' Compare above quo obruta 
 ...urbs esset and note. The stress 
 is on "ransomed" )( "saved by 
 soldiers " ; hence redempta comes 
 early. 
 
 The noun " ransom " > the 
 verb. Observe that quo.. .urbs est 
 is a mere adjectival clause, and 
 the tense redempta... est is in no 
 way affected by the tense of the 
 principal verb eontttlerunt. Con- 
 trast the instances quoted at 
 34. 3. 7 on sed tamen cum fait. 
 =matronae. 
 
 Again repetition in Latin. See 
 above for this, and for nonne see 
 §8. 
 
 = consensu omnium or, as at 33. 
 23. 1, omnium consensu. 
 
 We even get consensu alone, as 
 at 3. 35. 7 and 3. 38. 7. 
 =in publicum (sc. aerarium). 
 = proximo bello, ne antiqua re- 
 petam. 
 
 Observe that there is no con- 
 
 9—2 
 
132 
 
 CHAP. V § 10 
 
 ancient history 
 
 when there was need of money.. 
 And also, when 
 
 nective. The prepositive proximo 
 is contrasted with regibus of 
 reffibus exactis at the beginning 
 of §9. 
 
 The reference is to the Punic 
 War. 
 =antiqua. 
 
 The neuter plural translates 
 the specific noun of English. For 
 repetere compare Cic. Be Inv. 1. 1. 
 "When I begin to trace the events 
 of historic narrative " = cum res... 
 ex litterarum monumentis repetere 
 instituo. 
 
 =et, cum pecunia opus fuit,,..et, 
 cum. 
 
 Note the first (anticipatory) 
 et, like jxev in npSiTov fiev,..tireiTa 
 
 did not the widows and the un- 
 married assist the public funds 
 from their own? 
 
 The word pecunia comes first 
 to prepare us for the antithesis 
 dii, as ii pecimia fi(v...dii 8e. 
 
 For cum...fuit see note on 
 34. 3. 7 sed tamen cum fuit. The 
 second cum is followed by a sub- 
 junctive of attendant circum- 
 stances and the normal imperfect 
 contemporaneous with profectae 
 sunt. 
 
 = nonne...viduarum pecuniae ad- 
 iuverunt aerarium ? 
 
 The logical subject is "the 
 widows and the unmarried " ; 
 therefore viduarum takes the 
 place of the subject and is pre- 
 positive. The word viduae in- 
 cludes any husbandless woman of 
 independent fortune. 
 
CHAP. V § 10 
 
 133 
 
 when new deities were called in 
 
 to aid our desperate fortunes 
 
 did not our matrons, one and aU 
 
 that they might greet the Holy 
 Mother of Ida ? 
 
 For nonne op. § 8. 
 
 Observe pecuniae despite pe- 
 eunia just preceding. English 
 varies; Latin repeats. 
 
 Note the position of aerarium 
 — a single word after the verb. 
 =cum dii quoque novi...accer- 
 serentur. 
 
 The word "deities," if read 
 intelligently, has stress by anti- 
 thesis to pecunia. Livy brings 
 this out by means of qtioqtce, as 
 if ore <cai oi 6eol, where icai="on 
 the other hand." Thus novi, 
 though more often prepositive 
 (op. novus homo) becomes post- 
 positive. 
 =ad opem ferendam dubiis rebus. 
 
 Probably dubiis rebiis is abla- 
 tive of attendant circumstances. 
 It might be dative, but the order 
 is against its being so. 
 =matronae universae. 
 
 This is the eighth instance of 
 matronae in this chapter )( variety 
 of English. 
 
 The word universae (properly 
 prepositive) = ounciiae, i.e. con- 
 iunctae = 3na<Tai )( »rao'Oi= omnes. 
 The place of the somewhat rare 
 singular cunctus is supplied by 
 universus. 
 
 =ad matrem Idaeam accipien- 
 dam? 
 
 The order of the phrase is that 
 of a purpose clause and this may 
 always follow the principal verb. 
 Livy desires, also, to avoid the 
 
134 
 
 CHAP. V i 10, 11 
 
 § 1 1. But, say you, the grounds 
 are different 
 
 Well, I have not set out 
 
 to prove them parallel 
 
 It is sufficient to make good my 
 plea that nothing unprecedented 
 has been done 
 
 cacophony of ad mare ad matrem 
 
 in juxtaposition. 
 
 =dissimiles, inquis, causae sunt. 
 
 The stress is on " different " ; 
 hence dissimiles comes first. Note 
 the absence of connective. 
 =nec mihi...propositum est. 
 
 Here nec = a>iX ov. Compare 
 1. 27. 1, and 1. 53. 1. 
 
 For mihi, a quasi-dative of the 
 agent, see M. § 250 a. 
 = causas aequare. 
 
 Note the repetition of causas 
 where Enghsh has a pronoun. 
 Compare 3. 72. 6. "Greed and 
 its champion won the day "= plus 
 cupiditas et auctor eupiditatis 
 valet, and passim elsewhere. See 
 § 9 on wbs...urbe...urbs. 
 = nihil novi factum purgare satis 
 est. 
 
 Observe the adversative asyn- 
 deton in both languages, and note 
 the omission of esse with factum. 
 
 Por mo«i= unprecedented, see 
 34. 3. 3 on novum,, and for novum 
 = English noun " novelty," see 
 34. 2. 10 on in publico. The geni- 
 tive novi is that of "the divided 
 whole" (Koby, §1296). 
 
 Note pu^ga/re + axic. and infin. 
 = " plead by way of excuse." The 
 verb is a favourite with Livy, 
 who uses it (1) as here ; (2) with 
 «e = " excuse oneself"; (3) with 
 crimen, etc. = " explain away,'' 
 " make excuses for " ; (4) = 
 "prove" (a rare meaning). 
 
CHAP. V §§ 11, 12 
 
 135 
 
 § 12. however 
 
 If... no one marvelled at what the 
 matrons did, why... should we 
 wonder at their action? 
 
 For (1) op. 1. 9. 16 factum (sc. 
 esse), 24. 47. 6, 28. 37. 2 ; (2) 1. 50. 
 8, 4. 25. 12, 6. 17. 7, 8. 32. 10, 
 34. 21. 2, 34. 61. 10, 35. 19. 2, 
 36. 32. 3, 37. 28. 1, 38. 14. 8, 
 42. 14. 4, 43. 4. 3, 43. 8. 1 ; (3) 8. 
 23. 4, 8. 37. 10, 36. 35. 11 ; (4) 9. 
 26. 17 Mt innocentiam sitam pur- 
 garent. 
 =ceterum. 
 
 The word is typical of Livy. 
 It occurs once in Terence, once 
 in Cicero; otherwise not before 
 SaUust. 
 
 =quod...fecisse eas nemo mira- 
 tus est, (id)...miramur (eas) fe- 
 cisse? 
 
 Lit. " What no one wondered 
 that they did, that thing do we 
 wonder that they have done ? " 
 
 Observe this frequent idiom — 
 the relative picked up by a demon- 
 strative, either expressed or, as 
 here, understood. [It is tempting 
 to assume that id has dropped 
 out before in.'\ 
 
 Compare "who steals my 
 purse, (he) steals trash." So Greek 
 6y...o5ror. Modern English pre- 
 fers "He who steals...," or "He 
 steals trash, who ...," or (as in 
 our passage) "If anyone steals 
 my purse, he...." We still put 
 the relative clause first with 
 " whoever." 
 
 Note the repetition fecixae... 
 fecisse, and miratus...est...mir- 
 amur )( the variety of English. 
 
136 
 
 CHAP. V § 12 
 
 under conditions 
 
 which affected everybody 
 
 men and women alike 
 
 in a case which especially touches 
 themselves 
 
 =nemo. 
 
 Note how this is put late, 
 
 because the important part of 
 
 the sentence lies in the words in 
 
 rebus ad omnis ... ){ad ipsas. 
 
 =in rebus, despite rebus in § 
 
 10. 
 
 For res see Index. 
 
 Here in expresses attendant 
 
 circumstances. 
 
 =ad omnis (=omnes)...pertinen- 
 
 tibus. 
 
 =pariter, viros feminas. 
 
 This in Latin goes within the 
 
 phrase rebus.. .pertineniibus. 
 
 For the bi-membral asyndeton 
 viros feminas see M. § 434, and 
 compare 35. 35. 7 Antiochum... 
 terras maria armis viris com- 
 pleturum. 
 
 =in causa proprie ad ipsas per- 
 tinente. 
 
 Here ad se would be awkward 
 because "themselves" does not 
 refer to the subject of the prin- 
 cipal verb, and because eas (the 
 subject of fecisse) is not expressed. 
 See 34. 5. 7 on ad se and on per- 
 tinente ior pertinenti. 
 
 The adverb "especially" really 
 qualifies "themselves" and in 
 Latin must come immediately in 
 front of ad ipsas. English is 
 careless in such matters. See 
 note at 34. 5. 2 on " has not only 
 used." 
 
 action 
 
 The noun>the Latin verb. 
 
CHAP. V § 13 
 
 137 
 
 § 13. Upon my soul 
 
 our ears are the ears of tyrants 
 
 when masters do not disdain the 
 prayei-s of their slaves 
 
 = nie dius fidius. 
 
 This is often written meditis 
 fidius. Originally the phrase was 
 me deus fidius (Zeiis nia-Tios) ad- 
 iuvet="So help me the god of 
 pledges " {fides, ttIo-tis). Compare 
 inekercle=me Hercvlea adiuvet. 
 
 Observe that there is no con- 
 nective. 
 =superbaa...am:es habemus. 
 
 The word »«per6MS= haughty, 
 tyrannical, op. Tarquinius Super- 
 bus. 
 
 The phrase occurs again at 
 24. 5. 5 only, but hardly less bold 
 is 45. 19. 9 "his ear had already 
 been gained " = occupatae iam 
 aures. 
 
 Note the English method of 
 stressing " of tyrants " = " tyran- 
 nical," and observe how Latin 
 effects the same end by order 
 Le. superbas is prepositive and 
 separated fttim its noun. 
 =cum domini servorum non fas- 
 tidiant preces. 
 
 In English " slaves " has the 
 upward intonation )( honourable 
 women. Hence in Latin sej-vorum 
 is prepositive and separated from 
 its noun. Moreover Latin is fond 
 of grouping together antithetical 
 terms. To a Roman domini ser- 
 vorum sounds like "To take the 
 case of mastei-s and slaves." 
 
 Note the position of preces. 
 Livy loves a single word after the 
 verb, especially an iambus. 
 
138 
 
 CHAP. V § 13 — CHAP. VI § 1 
 
 ■we are scandalised by the en- 
 treaties 
 
 of honourable women 
 
 Here cum is followed by the 
 subjunctive of attendant circum- 
 stances, and nearly = although. 
 =nos rogari...indignamur. 
 
 The noun " entreaties " > the 
 verb rogari. 
 =ab honestis feminis. 
 
 The adjective is prepositive. 
 The stress on it suggests the anti- 
 thesis improhis, impudiais (servis). 
 
 CHAPTER VI 
 
 § 1. And now I come 
 to the question at issue 
 
 Here 
 
 the consul's speech fell under two 
 heads 
 
 =venio nunc. 
 
 Again there is no connective. 
 = ad id de quo agitur. 
 
 Here agitur is either imper- 
 sonal or res may be supplied as 
 subject. 
 
 The specific noun "question" 
 >the Latin indefinite neuter id. 
 =in quo, despite de quo just pre- 
 ceding. 
 = duplex consulis oratio fuit. 
 
 The genitive consulis is pre- 
 positive, perhaps to draw attention 
 to his official position. His argu- 
 ments are the arguments of a 
 consul — they carry official weight, 
 and imply official responsibility. 
 Compare the prepositive consularis 
 in § 2, and the position of consul 
 at 34. 7. 14. 
 
 The word duplex is, of course, 
 
CHAP. VI § 1 
 
 139 
 
 first... ; secondly., 
 
 predicative. Were it merely an 
 attribute, the order dwpleas con- 
 sults oratio would be normal. See 
 34. 4. 12 on aequato omnium 
 cvitv,. 
 =nam et...et = TovTo /icv yap... 
 
 he strongly objected to the repeal 
 of any law 
 
 any whatsoever 
 strongly objected 
 
 Note the connective nam. 
 = legem ullam abrogari est in- 
 dignatus. 
 
 The noun "repeal" >the verb. 
 The pronominal adjective vMus 
 is used because "any" is em- 
 phatic, and excludes all )( quivis, 
 quilibet, which include all. Thus 
 "Anyone can jump a foot" =qui- 
 vis, quilibet )( "Can anyone jump 
 fifty feet ? " = num quisquam...F 
 
 Of quisquam the adjective is 
 vilus and from ullus it gets its 
 feminine. 
 
 The rule for quisquam and 
 ullus is : use them after negatives 
 expressed or implied (as after a 
 comparative) ; in emphatic state- 
 ments (e.g. si quisquam=ii any- 
 one) ; to express the minimum, as 
 in Seneca's cuivis potest accidere 
 quod cuiquam potest i.e. "What 
 can happen to anyone (if only one 
 in the universe) can happen to 
 everyone." 
 
 =ullam omnino=i'd/ioi» Koi oiri- 
 vovv. 
 
 =est indignatus, despite indig- 
 namur (" we are scandalised ") at 
 the end of the previous chapter 
 )( variety of English. 
 
140 
 
 CHAP. VI 
 
 1, 2 
 
 secondly to the repeal, in par- 
 ticular, of a law 
 
 for the suppression of female ex- 
 
 § 2. This universal defence... 
 while the attack 
 
 universal defence of legislation 
 
 seemed a fit topic for a consul 
 
 =et eam praecipue legem. 
 
 Note the anticipatory eam= 
 " a " of English, where a relative 
 follows. The adverb praedpue, 
 which ought to precede eam, gains 
 emphasis. 
 
 = quae luxuriae muliebris coer- 
 cendae causa lata esset. 
 
 The noun " suppression "> the 
 \&ch ooercendae. For the gerundive 
 to turn an abstract noun cp. 1. 1. 1 
 " advocates of Helen's restoration " 
 =reddendae Helenae auctores. 
 =et ilia (the former) communis.., 
 oratio..., et haec (the latter) ad- 
 versus. 
 
 There is, I think, no connec- 
 tive. The first et=ii4v or re; the 
 second et=b4 or koi. 
 
 The stiff and formal ilia.. .haec 
 —"the former "..."the latter"— 
 while typical of Latin, is un- 
 natural to English. 
 = communis pro legibus (sc. 
 oratio). 
 
 See note on 34. 1. 5 
 forum. 
 = vi8a consularis oratio est. 
 
 For the prepositive (because 
 predicative) consularis compare 
 consults oratio in § 1. Latin re- 
 peats oratio; English varies — 
 " speech "..." topic." 
 
 Observe the separation of the 
 auxiliary est from visa. Livy does 
 this frequently. Perhaps here 
 visa gains stress by its position. 
 See M. § 465, Obs. 4. 
 
CHAP. VI §§ 2, 3 
 
 141 
 
 the attack on luxury 
 
 was well-suited 
 morality 
 
 to an austere 
 
 § 3. there is danger that dust 
 may be thrown in your eyes 
 
 unless we show 
 
 the fallacy which underlies each 
 objection 
 
 =haec adversus luxuriam (sc. 
 oratio). 
 
 See note at 34. 1. 5 on aditus 
 m forum. Observe the repeated 
 luxuriam, despite luxuriae mulie- 
 bris in § 1. Contrast the variety 
 of English. 
 
 =seveiissimis moribus convenie- 
 bat. 
 
 The underlying idea of severus 
 is fixed, rigid, puritanical. See 
 Duff on Lucretius 5. 1190 signa 
 severa, where he explains the 
 epithet as denoting the "pxirity 
 and coldness of the starlight." 
 Probably there is an idea of fixity 
 as well. 
 
 Thus Tennyson's " Beneath 
 the stony face of time" would 
 be sub temporis ore severo. 
 =periculum est...ne quis error 
 vobis offundatur. 
 
 Here error— liskhiiiby to err, to 
 get lost (in the darkness), and the 
 metaphor is kept up in offundatur 
 — a verb so often used with tene- 
 brae, nox, caligo, etc. 
 
 The form quis adjectival, for 
 qui is not uncommon. See M. 
 § 90. 1. 
 = nisi. . .docuerimus. 
 
 The verb is probably future 
 perfect. It is future because 
 perieulum est = (diquid mali ac- 
 cidet, and future perfect because 
 antecedent in time to acddet. 
 =quid in utraque re vani sit. 
 
 Lit. " What of foUy is in each 
 
142 
 
 CHAP. VI §§ 3-5 
 
 each 
 
 objection 
 
 §§ 4, 5. Speaking for myself, I 
 
 laws which are passed... should in 
 no case be repealed 
 
 are passed 
 
 thing." For the neuter adjective 
 warn = a noun see at 34. 2. 10 on 
 in publico. 
 
 Note the separation of the 
 genitive vani from quid. See at 
 34. 2. 1 on minus... negotii. 
 = utraque — because there are two 
 objections )( quaque of more than 
 two. 
 =re. 
 
 See Index. 
 =ego enim. 
 
 The English expression is 
 merely a way of emphasising " I " 
 )( others. Therefore ego is in- 
 serted. Note the connective enim. 
 
 Observe how in these sections 
 we have tvso main sentences : (1) 
 "Speaking for myself, I admit... 
 nugatory"; (2) "On the other 
 hand... with changing times." 
 Contrast the one sentence of Latin, 
 with its formal precision — ego 
 enim quern ad modum...fateor, 
 ...sic. ..video. The phrase quem 
 ad madum, ...sic = ut... ita = ToCro 
 fikv...TovTo 8e="though...yet." 
 
 The antithetical words are " I 
 admit " )( " I see " ; they therefore 
 have stress, and in Latin come 
 late ; for verbs which take the 
 accusative and infinitive come 
 early unless emphatic. 
 = ex iis legibus, quae...latae 
 sunt, nullam abrogari debere. 
 
 Note the anticipatory iis. 
 =latae sunt. 
 
 Here " are passed " = " have 
 
CHAP. VI §§ 4, 5 
 
 143 
 
 not to meet some special need 
 
 but (are i>a8sed) to stand for all 
 time because of their permanent 
 utility 
 
 been passed" i.e. a complete 
 (perfect) present. Obviously the 
 passage of a law is antecedent in 
 time to its possible repeal. The 
 principal verb dehere is present ; 
 therefore the subordinate verb is 
 present, and complete present be- 
 cause antecedent in time. 
 
 The indicative is not unusual 
 in subordinate clauses of Orat. 
 Obi. when the principal verb is 
 1st person. See Madv. Be Fin. 
 1. 17. 55, and cp. Pro Clumt. 2. 6, 
 and 57. 158. 
 = non in tempus ahquod. 
 
 Here, as often, tempus =Katp6s 
 = a critical time. The pronoun 
 aliquod is abnormally postposi- 
 tive, because it expresses emphati- 
 cally " some special, considerable, 
 important" occasion. 
 
 So below, status aliquis and 
 tempora aiigiia. 
 
 = sed perpetuae utilitatis causa 
 in aeternum latae sunt. 
 
 Observe perpetuae prepositive, 
 in chiastic contrast to aliquod 
 postpositive = " some special (oc- 
 casion)." 
 
 Note too how "not to meet... 
 utility" comes within the clause 
 qiiem ad modum...fateor, whereas 
 the limitation nisi quam... fecit 
 comes, as an afterthought should 
 do, after " fateor." This order is 
 naturally common with clauses 
 introduced by nisi forte and nisi 
 vero. 
 
144 CHAP. VI § 4 
 
 unless either experience has proved = nisi quam aut usus coarguit. 
 
 them a mistake Lit. (of course) " unless (it be 
 
 one) which...." 
 
 Livy has at 45. 32. 7 an in- 
 teresting parallel : " He gave to 
 Macedonia laws. . .so wisely framed 
 that even lengthy experience — 
 the only true test of legislation — 
 found nothing to which exception 
 could be taken " = leges Mace- 
 doniae dedit...quas (=tales ut) 
 ne usus quidem longo tempore, 
 qui unus est legum corrector, 
 experiendo argueret. 
 
 [In this passage note (1) how 
 the English "nothing" comes 
 early in Latin, so that "even... 
 nothing ">" not even (any- 
 thing)" ; (2) the Livian pleonasm 
 usiM... experiendo; (3) the repe- 
 tition leges ... legvm, )( English 
 variety ; (4) loTigo tempore — the 
 ablative may bB used where the 
 adjective expresses duration. See 
 the examples quoted by Roby 
 § 1185, and add Caes. B.C. 1. 81. 3 
 tota nocte ; B.O.I. 26. 5 tota noete 
 continenter ierunt. This last jus- 
 tifies B.C. 1. 46. 1 pugnatum est 
 continenter horis quinque.] 
 
 The verb coarguere like ar- 
 guere in 45. 32. 7 and i^eKiyx^iv 
 =to "show up (the weaknesses 
 of )." Compare 34. 54. 8 veteribus, 
 nisi quae usus evidenter arguit, 
 stari malunt=men prefer to abide 
 by tradition, save where experi- 
 ence plainly condemns. 
 
CHAP. VI §§ 4, 5 
 
 145 
 
 some particular condition of the 
 body politic 
 
 rendetred nugatory 
 
 § 6. On the other hand 
 laws once demanded by special 
 situations 
 
 N. 1. 
 
 Livy has usus subject to a 
 transitive verb eleven times, but 
 always with an inanimate object 
 or with no object expressed. See 
 Appendix A. 
 = status aliquis rei pubUcae. 
 
 For the order of aliquis see 
 above on tempus cMquod. The 
 form aliquis for the reg\ilar ad- 
 jectival aiiqui is not infrequent. 
 
 The order oireipublicae seems 
 to show that it is felt both as 
 genitive with statiis and then 
 again as dative {awb koivov) with 
 inutilem. 
 =inutilem fecit. 
 
 At 34. 27. 6 we have si quos 
 suspectos status praesens rerum 
 faceret. » 
 
 These two are the only cases 
 in Livy of staius subject to a 
 transitive verb. But/ocere with 
 an abstract or inanimate subject 
 is extremely common in Latin. 
 See Appendix A. 
 = sic, answering quern ad Tnodwm. 
 =quas tempora aliqua deside- 
 rarunt leges. 
 
 For the position of aliqua see 
 above, § 4 on in temptis aliquod. 
 
 Note the order of leges — a 
 single word after the verb. 
 
 The word tempus occurs some 
 39 times in Livy as subject to a 
 transitive verb (cp. 34. 6. 10), but 
 in only 6 of these 39 cases is the 
 object a person. See Appendix A. 
 
 The adverb "once" is trans- 
 
 10 
 
146 
 
 CHAP. VI §§ 5, 6 
 
 I see to be "mortal" (if I may- 
 use the word) 
 
 and liable to change with changing 
 times 
 
 §6. Measures adopted in peace 
 are generally rescinded 
 
 generally 
 
 lated by the tense of desiderarunt 
 i.e. "have demanded" — complete 
 present. 
 
 Observe that we say: "laws 
 which special situations have 
 demanded, I see to be...": Latin 
 says " what laws special situations 
 have demanded, these I see to 
 be. . . ." The relative is more often 
 than not "picked up" by the 
 demonstrative. Here we might 
 have eobs before mortales. 
 =mortales, ut ita dioam, ...esse 
 video. 
 
 The position of video gives it 
 emphasis — I don't think, I know ; 
 I see the process for myself. See 
 note at the beginning of § 4. 
 
 Livy here apologises for the 
 bold mortales. At 2. 44. 8 he 
 speaks of imperia (empires) as 
 mortalia, without apology. 
 =et temporibus ipsis mutabiles. 
 
 The ablative temporihus is 
 partly temporal, partly causal. 
 Observe the repetition ij 4 tenvpris, 
 § 5 tempora and temporibus. Con- 
 trast the variety of EngUsh : 
 "need," "situations," "times." 
 =quae in pace lata sunt, plerum- 
 que bellum abrogat. 
 
 Observe that there is no con- 
 nective. " Measures "=g'Ma«, i.e. 
 a neuter pronoun translates the 
 specific noun of English. 
 
 Note in pace, where in ex- 
 presses attendant circumstances. 
 =pleruinque. 
 
CHAP. 
 
 VI § 6 
 
 147 
 
 those adopted in war, by peace 
 
 In directing a ship... 
 
 some methods 
 
 are of value 
 for good weather 
 others for bad 
 
 The position of plerumqv^ 
 (separated from dbrogat) gives 
 it stress, and therefore gives it 
 the meaning "generally." In its 
 normal position (immediately 
 before the verb) it would probably 
 mean " often," for in Livy, though 
 not in Cicero, it usually weakens 
 to the sense saepe. So in Cicero 
 plerique = " most," but in Livy 
 usually = " many." 
 
 The word helium is subject to 
 a transitive verb 44 times in 
 Livy, but pax only 6 times. See 
 Appendix A. 
 = quae in bello, pax (sc. abrogat). 
 
 Note the asyndeton at quae, 
 almost invariable with a rela- 
 tive. Greek would write a (*6i',..d 
 8e.... 
 =ut in navis administratione. 
 
 Here in = " in the case of." 
 In the English there is a simile, 
 but the fact is not formally shown. 
 Contrast Latin which inserts "just 
 as" {ut) and ties with the pre- 
 ceding sentence. 
 =alia. 
 
 Again the Latin neuter ex- 
 presses the specific noun of 
 English. 
 =usui sunt. 
 
 For the predicative dative see 
 Roby, Syntax, Pref. xxvii. sqq. 
 =in secunda (sc. tempestate). 
 
 Here, again, in expresses at- 
 tendant circumstances. 
 =alia in adversa tempestate. 
 
 10—2 
 
148 
 
 CHAP. VI §§ 6, 7 
 
 § 7. Since then these 
 
 these two types of legislation 
 
 are inherently so different 
 
 to which type, think you, does 
 this law belong? 
 
 whose repeal is proposed 
 
 Both English and Latin have 
 asyndeton here )( ri iiiv...Ta 8e.... 
 
 The adjectives "good" and 
 " bad " are antithetical and there- 
 fore are stressed. Thus secunda 
 is kept waiting for its noun, and 
 adversa is prepositive. 
 =haeo cum. 
 
 Note that haec precedes the 
 conjunction of its clause, although 
 not subject to the principal clause 
 also. This draws our attention 
 emphatically to ea lea:, when we 
 find it to be the subject of the 
 principal sentence, and we are 
 helped to feel that ea lex is a 
 special case of a general classi- 
 fication haec. 
 =haec. 
 
 The loose neuter suffices. All 
 is made plain by the preceding 
 context. The two types are laws 
 in tempus aliquod and laws per- 
 petuae utilitatis (§ 4). 
 =(cum) ita natina distincta sint 
 
 ^8id<j)opa 7ret^VK€v* 
 
 = ex utro tandem genere ea lex 
 esse videtur... ? 
 
 We have ex utro (not ex quo) 
 because there are only two classes. 
 For tandem (="pray") cp. quis 
 tandem ? tIs itot€ ; 
 
 Note the anticipatory ea which 
 allows the relative clause to follow 
 (instead of preceding) the principal 
 sentence. 
 =quam abrogamus. 
 
 The noun " repeal "> the verb. 
 
CHAP. VI §§ 7, 8 149 
 
 The tense of abrogamiis is " con- 
 ative present " = " we ai-e for re- 
 pealing." Compare 34. 1. 7 on 
 quae ahrogahatur. 
 § 8. "Well, = quid 1 = ri U ; W ydp ; 
 
 is it some ancient enactment of =vetus regialex (so. est)...? 
 the kings The two adjectives, being em- 
 
 phatic, are prepositive. Note the 
 piling up of ideas — "is it old, 
 with an unbroken history {vetus), 
 and does it date back to the kings 
 {regia,)^" 
 
 For vetus see 34. 3. 3 on 
 novum, and for the adjectives 
 without connective cp. 44. 5. 3 
 longi duo validi asseres, and 27. 
 22. 12 naves longas triginta ve- 
 teres. 
 
 See M. § 300, Obs. 5. 
 as old as the life of our city =simul cum ipsa urbe natS. 
 
 The noun " life " > the verb in 
 Latin. 
 Or =aut. 
 
 For the use of aut by itself, 
 see M. § 436. 
 
 This artt is frequent in enu- 
 merations. Compare the special 
 case "two or at most three "= duo 
 aut summum tres. 
 
 In a bi-membral question, or 
 in any question, aut extends, 
 while an excludes. Thus " Is he 
 good or bad?" = utnun bonus est 
 an malus ? Here the answer must 
 be "good" or "bad." Contrast 
 estne bonus aut sapiens? To 
 this the answer may be "He is 
 neither"; for the Latin sounds 
 
150 
 
 CHAP. VI § 8 
 
 to take the era following 
 
 when the decemvirs were 
 pointed to draw up a code 
 
 ap- 
 
 was it included by them in the 
 XII Tables? 
 
 Did our ancestors regard... and 
 therefore must we fear... ? 
 
 like: "Is he good or wise or what 
 
 is he?" 
 
 =quod secundum est. 
 
 Lit. " the thing which is next " 
 =t6 ye iiriyiyvoiievov. 
 
 The neuter pronoun translates 
 the specific noun " era." 
 =ab decemviris ad condenda iura 
 creatis. 
 
 For the order see 34. 4. 12 on 
 aeqvMo omnvwm, cvltu. Here the 
 noun decemviris comes first be- 
 cause we want the name of the 
 new era, decemviral )( regal, to 
 come early and ticket, as it were, 
 the new phrase. The prepositive 
 regia has already prepared us. 
 =in duodecim tabulis scripta. 
 
 Latin preserves parallehsm : 
 English has a new question form- 
 ally expressed as such. Latin 
 says: "Is it an old regal law, 
 born with the city ...or... written 
 in the XII Tables?" 
 
 The words " by them " are not 
 needed because they are most 
 neatly expressed by inserting ah 
 with decemviris. 
 
 =cmn maiores nostri...existima- 
 rint... nobis quoque verendum... ? 
 For the form of sentence cp. 
 " I am tired and therefore am 
 going " = cvrni fessus sim, discedo, 
 or, qitod fesstis sum, iddrco dis- 
 cedo. See 34. 6. 9 (p. 153), and 
 34. 7. 3 (p. 175). 
 
 Note noUs quoque = koI fifuv 
 
CHAP. VI 
 
 8, 9 
 
 151 
 
 Did ovir ancestors regard it as 
 essential to the preservation of 
 wifely honour, and therefore must 
 we fear... ? 
 
 that, in annulling it, we annul 
 also the purity and sanctity of 
 womanhood ! 
 
 § 9. But everyone knows 
 
 that this is a law without pre- 
 cedent 
 
 Again English has a fresh 
 question; Latin ties closely with 
 the preceding by a relative, i.e. 
 by sine qua=ut (so that) sine ea. 
 
 Observe how to translate : " I 
 regard it (a law) as essential to 
 the preservation of wifely honour" 
 = sine ea non existimo decus 
 matronale servari posse, where 
 the noun "preservation" becomes 
 the verb. 
 
 = sine qua cum maiores nostri 
 non existimarint decus matronale 
 servari posse, nobis quoque ver- 
 endum sit...? 
 
 Observe that vi sine ea (sine 
 qua) goes both with cum... servari 
 posse and with verendum sit. 
 
 The form existimarint is some- 
 what rare in Livy, but cp. pugna- 
 rint 2. 46. 1. 
 
 = ne cum ea pudorem sanctita- 
 temque feminarum abrogemus? 
 
 The verb ahrogare has occurred 
 four times already in this chapter, 
 viz. in §§ 1, 4, 6, and 7. Contrast 
 the variety of English — " repeal," 
 "rescind," "repeal" (noun), "an- 
 nul." It occurs again in §§ 9 and 
 10, = " repeal " (noim), and " abo- 
 lition." 
 =quis igitur nescit... ? 
 
 So Greek tIs &pa ayvoei tov6' 
 oTi...; see 34. 6. 16 on "Anyone 
 can see." 
 = novam istam legem esse. 
 
 The point is that there has 
 been nothing like it before ; there- 
 
152 
 
 CHAP. 
 
 VI §9 
 
 carried twenty years ago 
 
 in the consulship of Quintus 
 Fabius and Tiberius Sempronius 
 
 Without it 
 
 women lived..., 
 is there danger, 
 
 and 
 
 why, pray. 
 
 fore novam comes first. For novus 
 see note 34. 3. 3 on novum. 
 
 The law is also recens (i.e. has 
 been in existence for a short 
 time), as what follows makes 
 clear. The speaker prefers the 
 more invidious term novam, al- 
 though he really means recentem. 
 
 The word "this" would be 
 said with a sneer (" this precious 
 law ") ; hence istam. 
 =viginti ante annis latam. 
 
 The ablative is one of " measure 
 of difference," i.e. " before by (the 
 measure of) twenty years." 
 
 The Lex Oppia was passed in 
 B.C. 215 and repealed in B.C. 195, 
 the present year. 
 = Q. Fabio et Ti. Sempronio con- 
 sulibus. 
 
 These words must precede 
 latam, for the phrase "carried 
 20 years ago" is constructionally 
 complete at latam, and anything 
 that followed would gain emphasis 
 because unexpected. 
 
 When, as here, the praenomina 
 of the consvds are inserted, we 
 more often find "bimembral 
 asyndeton." See note 34. 1. 3. 
 
 Observe that the abstract 
 " consiilship " > concrete conm- 
 libus. 
 = sine qua. 
 
 The relative acts as a con- 
 nective. 
 
 = cum. . .matronae. . .vixerint, quod 
 tandem... periculum est ? 
 
CHAP. VI § 9 153 
 
 The "and"='fand therefore"; 
 hence the form of expression. See 
 § 8 above on "and therefore must 
 we fear... 1" 
 
 For this "and"="and there- 
 fore'' op. Perceval, History of Italy : 
 "The circuit of the walls was 
 immense..., and Frederic found 
 that to attack them with the 
 battering ram... would be in vain'' 
 = Fredericus, cum mur orum ingens 
 circuitus esset...sensit nequiquam 
 se arietes admoturum. 
 for all those yeai-s =per tot annos. 
 
 Note how the phrase is brought 
 forward for emphasis. In Pref. 
 § 5 we get tot per annos with 
 stress on tot by separation, cp. 
 Cic. Cat. 1. 7. 16 quia te...tot ex 
 tuis amicis...salutavit ? 
 lived lives beyond reproach ==optimis moribus vixerint. 
 
 Observe the stress on optimis 
 prepositive. 
 
 The ablative moribus is one of 
 attendant circumstances — " their 
 character (being) very good." 
 
 The tense of vixerint is un- 
 certain. It may be "historical 
 perfect" (see M. § 335 a) or "com- 
 plete present." The latter is due 
 to the fact that periculum est is 
 present ; therefore the subordinate 
 clause is present also, and " com- 
 plete present," because antecedent 
 in time to est. This I believe to 
 be the true explanation of such 
 instances as soio qyui/nio in howtre 
 apad Qraecos fuerit mudca ; lit. 
 
154 CHAP. VI ^ 9, 10 
 
 "...how honoured it has been,'' 
 not "was." In such a case, as 
 in our passage, the imperfect 
 would, of course, be impossible. 
 (See M. § 382, Obs. 5.) 
 
 ■why, pray, is there danger that...? =quod tandem ( = rir nore ki'vSu- 
 
 vos), ne...periculum est ? 
 
 its repeal may lead to an outbreak = (ne) abrogata ea efifundantur ad 
 
 of voluptuousness luxuriam. 
 
 The noun " repeal " > verb, 
 and, as the verb contains the 
 point ("repeal" has stress), it 
 comes flrat. If we had ea abro- 
 gata the sense would be "tV« re- 
 peal." 
 
 The personification of "repeaF' 
 (acting as leader) is avoided by 
 putting abrogata ea in the abla- 
 tive. See note on 34. 5. 8 nonne 
 intercwrsu matronarum. 
 
 The noun " outbreak " > verb. 
 For the phrase cp. 44. 31. 13 ad 
 preces lacrimasque effusus. But 
 in is more frequent, cp. 36. 11. 3 
 in luxuriam eff., 25. 20. 7 in licen- 
 tiam socordiamque eff., 29. 23. 4 in 
 Venerem (licentiousness) eff., 33. 
 18. 18 and 35. 5. 12 in fugam 
 effusi (cp. effusa fuga 1. 27. 10, 
 efusa praedandi licentia 22. 3. 9, 
 and effuse populwri 41. 10. 2), and, 
 lastly, 42. 30. 2 in Bomanos effusi, 
 which seems to equal in amorem 
 Romanorum effusi. 
 § 10. If this measure had been = nam si ista lex vetus. . .esset. 
 
 one of long standing Note the connective )( English. 
 
 For vetus )( antiquus see .34. 3. 3 
 on novum. Here vetus is a con- 
 
CHAP. VI § 10 
 
 155 
 
 or passed in order to 
 
 to limit feminine indulgence 
 
 there would be reason to fear 
 
 that its abolition 
 
 jecture. It seems better to read 
 aut vetus. The scribe's eye caught 
 the second aut, and omitted aut 
 vetus. Madv. Emend. Liman. p. 
 497, §398 suggests aut antiqua aut. 
 
 As to tsto see above, § 9. 
 =aut ideo lata esset, ut.... 
 
 If we are to read this aiit 
 without a preceding aut, then it 
 = « or at any rate." See M. § 436. 
 
 Note the anticipatory ideo. 
 = ut finiret libidinem muliebrem. 
 
 The verb "limit" has stress 
 and therefore comes early. The 
 order gives the effect of " to limit 
 indulgence and in women." See 
 34. 1. 6. 
 
 The noun to is used by Livy 
 as a subject to a transitive verb 
 29 times. See note on 34. 4. 13 
 and Appendix A. 
 = verendum foret. 
 
 Lit. "there would have been 
 being an obligation to fear." 
 
 More often the auxiliary is 
 indicative (here it would be erat) 
 with the gerund. See Eoby, 
 § 1520. 
 
 Livy often uses /ore* as a mere 
 equivalent of esset ; sometimes for 
 euphony, as here and at 1. 46. 3 
 ut...ultim.um...regnum esset quod 
 scelere partum foret. 
 
 For Joret see M. § 377, Obs. 2. 
 =ne abrogata. 
 
 The noun of English > the 
 verb. So "from the building of 
 the city"=a6 wrbe condita. 
 
156 
 
 CHAP. VI § 10 
 
 might prove an incitement 
 
 but the grounds of its adoption 
 
 may be seen in the circumstances 
 themselves 
 
 The use of the participle is 
 frequent both with a personal 
 subject, and a non-personal sub- 
 ject. For the former cp. 1. 34. 3 
 " Lucumo's pride was only in- 
 creased by his marriage with 
 Tanaquil " = Lucumoni ... animos 
 auxit ducta in matrimonium 
 Tanaquil ; for the latter cp. 1. 14. 
 9. "Their alarm was redoubled 
 by a movement from the camp" 
 =addunt pavorem mota e castris 
 signa. 
 =incitaret. 
 
 The noun of English > the 
 verb. English could say : " might 
 incite it (libidmem)," but Latin 
 simply supplies the object in such 
 cases. 
 =cur sit autem lata. 
 
 The noun " adoption "> verb. 
 Words like " ground," " reason," 
 " cause," etc. -1- a genitive may 
 often be turned by a dependent 
 question, e.g. " I know the reason 
 of his absence "=«cio quare absit 
 ille. So Greek olba di on Sweartv 
 
 OVTOS. 
 
 Observe autem third, and see 
 M. § 471, Obs. 1. The effect (as 
 M. points out) is to stress cjw. 
 =ipsum indicabit tempus. 
 
 Greek would say aira (=the 
 facts themselves) 8ei|et. 
 
 For tempits subject to a tran- 
 sitive verb see on 34. 6. 5. 
 
 Note the single word after the 
 verb. 
 
CHAP. VI §§ 11, 12 
 
 157 
 
 §11. 
 
 the victor of Cannae 
 
 Tarentum, Arpi, and Capua 
 were already in his hands 
 
 § 12. Borne itself was thought 
 to be the objective of his army 
 
 Note no connective, and ob- 
 serve the asyndetic style in §§ 11, 
 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, and 18. 
 = victor ad Cannas. 
 
 A prepositional phrase here 
 qualifies a noun of strong verbal 
 meaning (see 34. 1. 5 on aditits 
 in forum) : victor equals a perfect 
 participle of vineo = victor factus 
 
 Livy freely uses prepositions 
 with names of towns, where the 
 neighbourhood merely is denoted. 
 
 Thus ad Cannas would mean 
 "to" or "in the neighbourhood 
 of C." and a Cannis "from the 
 neighbourhood of C." 
 =iam Tarentum, iam Arpos, iam 
 Capuam habebat. 
 
 Note the rhetorical repetition 
 of iam. (anaphora) and contrast 
 English. 
 
 = ad urbem Eomam admoturus 
 (esse) exercitum videbatur. 
 
 Note how " It seemed that he 
 would oome"="5e seemed, was 
 thought to be, about to come"= 
 venturus esse videbatur = Greek 
 cdoKci (he was thought) /ieXX«k 
 
 our allies had revolted 
 
 The noun " objective" is turned 
 by a verb in Latin. For the phrase 
 cp. machiimm admovere (Cio. Pro 
 Cluent. § 36), and English " bring 
 up the guns." 
 =defecerant socii. 
 
 The oi-der is efifective. Hanni- 
 bal was approaching ; a revolt 
 
158 
 
 CHAP. VI § 12 
 
 there were no soldiers to take the 
 place of the fallen 
 
 no seamen 
 
 o man the fleet 
 
 no money in the treasury 
 
 slaves were being purchased to 
 bear arms 
 
 had occurred and among the 
 
 allies. 
 
 =:non milites in supplementum 
 
 ...(habebamus). 
 
 Observe the position of non, 
 brought forward for emphasis in 
 this and the two following clauses. 
 = non socios navales... (habeba- 
 mus). 
 
 The sailors were mainly drawn 
 from freedmen of allies and "co- 
 lonists" {coloni maritimi). 
 
 Ljvy writes both sodi navales 
 and navales sodi (each ten times), 
 but always duumviri navales. 
 Here he puts socios first to remind 
 us, perhaps, that the sodi had 
 revolted. 
 =:ad classem tuendam. 
 
 The word tueri also includes 
 equipping and keeping in order. 
 Compare to vovtikov depavevuu 
 (Thuc. 2. 65. V). 
 
 = non pecuniam in aerario habe- 
 bamus. 
 
 =servi, quibus arma darentur, ... 
 emebantur. 
 
 Here quilyus=ut (in order that) 
 
 the price for whom was to be 
 paid to their owners 
 
 =ita ut pretium pro iis...dominis 
 solveretur. 
 
 Of course pro iis properly goes 
 with the verb solveretur. The 
 genitive eorum governed by pre- 
 tium would mean much the same. 
 
 When ita comes close to ut, a 
 limitation or condition is usually 
 implied. Literally the phrase 
 
CHAP. VI §§ 12, 13 
 
 159 
 
 on the conclusion of hostilities 
 
 § 13. up to the same date of 
 settlement 
 
 runs thus : " on these terms (ita) 
 viz. that (ut) a price was to be 
 paid" — a sort of jussive running 
 into a concessive subjunctive. 
 Compare 1. 3. 5 pax ita convenerat 
 lit flumus... finis esset, lit. "peace 
 was arranged on these terms {ita) 
 namely that (ut) the river was to be 
 the boundary." Greek would write 
 
 iroTafiov fivai opov K.r.X., where 
 flvai is a survival of the infinitive 
 = imperative, as in Homer. 
 =bello perfecto. 
 
 The noun " conclusion *> the 
 verb. The phrase must come 
 within its clause vi...solveretur. 
 (Contrast Enghsh order.) Pro- 
 perly it qualifies solveretur, and 
 should immediately precede the 
 verb. But it has stress, for, 
 normally, the payment would 
 have been made at once ; and, 
 furthermore, the order pro lis 
 dominis would produce ambiguity. 
 = in eandem diem pecuniae. 
 
 For the position of pecuniae 
 see 34. 1. 3 on in medio ardore 
 Puniai belli (p. 31). 
 
 Observe that dies in the sin- 
 gular is feminine when it means 
 
 (1) "time," cp. volvenda dies, 
 
 (2) a date (as here), (3) a day 
 fixed for legal proceedings, cp. die 
 constituta. 
 
 For in diem cp. " ready against 
 our coming," and Greek e'r ttjv 
 Scuaniv fifiepav. 
 
160 
 
 CHAP. VI §§ 13, 14 
 
 the tax-farmers 
 
 Lad promised to contract for the 
 
 supply of 
 
 com and other necessaries of war 
 
 slaves to act as rowers... were 
 being provided by us 
 
 the number fixed in proportion 
 to income 
 
 as well as pay 
 
 § 14. all our gold and silver 
 
 =pubhcani. 
 
 = praebenda se couducturos 
 
 (esse) professi erant. 
 
 The noun "supply "> the verb 
 praebenda. 
 
 Note that " They contract for 
 the building of the house " = 
 domum aedificandam conducunt )( 
 " They call for contracts for the 
 building of the house "= domum 
 aedificandam locant. 
 
 For the gerundive with these 
 words and with cv/ro, do, trado etc., 
 see Roby, § 1401 and Pref. Ixxvi. 
 = frumentum et cetera quae belli 
 usus postulabant. 
 
 Livy has almost the same 
 phrase at 26. 43. 7 qriae belli usus 
 poseunt. For usiis as subject to 
 a transitive verb see on 34. 6. 4 
 nisi quam (legem) usus coarguit. 
 See also Appendix A. 
 = servos ad remum...dabamus. 
 
 W. takes ad remum with dor 
 bamiis. 
 = numero ex censu constituto. 
 
 For ex= " in accordance with " 
 = Kara + accusative, cp. ex sen- 
 tentia mea; and for the position 
 of ex censu see note on 34. 4. 12 
 aequato omnium cultu. 
 = cum stipendio nostro. 
 
 One is tempted to read nostros 
 in agreement with servos. 
 = aurum et argentum omne. 
 
 Note stress on omne: an ad- 
 jective of quantity is, usually, 
 prepositive. 
 
CHAP. VI § 14 
 
 161 
 
 (senators had set the example) 
 
 we were contributing to the public 
 service 
 
 widows, unmarried women, and 
 
 wards 
 
 were taking what they possessed 
 
 to the treasury 
 
 it was provided by law 
 
 that we should have at home not 
 more than a certain amount of... 
 gold 
 
 N. I. 
 
 =ab senatoribus eius rei initio 
 orto. 
 
 Lit. "the beginning of the 
 (ems) thing having started with (ah, 
 cp. (Ipxf<r6at ano) the senators." 
 
 For the typical Livian pleonasm 
 initio orto cp. Fref. § 12 querelas 
 ...ah initio... ordiendae rei abdnt. 
 = in publicum oonferebamus. 
 
 So Greek is to kolvov itrct^ipo- 
 fiev. 
 
 =viduae et pupilli. 
 
 For vidvae see on 34. 5. 10. 
 =pecunias suas in aerarium defe- 
 rebant. 
 
 The plural of pecunia (cp. 
 " moneys ") like the plural of for- 
 tuna is frequent even when we 
 are speaking of one person. 
 
 The aerarium was tUl b.c. 83 
 in the Temple of Saturn at the 
 west end of the Forum. 
 
 The de of defero is probably 
 due to the &ct that people had 
 to come down to the Forum from 
 their residences on the hills of 
 Rome. Compare in forum de- 
 scendere and, perhaps, ad accu- 
 sandum descenders (CSc. Caec 1. 1) 
 and in causam descendere (Cic. 
 PhU. 8. 2. 4, and Livy 36. 7. 6). 
 = cautum erat. 
 
 CScero often adds in lege, in 
 legihus; Silver writers have lege, 
 legibus. 
 
 =quo ne plus auri...domi habe- 
 remus. 
 
 Lit. " there was laid down (the 
 
 11 
 
162 
 
 CHAP. VI §§ 14, 15 
 
 of wrought gold and silver 
 
 of silver and bronze coin 
 
 §■ 15. at such a time, were the 
 wives so given up to luxurious 
 adornment... ? 
 
 amount) than which not more of 
 gold... we were to have." 
 
 The qiLO is ablative of com- 
 parison, and hahererrms is depend- 
 ent jussive. 
 
 W. quotes the fuller form of 
 expression from Suet. Jul. 19 
 cautum est de numero gladiatonim, 
 quo ne modorem. habere liceret= 
 " The law laid down the maximum 
 number of gladiators which a man 
 might possess." A good instance 
 too is Cic. ad Fam. 7. 2. 1 prae- 
 finisti quo ne plwris emerem= "you 
 fixed the price beyond which I 
 was not to go"; lit. "you fixed 
 the price (so. pretiwm) than which 
 not at more I was to buy." 
 =auri et argenti facti. 
 
 Contrast i?i/ecfo'= "unwrought," 
 and s4V)'Ma*t= stamped, coined. 
 =quo ne plus. 
 
 Observe the rhetorical ana- 
 phora of Latin. 
 = signati argenti et aeria. 
 
 Note that dgnati is preposi- 
 tive, thus forming a chiasmus 
 with (wgenti facti preceding. 
 = tali tempore in luxuria et omatu 
 matronae occupatae erant...? 
 
 Livy uses either in -|- ablative, 
 or the plain ablative with occu- 
 patus. The latter construction is 
 less frequent. 
 
 The word "so" ia required 
 here in English, and its omission 
 is rare in Latin. Indeed' the nde 
 may be laid down that ut con- 
 
CHAP. VI § 15 163 
 
 secutive must have some antici- 
 patory word in the principal 
 clause such as adeo, ita, etc. Per- 
 haps iia has dropped out before 
 in, or should be read in place of 
 in. Livy, however, omits ita at 
 3. 44. 1 and 9. 5. 6. 
 
 Observe the hendiadys luxuria 
 et omatu, and compare 34. 7. 5 
 " bitter indignation " = dolor et 
 indignatio (p. 180). 
 
 Here luxuria and omatu come 
 early because they are logical 
 subjects, as if the sentence ran : 
 " did luxurious adornment fill the 
 thoughts of the wives. . . ? " 
 that the Oppian law was needed =ut ad eam coercendam Oppia 
 for its repression ? lex desiderata sit. 
 
 The noun " repression "> a 
 verb coercendam. 
 
 The repression of luxuriousness 
 is the important idea and there- 
 fore comes early. 
 
 In the hendiadys luxuria et 
 omatu the first word is the more 
 emphatic and eam is made to 
 agree with it. 
 
 Observe Oppia prepositive as 
 at 34. 1. 2 cfe Oppia lege abro- 
 ganda. Here there is a variant 
 lea; Oppia, and Madvig, Emend. 
 Zivian. p. 497, § 398, would omit 
 Oppia on the ground that a 
 general reference to a law is 
 better suited to the context. 
 
 The aorist perfect (desiderata 
 sit) is frequent in Livy in a 
 consecutive clause (cp. 34. 14. 8 
 11—2 
 
164 
 
 CHAP. VI § 15 
 
 Why, owing to the abandonment 
 of Ceres' sacrifice 
 
 (for all the 
 mourning) 
 
 women were in 
 
 reprehenderit). Cicero, however, 
 prefers the imperfect subjunctive; 
 he still felt that the subjunctive 
 should express a tendency rather 
 than an actual result. Thus in " he 
 is foolish enough to do it" {ita 
 stidtus est ut id faciat) we have 
 a legitimate use of the mood= 
 more+infinitive; but in "he is 
 so foolish that he does it" (ita 
 stultus est ut id faciat) we get 
 an actual result expressed by the 
 subjunctive = Sore + indicative. 
 This is really an illegitimate ex- 
 tension of the subjunctive, and, 
 in past time, Cicero salved his con- 
 science, as it were, by using a tense 
 of incompletion — the imperfect. 
 =cum, quia Cereris sacrificium... 
 intermissum erat. 
 
 The noun " abandonment " > 
 the verb. 
 
 The genitive Cereris is pre- 
 positive because her festival, being 
 a woman's festival, ought not to 
 have been abandoned by women. 
 = lugentibus omnibus matronis. 
 
 The words lugere and luctus 
 are properly used of mourning 
 for the dead. 
 
 The phrase must, of course, 
 be set within the clause quia... 
 intermissum erttt ; otherwise it 
 would brim over and acquire 
 unnecessary emphasis. Note the 
 repetition matronis after «ia- 
 tronae above )( variety of English 
 
CHAP. VI §§ 15, 16 
 
 165 
 
 the senate commanded that the 
 period of such mourning should 
 be limited to thirty days ! 
 
 § 16. Anyone can see 
 
 that the... distress in the country 
 
 when 
 
 =senatus finiri luctum triginta 
 diebus iussit. 
 
 Note the stress on finiri coming 
 early, as if "ordered that there 
 should be ah end of mourning 
 and within thirty days." 
 
 The ordinary period of mourn- 
 ing was ten months. 
 
 The ablative triginta diebus is 
 ablative of "time within which." 
 See M. § 276, Obs. 5. 
 
 At 22. 56. 5 Livy stresses tri- 
 ginta by making it postpositive. 
 The whole passage deserves quo- 
 tation — adeoque totam urhem 
 opplevit luctus, ut sacrum, anniver- 
 sarium Cereris intermissum sit 
 (note the aorist perfect in a con- 
 secutive clause), quianec lugemtihut 
 id facere est fas nee idla in ilia 
 tempestate (i.e. after Cannae) ma- 
 trona expers luctus fuOrat. itaque 
 ne oh eandem causam alia quoque 
 sacra puMiea aut privata desere- 
 rentur, senatus consulto diebus 
 triginta luctus est finitus. 
 =cui non apparet...? 
 
 The positive assertion of Eng- 
 lish may often be translated by 
 a negative question in Latin and 
 Greek. Here oui non apparet? 
 = 7rS>s oi SrjKov,..; Compare 34. 
 6. 9 "But everyone knows " = quis 
 igitur nescit...? 
 =miseriam oivitatis. 
 
 For the genitive see 34. 1. 6 
 on "in the oitj "=urbis (p. 39). 
 = " in that," " because " = quia. 
 
166 
 
 CHAP. VI § 16 
 
 every private citizen had to divert 
 his money to the public use 
 
 were responsible for this piece of 
 legislation 
 
 which was to remain on the statute 
 book only so long as 
 
 (so long as) the reason for its 
 enactment continued to exist 
 
 = omnium privatorum pecuniae 
 in usum publicum vertendae erant. 
 
 In Latin the logical subject 
 " every private citizen," although 
 not nominative, comes first. This 
 prepositive genitive is answered 
 by pvhlicum — postpositive and 
 chiastic. 
 
 For pecuniae see 34. 6. 14. 
 =istam legem scripsisse. 
 
 The word istam, (l) = "that to 
 which you (Cato) refer " ; (2) con- 
 tains a sneer and represents "piece 
 of" in the EngUsh. 
 
 The personification of inopiam 
 and miseriam as drawing up a law 
 is very bold. The nearest approach 
 is at 9. 1S.9 profeetos...inopiavex;- 
 amt, and 40. 14. 2 miseria haec et 
 metus crdpulam facile excusserunt. 
 
 Livy has inopia seven times 
 subject to a transitive verb (only 
 twice with a personal object), and 
 miseria thrice (never with a per- 
 sonal object). See Appendix A. 
 = tam diu mansuram, quam diu. 
 
 The phrase "on the statute 
 book " is merely ornamental, and 
 needs no reproduction in Latin. 
 
 Note the anticipatory tarn diu 
 formally picked up by quam diu. 
 This anticipatory phrase helps to 
 translate " only " of English. Com- 
 pare " he only did it to pain her " 
 = eo rem fecit ut dolore afficeret 
 earn. 
 
 = (quam diu) causa scribendae 
 legis mansisset. 
 
CHAP. VI §§,16, 17 
 
 167 
 
 continued to exist 
 
 § 17. For if the measures 
 
 then decreed by the senate or 
 passed by the assembly 
 
 Note " reason for " > " reason 
 of" ; see 34. 1. 5 "in the city"= 
 wins (p. 39). 
 
 The noun "enactment" > verb. 
 Observe the repetition scripmse... 
 scrihendae )( variety of English 
 " responsible for ". .." enactment." 
 
 The pronoun "its" is turned 
 by legis after legem above. Com- 
 pare 3. 72. 6. "But gi-eed and its 
 champion won the day "=sed plus 
 cupiditiis et auctor cupiditatis 
 valet. 
 = mansisset. 
 
 Again repetition — mansuram 
 above )( variety of Enghsh " to re- 
 main on the statute book".. ."con- 
 tinued to exist." 
 
 The pluperfect represents a 
 future perfect in the recta, i.e. 
 inopia. ..legem soripsit (has framed) 
 tarn din Tnansuram quam diu causa 
 . . .trumserit, where tarn din mansu- 
 ram=quae tarn diu mariebit. 
 
 The tense manserit becomes 
 mansisset to suit the past tense 
 
 = nam si, quae. 
 
 The neuter plural translates 
 the specific noun of English. 
 = (quae) tunc.aut decrevit sena- 
 tus aut populus iussit. 
 
 Note the first anticipatory aut. 
 English does not need its inser- 
 tion. 
 
 Observe too the elaborate 
 chiasmus decrevit senatus... popu- 
 lus iussit. 
 
168 
 
 CHAP. VI 5 17 
 
 to meet the circumstances of the 
 moment 
 
 ought to hold good for all time 
 why do we refund moneys to pri- 
 vate persons ? 
 
 Why do we call for state con- 
 tracts 1 
 
 on the basis of immediate pay- 
 ment 
 
 =temporis causa. 
 
 Note the repetition of causa 
 just after causa at the end of the 
 preceding section. 
 
 The two words are brought 
 forward (of course within the rela- 
 tive clause) for emphasis, and 
 prepare us for the contrast — in 
 perpetuum. Again tempwi= Kcupos. 
 — in perpetuum servari oportet. 
 =cur pecunias reddimus privatis? 
 
 For pecunias see on 34. 6. 14. 
 Note the repetition privatis after 
 privatorum in § 16 )( English 
 variety: "private citizen "..."pri- 
 vate person.'' 
 
 Here privatis is put last to 
 contrast it with publica in the 
 next sentence. 
 
 The re in reddo not merely 
 expresses " back," but also " what 
 is due." Compare reddere epistu- 
 lam= to deliver a letter ; Greek 
 
 dno8id6vat cTTtoToX^v with ano as 
 
 in dnaiTeiv. 
 
 = cur publica... locamus? 
 
 Here, again, the neuter plural 
 (aided by the sense of locare) 
 translates the specific noun ("con- 
 tracts") of the English. 
 
 For locare and conducere see 
 on 34. 6. 13 (p. 160). 
 = prae8enti pecunia. 
 
 Lit. "at the (price of) money 
 paid in cash (praesenti)." 
 
 Compare pecwniam, repraesen- 
 tare (Cic. Att. 12. 25. 1) and Livy 
 36. 4. 7 stipendium. . .praesens dare ; 
 
CHAP. VI §§ 17, 18 
 
 169 
 
 § 18. Whj are slaves not 
 bought to serve in our armies ? 
 
 Why do we not, as individuals, 
 provide rowers, ... ? 
 
 exactly as 
 
 we provided them before 
 
 44. 27. 9 talenta . 
 dare ; 44. 25. 12 partem {pe- 
 cuniae),.. praesentem ferre (= carry 
 off) ; 45. 42. 11 pretium eorum 
 ...praesens exiffere. 
 
 The adjective praesenti is pre- 
 positive in contrast with the de- 
 layed payment of § 13. 
 = cur servi, qui militent, non 
 emuntur ? 
 
 Here qui= ut (in order that) ii. 
 = curprivati non damns remiges...? 
 Note the repetition privati, 
 privatis (§ 17), privatorum (§ 16), 
 and contrast the variety of English : 
 "as individuals"..." private per- 
 sons".. ."private citizen." 
 
 Observe the single word re- 
 miges after the verb, as so often. 
 Here, perhaps, the position sug- 
 gests the contrast qui militent. 
 = sic\lt—<S<T7rep Kai (roTe). 
 =tunc dedimiis. 
 
 English could say "exactly aa 
 we did before." Latin, more often, 
 uses repetition of the verb, and 
 leaves the object to be supplied. 
 'The "vicarious" facere is, of 
 course, foimd in Latin. See Holden, 
 De Off. 1. 1. 4. So Gi-eek uses 
 TTouiv (Plato, Rep. 359 b) and 8pav 
 (Thuc. 2. 49. 5). 
 
170 
 
 CHAP. VII § 1 
 
 CHAPTER VII 
 
 § 1 . All other classes, all other 
 persons 
 
 are to feel the improvement in the 
 condition of the state 
 
 and shall only our wives reap no 
 benefit... ? 
 
 = omnes alii ordines, omnes 
 homines. 
 
 Note no connective. 
 
 Normal Latin would be ceteri 
 omnes, but Livy uses alii for ceteri 
 frequently. 
 
 =mutationem in meliorem statum 
 rei publicae sentient. 
 
 Lit. "the change of the state 
 to a better position." The word 
 "better" is prepositive and has 
 stress; it is a change (as Greek 
 would say) is to ^cKtiov kqi ov to 
 Xfipov. 
 
 The prepositional phrase in 
 meliorem statum may qualify mu- 
 tationem because miitationem is 
 accompanied by an attribute rei 
 publicae. See 34. 1. 5 on aditus 
 in forum (p. 40). 
 = ad coniuges tantum nostras... 
 fructus non perveniet ? 
 
 Observe the stress on ad 
 co»w'i<^e« coming first. The "and" 
 of English is turned by asyndeton. 
 Greek would have fikv with "all 
 other classes," and be with ad 
 coniuges. These two words occupy 
 the place of the subject, thrusting 
 the grammatical subject fructus 
 quite late in the sentence. 
 
 Cicero would use solum for 
 tantum. With him tantum still 
 means "so much" or "only so 
 much." 
 
CHAP. VII 
 
 1. 2 
 
 171 
 
 benefit from its peace and tran- 
 quillity? 
 
 its 
 
 § 2. Purple will be worn by 
 us men 
 
 in the official dress of magistrates 
 and priests 
 
 =pacis et tranquiUitatis publicae 
 finictus... ? 
 
 Note how " benefit from " > 
 "benefit of," and see note at 34. 
 1. 5 "in the city "=urbis (p. 39). 
 
 The genitives are pr^ositive 
 and form, as it were, a second 
 subject, as if Livy were writing: 
 "to om* wives shall peace and 
 tranquillity bring no benefit ? " 
 = publicae, despite rei pyblicae 
 abova Latin repeats ; English 
 varies. See also note on legis in 
 § 16 of the last chapter (p. 167). 
 = purpura viri utemur. 
 
 Again there is no connective. 
 The Latin order makes purpura 
 the logical subject, and purpura 
 tickets, so to speak, the whole 
 paragraph ; " purple " is to be the 
 topic. 
 
 = praetextati in magistratibus, in 
 sacerdotiis. 
 
 Lit. "wearing the toga prae- 
 texta(as)m the case of magistracies 
 and priesthoods." 
 
 Observe the bi-membral asyn- 
 deton, especially common when 
 examples are cited in illustration. 
 See M. § 434, where Cic. De Off. 
 1. 16. 50 is quoted (in quibus 
 (feris) inesse fortitudinem saepe 
 dicimus, ut in equis, in leonibus). 
 The Mi of this passage suggests 
 that at may have fallen out be- 
 tween praetextati and m. 
 
 For the form praetextatus cp. 
 tdgatus, tilnlcatus, sSgatus, s6- 
 
172 
 
 CHAP. VII § 2 
 
 our children 
 
 will wear 
 
 the toga bordered with purple 
 
 magistrates in colonies and pro- 
 vincial towns... will receive from 
 us the right 
 
 and here, in Rome, the lowest 
 of&cial class, the superintendents 
 of streets 
 
 leatus, cSlIgatus, and EngUsh 
 "booted,""sandalled," "slippered." 
 = liberi nostri. 
 
 For liberi )( pueri see on .34 
 4. 18 (p. 108). 
 
 = utentur, despite utemur above )( 
 the variety of vowel sound in 
 English "will be worn"..." will 
 wear." 
 =praetextis purpura togis. 
 
 For the order see on 34 4 12 
 aeqiMto om/nium culiu. Latin has 
 the plural togis attracted to the 
 number of the subject. Apart 
 from the evil sound and obscurity 
 of praetexta purpv/ra toga, the 
 singular toga might mean one 
 toga in which to wrap up the 
 whole family. 
 
 The prae of praetexo= " at the 
 edge," just as praefringo=l break 
 off the end of something. So 
 Verg. Aen. vi. 4 litora curvae— 
 praetexunt puppes = fringe the 
 shore. 
 
 = magi8tratibus in coloniia muni- 
 cipiisque...ius permittemus. 
 
 In Latin, of course, " in colo- 
 nies " does not properly qualify 
 magistratibus but goes with the 
 verb permittemus. 
 
 For coloniae and mwnicipia see 
 Ramsay's Antiquities, pp. 88-92 
 (Ramsay and Lanciani, pp. 118- 
 122). 
 
 =hic Romae infimo generi, magis- 
 tris vicorum...(ius permittemus). 
 
CHAP. VII §§ 2, 3 
 
 173 
 
 and here 
 
 official class 
 
 the right to use this same dress 
 
 § 3. and not merely in life 
 may they have this uniform 
 
 have 
 
 this uniform : 
 
 = hic. 
 
 Note the asyndeton, as if hie hi 
 were preceded hjmagistratibiis /liv. 
 =generi. 
 
 The word "official" needs no 
 representation ; it is already ex- 
 pressed in the preceding magis- 
 tratibus. 
 = togae praetextae habendae ius. 
 
 We say " right to use '' ; Latin 
 can only say " right of using." 
 See 34. 1. 5 "in the city" = wr6t«. 
 
 The phrase toga praetexta is 
 repeated, despite praetea!tis...togis 
 above )( variety of English. 
 = nec (sc. permittemus) ut vivi 
 solum habeant [tantum] insigne. 
 
 W. is astonished at the posi- 
 tion of solum and Mad vig brackets 
 it. But there is no reason for 
 surprise ; Livy wishes to empha- 
 sise vivi in contrast with mortui, 
 which is put last, after its verb 
 crementur, to reinforce the anti- 
 thesis. 
 
 There are plenty of instances 
 of one word, the word of interest, 
 placed between non and solum 
 (cp. 5. 42. 3 non mentibus solum... 
 sed, etc.), and here the ut cannot 
 well be placed elsewhere. 
 := habeant, in spite of habendae at 
 end of previous section )( variety 
 of EngUsh. 
 = [tantum] insigne. 
 
 H. J. Muller brackets tatitum. 
 Perhaps tantum should be read in 
 place of solum, which may have 
 
174 
 
 CHAP. VII § 3 
 
 when dead they may be cremated 
 with it 
 
 Shall we then deny the use of 
 purple to none but. women? 
 
 been a gloss on tantum to show 
 that tantum does not go with in- 
 signe ; or, possibly, tantum was a 
 gloss on dumtaxat below, and has 
 been displaced. 
 
 Even if tantum could stand for 
 twm splendidum, Valerius would 
 be stultifying his argument ; for 
 he is trying to show that the 
 indgne is commonplace and al- 
 lowed to the most insignificant 
 officials. 
 
 =sed etiam ut cum eo crementur 
 mortui. 
 
 Note mortui last )( vwi at the 
 beginning of the clause. 
 
 The colon after " uniform " is 
 translated by serf, and the stress 
 on "dead" is represented partly 
 by etiam, partly by the position 
 of mortui. 
 
 =feminis dumtaxat purpurae usu 
 interdicemus? 
 
 Livy uses dumtaxat = "only." 
 Compare 37. 53. 9 nee animum 
 dumtaxat ( = neo animum modo) 
 
 vobis fidelem praestitit, sed 
 
 omnibus interfuit bellis. The 
 word originally meant "while it 
 touches," "as far as it is con- 
 cerned." Thus in Cio. Be Or. 1. 58. 
 249 ad hoc dumtaxat = " for this 
 at any rate." See Wilkins ad loc. 
 
 The case of feminis is dative 
 and of usu ablative, cp. 5. 3. 8 
 interdioitis patribus (dat.) com- 
 mercio (abl.) plebis = "you forbid 
 patricians to have intercourse with 
 
CHAP. VII § 3 
 
 175 
 
 You, the husband, may have. 
 and will you not allow... ? 
 
 (may)_have purple for your hang- 
 ings 
 
 the mistress of your household 
 
 the plebs." Lewis and Short 
 wrongly quote interdicmv with 
 the accusative of the person at 
 Caes. B. O. 6. 13. 6. There the 
 dative has to be supphed ; no 
 actual object is expressed. 
 
 For the position of feminis 
 op. 34. 7. 1 ad coniuges tantum. 
 
 The genitive purpuras is pre- 
 positive, because it, not usu, carries 
 the point. 
 
 =et cum tibi viro Iioeat...non 
 sines ? 
 
 Note the connective et. For 
 the Latin form of expression, see 
 note on 34. 6. 8 " and therefore must 
 we fear... ?" and on 34. 6. 9 "and 
 why pray is there danger...?" 
 (p. 153). 
 
 =(liceat) purpura in vestem stra- 
 gulam uti. 
 
 For vestis stragida see Becker, 
 OoUlus, p. 287. The phrase in- 
 cludes all ornamental coverings. 
 
 For in vestem.. .uti cp. 37. 15. 7 
 in diias...res id usui fore ; 4. 6. 2 
 utUiter in praesens certamen ; 5. 
 18. 3 rei mcucime in hoc iempus 
 
 = matrem familiae tuam. 
 
 The phrase is mater familiae 
 — ^practically a compound noun ; 
 hence taam not tuae. Contrast 
 the English. 
 
 The old genitive familias (cp. 
 (piKlas), which is common with 
 pater in other authoi's, is not used 
 by Livy at all ("W. on 1. 45. 4). ■ 
 
176 
 
 CHAP. VII 
 
 3, 4 
 
 to wear that colour in her mantle 
 
 to wear 
 
 Are the caparisons of your horse 
 to be more brilhant than the 
 dresses of your wife ! 
 
 § 4. which wears out and is 
 wasted 
 
 I can see some reason, however 
 unjust, for parsimony. 
 
 = purpureum Smfculum habere. 
 
 The English means "to have 
 a mantle of purple," and this is 
 what we find in the Latin. But 
 the repetition "of purple" is weari- 
 some in English. Latin, however, 
 allows itself no greater variety 
 than an adjective purpv/reum, in- 
 stead of a genitive purpuras. The 
 adjective is prepositive like the 
 genitive purpurae above, and for 
 the same reason. 
 = habere, in spite of habeant 
 ("may have") above, and ha- 
 hendae ("use") in § 2 )( the 
 variety of English. 
 =et equus tuus speciosius in- 
 stratus erit quam uxor vestita? 
 
 Note the connective et. 
 
 The nouns "caparisons" and 
 " dresses "> verbs. The antithesis 
 is expressed by parallel order. 
 Livy might have used chiasmus 
 by writing vestita uxor. 
 
 For instratus cp. 21. 54. 5 in- 
 stratisque equis signum exspec- 
 tare. 
 
 Add both instances to Lewis 
 and Short, and others quoted by 
 W. at 21. 27. 9. 
 = quae teritur absumitur. 
 
 For the bi-membral asyndeton 
 see 34. 3. 4 and M. § 434. 
 =iniustam quidem, sed aliquam 
 tamen causam tenacitatis video. 
 
 For the form of expression and 
 the different idiom of English 
 cp. 2. 24. 4. " But their delibera- 
 
CHAP. VII § 4 177 
 
 tions concerning a part of the 
 state, however great that part 
 might be, had been interrupted 
 by fears for the country as a 
 whole "=ceteruin deliberationi de 
 maxima quidem ilia, sed tamen 
 parte civitatis metum pro re pub- 
 lica intervenisse. 
 
 With sed tamen the word of 
 antithetical interest (as aliquam 
 here) often comes between the sed 
 and the tamen. 
 
 Livy is the first to \ise quidem 
 fireely, attached directly to all 
 parts of speech, as an exact eqiu- 
 valent of iiiv, and followed by sed, 
 autem, vero, etc. = Sf. Here qui- 
 dem is attached to an adjective. 
 For other parts of speech op. 1. 
 50. 3 (with adverb); 34. 11. 3 
 (with verb) ; 35. 34. 2, 36. 23. 1 
 (with noun) ; 33. 39. 7 (with pro- 
 noun). 
 
 For Cicero's limitation in the 
 use of quidem see M. § 489 h. 
 reason /or parsimony =causam tenacitatis. 
 
 For the genitive see 34. 1. 6 
 on "in the city"=Mr6M (p. 39). 
 
 The word tenacitaa is rare 
 and of this metaphorical sense 
 (^=parsimonid) no other example 
 is quoted. The adjective tenaj: 
 (=" frugal," "parsimonious") is 
 not uncommon ; cp. Cic. Gael. 15. 
 36 patre parco ac tenaci. 
 
 The important word is "rea- 
 son" and therefore tenacitatis is 
 left postpositive, although the 
 
 N. I. 12 
 
178 
 
 CHAP. VII § 4 
 
 I can see 
 
 But in the matter of gold, 
 
 where 
 
 if we except the cost of workman- 
 ship 
 there is no loss in value 
 
 why should we be grudging ? 
 
 Rather it is a sate investment 
 
 normal order would be aUquam 
 tamen tenadtatis cauiom. See on 
 34. 4. 12 aequato omnium cvltu. 
 — video. 
 
 The " can " of English is idio- 
 matic but quite unnecessary. 
 = in auro vero. 
 
 Note vero ( = but) after sed 
 preceding ; so /livToi is used after 
 a preceding fie. 
 = in quo. 
 
 Note the repetition of im -h ab- 
 lative =" in the case of," viz. in 
 purpura.. .in auro. ..in quo and 
 contrast the variety of English 
 "in the case of"..." in the matter 
 of "..."where." 
 = praeter manupretium. 
 
 = nihil intertrimenti fit. 
 
 At 32. 2. 2 we have intertri- 
 mentvmi argenti= " loss through 
 melting off." Compare detrimen- 
 tum. Both words are from Vterere 
 (rpifieiv). 
 = quae malignitas est ? 
 
 Apparently this = quae ratio 
 malignitatis est? 
 
 Perhaps we ought to read : 
 quae malignitatis est? and supply 
 cattsa with quae out of causam 
 above. 
 = praesidium potius in eo est. 
 
 Observe the adversative asyn- 
 deton =".A'ay, a security, not a 
 loss, is entailed." Hence prae- 
 sidium precedes potius and has 
 stress. 
 
CHAP. VII ^ 4, 5 
 
 179 
 
 for private and public needs 
 
 as, in fact, you have found out by- 
 experience 
 
 § 5. It was urged that no 
 rivalry exists 
 
 rivalry... between individual wo- 
 men 
 
 now that none of them possesses 
 gold 
 
 The Greek for in eo eat is €u 
 avT^ iirapxei, cp. to vwdpxpvra 
 — " investments," " capital." 
 =et ad privates et ad publicos 
 usus. 
 
 Note the anticipatory et before 
 adprivatos, and observe that both 
 adjectives are prepositive because 
 antithetical. 
 
 = sicut experti estis=5cr7rep koi 
 TTCireipafiAvoi tore. 
 
 For simt cp. 34. 6. 18, and for 
 the facts see 34. 5. 9. 
 
 = nuUam aemulationem esse 
 
 aiebat. 
 
 The verb of saying, coming 
 late, gains stress=he said so, but 
 it is not true. 
 
 The absence of a subject to 
 aiebat is remarkable, but compare 
 inquit at 34. 3. 9. Has is dropped 
 out after estis at the end of § 4? 
 = aemulationem inter se singu- 
 larum. 
 
 The preposition " between " is 
 translated by the genitive. See 
 34. 1. 5 on "in the city"=Mr6ts. 
 
 The use of se in inter se is 
 justified by the fact that singu- 
 larum is a subjective genitive, as 
 if Livy had written : non aemu- 
 lari inter se singiilas. 
 =quomam nulla haberet. 
 
 Here quoniam. retains much of 
 its original sense qiiom iam, where 
 quom (cum) approaches the causal 
 meaning, cp. cum in the next 
 sentence. 
 
 12—2 
 
180 
 
 CHAP. VII § 5 
 
 But, surely, 
 
 our women as a class feel the 
 bitterest indignation 
 
 when they see 
 
 they see the wives of Latin allies 
 permitted such ornaments 
 
 For nulla as a feminine of 
 nemo cp. 34. 4. 6 (p. 91). 
 
 With kdberet the object aurum 
 is easily supplied in Latin. The 
 recta is, of course, quonicmi nulla 
 hahet. The mood of haheret is due 
 to Orat. Obi., and the tense to the 
 time of aiebat. 
 = at hercule. 
 
 For hercule see 34. 5. 13 on me 
 dius fidius. 
 
 =\uiiversis dolor et indignatio 
 est. 
 
 The word universis (contrast 
 singvlarum) is logical subject and 
 therefore comes first. 
 
 For the hendiadys cp. 34. 6. 15 
 "luxurious adornment "= in luxu- 
 ria et omatu (p. 163). 
 
 Eemember that universui pro- 
 vides a singular to cuncti {awn- 
 ctus is rare), and in the plural, 
 as here, ="all taken together" 
 {iwaurais contrasted with Kaff e'lca- 
 
 OTT/I/). 
 
 = cum...vident. 
 
 For cum = " because,'' " in 
 that," see 34. 4. 13 ad fin., and 
 "W. on 8. 33. 10. 
 = sociorum Latini nomiuis uxo- 
 ribus vident ea concessa oma- 
 menta. 
 
 The genitives sociorum Latini 
 nominis are prepositive because 
 the implied antithesis is that 
 Roman wives cannot do these 
 things (whatever Latin allies 
 may do). 
 
CHAP. VII §§ 5, 6 
 
 181 
 
 permitted such ornaments 
 
 as are denied to themselves 
 
 § 6. when they see them con- 
 spicuous in gold and purple 
 
 Note the double genitive. The 
 construction is inoffensive because 
 soeiva Latini nominis is practically 
 one word. 
 
 In such phrases nom,en=gens 
 = " tribe," "nation." 
 
 The aocii Latini nominis were 
 those who joined in the original 
 confederation with Rome. 
 
 The words sodorwm Latini 
 nominis uxoribus come early in 
 antithesis to sibi below. The verb 
 videTU here = i<f>opS>(n = " live to 
 see," "see with their own eyes," 
 cp. Pre/. § 5, 1. 46. 8, 6. 34. 10, 
 21. 53. 5, etc. 
 =ea ooncessa ornamenta. 
 
 Note the anticipatory ea=taZia 
 preparing vis for the relative 
 clause. Observe eoncessa pre- 
 positive )( adempta. Greek would 
 write ScSo/ieva koI ovk dneiTTe- 
 pT)fUva. 
 
 =quae sibi adempta sint. 
 
 Lit. "which have been taken 
 from them." The sibi is normal, 
 standing in a subordinate clause 
 of Or. Obi., and referring to the 
 principal subject. The dative is 
 that of disadvantage. 
 =cum insignis eas esse aiiro et 
 piirpura. 
 
 The verb (indent) is readily 
 supplied in Latin. 
 
 Observe the stress on insignis 
 ( = iimgnes) preceding eas. 
 
 The ablatives aura et purpura 
 are causal. 
 
182 
 
 CHAP. VII § 6 
 
 and driving through the city, 
 while they themselvee follow on 
 foot 
 
 while they themselves 
 
 on foot 
 
 as if the administration were 
 centred not in their own com- 
 munity, but in the communities 
 from which those others come 
 
 =cum illas vehi per urbem, se 
 pedibus sequi. 
 
 Note the rhetorical anaphora 
 cum (videnf), and contrast the 
 "and" of English. 
 
 The verb vehi is brought for- 
 ward in antithesis to pedibus 
 sequi. There is a certain stress, 
 too, on pel' wbem, i.e. wives of 
 alhes drive through the Roman 
 capital in which Eoman wives 
 must walk. 
 
 Note illas, referring to the 
 same persons as eas above. The 
 pronoun ille is frequent in con- 
 trasts (cp. hie... ille— "the latter" 
 ..."the former") and this may 
 account for the change of pro- 
 noun. 
 
 In poetry we find hie and ille 
 referring to the same person, cp. 
 Verg. Geor. iv. 396-8, Martial 
 3. 5. 5. In Greek ovtos and oBe 
 are used of the same person, cp. 
 Eur. Med. 1046, Soph. Ant. 296, 
 750-1, and passim in tragedy. 
 Thucydides has different pronouns 
 for the same person at 4. 73. 4 and 
 6. 61. 7. 
 = se. 
 
 Note the adversative asyndeton 
 = avTal 8c after cxeiVas fiev (illas). 
 = pedibus. 
 
 An instrumental ablative. 
 = tamquam in illarum civitatibus, 
 non in sua imperium sit. 
 
 Latin loves parallelism ; it has 
 expressed the antithesis in the 
 
CHAP. VII §§ 6, 7 
 
 183 
 
 as if.. 
 
 § 7. Such a contrast could 
 wound the feelings of men 
 
 order illas...se, and therefore con- 
 tinues in that order, i.e. "as if 
 in the communities of those 
 women and not in their own 
 (community) the imperium was." ■ 
 For "and not"=reon see M. 
 § 458, Obs. 1 ad fin. So in the 
 Greek orators ov, ov^X and /uij 
 = "and not," "but not." 
 = tamquam. . .sit. 
 
 The subjunctive is that of non- 
 fact (compare with non quod). 
 
 The tense in such clauses of 
 comparison is determined by the 
 tense of the principal verb. Here 
 vident is present ; therefore sit is 
 present also. 
 
 The phrase " were centred in " 
 is mere ornament for " were in " ; 
 hence in sua... sit. 
 
 Observe how late the gram- 
 matical subject {im^perium) comes. 
 Liv^s order sounds as if in Ularum 
 civitatibiis were subject, i.e. "as 
 if the communities of those 
 women, and not their own com- 
 munity, contained the seat of 
 government." 
 
 The words " from which those 
 others come " mean nothing more 
 than "of those others." There- 
 fore write Ulamm. The genitive 
 is prepositive to prepare us for 
 the antithesis sua, with which 
 civitate is readily supplied. 
 =viroram hoc animos vulnerare 
 posset. 
 
 Note no connective. 
 
184 
 
 CHAP. VII § 7 
 
 Buch a contrast 
 
 could wound 
 
 how much more of weak wo- 
 men... ? 
 
 The antithesis is men )( women; 
 therefore virorum is prepositive, 
 separated from its noun, and placed 
 first in the sentence. 
 =hoc. 
 
 The neuter pronoun expresses 
 the specific noun of English. 
 
 The non-personal subject (hoo) 
 with a non-personal object of a 
 transitive verb is frequent enough. 
 Livy so uses hoc, haec twenty- 
 three times, and in eight of the 
 instances the object is animm/m, 
 -OS. A personal object is found 
 in five cases, and in four of them 
 the verb is movere. See Appen- 
 dix A. 
 =vulnerare posset. 
 
 Lit. "could have been wound- 
 ing." The same meaning can be 
 given by the indicative of the 
 auxiliary, e.g. vulnerare poterat 
 )( vulnerare potuit=" coxHd have 
 woxmded." 
 =quid muliercularum censetis... ? 
 
 The full expression would be : 
 " quid muliercularum animos 
 censetis hoc vulnerare posse ? " 
 = "what a wound (quid is in- 
 ternal accusative with vulnerare) 
 do you think that this could make 
 in the minds of weak women ? " 
 
 Note the contemptuous use of 
 the diminutive. Diminutives have 
 two uses, (1) affectionate, (2) con- 
 temptuous (as here). Thus ser- 
 vulus may = (l) a favourite slave, 
 (2) a miserable, despicable slave. 
 
CHAP. VII SS 7-9 
 
 185 
 
 who are aflfected by the merest 
 trifles 
 
 the merest trifles 
 
 §8. 
 
 §9. 
 
 =quas etiam parva movent. 
 
 Livy has a similar imgallant 
 remark at 6. 34. 7, cetei-um is 
 risus stimulos parvis mobiU rebus 
 auimo muliebri subdidit = " the 
 laugh acted like a goad on a 
 woman's mind affected by the 
 merest trifles." 
 = etiam parva. 
 
 The neuter of Latin translates 
 the specific noun of English. 
 
 Note parva subject to a tran- 
 sitive verb with a personal object. 
 Livy uses movere with a non- 
 personal subject and a personal 
 object without any hesitation. 
 
 Note (1) no connective ; (2) how 
 the negative comes early in Latin 
 )( English ; (3) the series — non... 
 nee. ..nee. ..nee. ..nee = ov...ovSe... 
 ou5e...ov8c...ovSe; (4) nee dona aut 
 spolia, where aut, like ve, connects 
 two closely bound members of 
 negative groups ; cp. note on 34. 
 1. 3, neu iuncto vehiculo in urbe 
 oppidove... ; (5) contingere, as so 
 often, used of pleasant things )( ae- 
 cidere of what is unpleasant ; 
 (6) the hexameter ending — con- 
 tingere possunt. Livy is not 
 seldom guilty of this. 
 
 Note the adversative asyn- 
 deton. 
 
 It seems impossible to draw 
 a clear distinction between the 
 first three words. A ribbon in 
 the hair would come under mun- 
 ditiae ; necklets, brooches, brace- 
 
186 
 
 CHAP. VII § 9 
 
 these are their dehght and pride 
 
 these are what our forefathers 
 called "the adornment of wo- 
 
 lets under omatus ; and tmltus is, 
 perhaps, dress in general. 
 
 Note how Latin inserts all the 
 connectives (here et...et), or omits 
 all, or puts que with the last 
 member. 
 
 Observe haec — the neuter re- 
 ferring to a series of things which 
 vary in gender. See M. § 214 b. 
 
 The gemtive feminarum is pre- 
 positive )( virorum.. 
 = his gaudent et gloriantur. 
 
 The nouns, as so often, become 
 verbs in Latin. The ablative his 
 is causal. 
 
 = hunc mundum muliebrem ap- 
 peUarunt maiores nostri. 
 
 Note the attraction of " these " 
 to the number and gender of 
 mwndwm. Compare Vergil's hoc 
 opuB, hie labor est. 
 
 Here, as in 32. 40. 11 non 
 aurum modo iis, sed postremo 
 vestem quoque mundumque om- 
 nem muliebrem ademit, the phrase 
 mundus muliebris is general in 
 meaning. The jurists restricted 
 it to mirrors, unguents, vases, 
 manicuring apparatus. 
 
 Note haec... his... huno — ana- 
 phora with change of case, called 
 TToXvnTWTov. See Cic. Fro Clu- 
 entio, 14. 41, and Fausset's note 
 ad loc. 
 
 The words maiores nostri come 
 last, with a certain stress which 
 playfully hoists old-fashioned Cato 
 with his own petard. 
 
CHAP. VII § 10 
 
 isr 
 
 § 10. In mourning, what do 
 they do but lay aside their gold 
 as well as their purple ? 
 
 When mourning is over, what do 
 they do but resume them ? 
 
 If they give thanks or offer sup- 
 plications, what... ? 
 
 do they add save greater splendour 
 in apparel ? 
 
 =quid aliud in luctu quam pin:- 
 puram atque aurum deponunt? 
 
 Note no connective. 
 
 With quid oMud supply, as so 
 often, fadunt. See on 34. 2. 12. 
 
 Observe in with luctv, { = cum 
 lugent) expressing attendant cir- 
 cumstances. 
 
 Here atque is in its original 
 sense, viz. ad+que—" a^d in ad- 
 dition," "and what is more." 
 Hence the order of the English 
 is inverted in the Latin. 
 =quid, cum eluxerunt, siuuunt ? 
 
 In fuU this would be quid 
 aliud fadunt, cum duxerunt, 
 quam summit (jmrpuram atque 
 aurum) ? 
 
 The mood of eluxerunt is fi:e- 
 quentative indicative. The tense 
 is complete present ; present be- 
 cause fadunt and sumunt are 
 present, and complete present be- 
 cause antecedent in time to the 
 time oi fadunt and sumunt. 
 
 The e of eluxerunt expresses 
 completion, cp. the ex of exaedi- 
 ficare. 
 
 =quid in gratulationibus suppli- 
 cationibusque... ? 
 
 The in expresses attendant 
 circumstances (cp. in luctu above) 
 or = " in the case of." 
 
 Note the rhetorical anaphora 
 and asyndeton quid aliud... quid 
 ...quid... ? 
 
 = nisi exoellentiorem omatum 
 adiciunt ? 
 
188 
 
 CHAP. VII §§ 10, 11 
 
 § 11. Of course 
 
 it you repeal the Oppian law 
 
 you will be powerless 
 
 «hould you desire to enforce any 
 prohibition now contained in that 
 law ! 
 
 The adjective excellentiorem is 
 prepositive because splendour, not 
 apparel, is the point. 
 = scilicet. 
 
 The whole paragraph is bitterly 
 ironical. 
 =si legem Oppiam abrogaritis. 
 
 The verb is complete future ; 
 future because erit is future, 
 complete future because antece- 
 dent in time to erit. The same 
 account must be given of the 
 tense of volueritis below, with 
 this difference that volueritis 
 is frequentative, i.e. si = " if 
 ever." 
 = non vestri arbitrii erit. 
 
 For the genitive see Roby, 
 § 1282. The prepositive vestri 
 has some stress and non qualifies 
 it= " it will not be in your hands.'' 
 Contrast the normal order arbitrii 
 vestri non erit. 
 
 = si quid eius vetare volueritis, 
 quod nunc lex vetat. 
 
 Lit. "if you desire to forbid 
 anything of that which now the 
 law forbids." 
 
 The noim " prohibition " is 
 expressed by a verb. There is 
 stress on "now" as contrasted 
 with the future ; nunc, therefore, 
 is put early = vi;i;j Sij. 
 
 Note the repetition vetare... 
 vetat )( English. 
 
 For lex as subject to a tran- 
 sitive verb, see 34. 4. 13 on 
 utrumgue lex vobis demit. 
 
CHAP. VII ^ 11, 12 
 
 189- 
 
 Of course, our daughters, wives, 
 and even sisters will be less 
 under control in certain house- 
 holds ! 
 
 § 12. But never 
 
 while their male relatives are 
 living 
 
 is the yoke of slavery taken from 
 
 = minus filiae, uxores, sorores 
 etiam quibusdam in manu erunt. 
 
 Note the asyndeton and th» 
 stress on minus coming first and 
 separated far from in manv, erwnt. 
 It illustrates Latin love of putting 
 the negative idea early. 
 
 The irony of scilicet stiU con- 
 tinues. The word "our" needs 
 no representation. The pronoun 
 quibusdam is dative of the pos- 
 sessor and masculine gender. 
 =numquam. 
 
 Note the adversative asyn- 
 deton. 
 
 I suis. 
 
 If "men-folk" had reached the 
 dignity of literary English, it 
 would be the most convenient 
 version of suis. 
 
 The ablative salvis suis is one 
 of attendant circumstances. 
 
 For salvus=inM)lumis=super- 
 stes see Lewis and Short, s.v. 
 salvus II. A. 
 
 The xise of suis is due to the 
 sense, as if Livy had written 
 liherae sunt mvlieres, instead of 
 exuitur servitus mtdiebris. 
 =exuitur servitus muliebris. 
 
 The metaphor is from a yoke, 
 cp. 36. 17. 8 iitffum exuere, and 
 34. 13. 9 se ivgo exuere. Thus 
 exuere has the double meaning 
 
 (1) "to get rid of," d7raXXaTT«>' 
 TO fvy<5v ; (2) "to rid oneself of," 
 OTraXXaTTeti' eavrov tov fuyoC. 
 For the tutela of women see 
 
190 
 
 CHAP, vii §§ 12, 13 
 
 and they themselves abhor the 
 liberty which is brought by the 
 loss of husband or father 
 
 § 13. They desire that you, 
 rather than the law, should regu- 
 late their adornment 
 
 Bamsay's Antiquities, p. 255 
 (Ramsay and Lanciani, p. 299). 
 = et ipsae libertatem, quam 
 viduitas et orbitas facit, detes- 
 tantur. 
 
 Here ipsae may suggest "when 
 they are their own mistresses," 
 cp. ipse=dom,inus. 
 
 The verb fadt is singular 
 number because e<="and as the 
 case may be" = "or." Compare 
 que =" or," and see note on 34. 
 1. 4, ad suadendum dissuaden- 
 dumque. 
 
 For the phrase op. 26. 41. 9 
 orbitas ...frangit animum. Livy 
 has, however, no other examples 
 of orbitas or mduitas as subjects 
 to transitive verbs ; but facere., 
 like niovere, is extremely common 
 with abstract and non-personal 
 subjects. See Appendix A. 
 = in vestro arbitrio suum omatum 
 quam in legis malunt esse. 
 
 Note (1) the absence of con- 
 nective ; (2) the prepositive vestro, 
 preparing us for the antithesis 
 legis (sc. arbitrio), and producing^ 
 by somewhat artificial parallelism 
 the prepositive suum : you are to 
 control their adornment. 
 
 Jhe position of vestro makes 
 it=vo« as subject. Compare Pref. 
 § 5 {malorum) quae nostra tot per 
 annos vidit aetas, where nostra = 
 nos ipsi. See my note ad loo. in 
 Latin and English Idiom (Camb. 
 Univ. Press, 1909). 
 
CHAP. VII ^ 13, 14 
 
 191 
 
 and you, on your part 
 
 should have them under protec- 
 tion and guardianship, not hold 
 them in bondage 
 
 preferring the title of father or 
 husband to that of master. 
 
 §14. 
 
 =et vps. 
 
 Note that vos is emphatic be- 
 cause inserted = v/tt is Se )( aural 
 ficv ipsae in § 12. 
 = in manu et tutela, non in servitio 
 debetis habere eas. 
 
 For Mo»="and not," "but 
 not," see 34. 7. 6 (p. 183). 
 
 Note the position of eas. Livy 
 is fond of putting a single word 
 after the verb, especially an 
 iambus. 
 
 Observe "have them under... 
 hold them in...": EngUsh varies 
 both verb and preposition ; Latin 
 has one verb and repeats the pre- 
 position. 
 
 = et malle patres vos aut viros 
 quam dominos dioi. 
 
 Lit. "and (you ought) to pre- 
 fer...": Latin goes on with a 
 parallel construction ; English 
 varies with a participle "pre- 
 ferring." 
 
 The noun " title ">the verb 
 did. Observe the stress on pa- 
 tres preceding vos the subject of 
 did ; and note the repetition 
 'malunt...maMe){'E,n^sh. variety 
 " they desire. . .rather," . . . "prefer- 
 ring...." 
 
 In the first sentence note (1) no 
 connective ; (2) stress on invidiosis 
 propositi ve= "producing hatred" ; 
 (3) the position of consul : our 
 attention is drawn to his ofi&cial 
 standing, and we feel that more 
 careful language might be expected 
 
192 
 
 CHAP. VII § 14 
 
 when he talked of sedition and 
 secession on the part of the wo- 
 men 
 
 The danger is that they may seize 
 
 that they may seize the Sacred 
 Hill — an angry plebs once did it 
 perhaps the Aventine ! 
 
 from a responsible magistrate ; 
 (4) the order of modo, which is 
 diro KoiwoO, like consul, with ute- 
 batur and a/ppellando ; (6) ap- 
 pellando — the Livian " modal 
 gerund " = appellans — Greek in- 
 strumental participle. 
 =seditionem muliebrem et seces- 
 sionem appellando. 
 
 Note the oTro koivoO position 
 of muliebrem between the two 
 novms. 
 
 =id enim periculum est, ne... 
 capiant. 
 
 Note the connective and the 
 anticipatory id. 
 
 The whole of this sentence is 
 ironical. Latin usually shows 
 irony by the insertion of scilicet, 
 sane, etc. A few adjectives (e.g. 
 prasdarus) are common in an 
 ironical sense. 
 
 = ne Sacrum montem, sicut quon- 
 dam irata plebs (sc. cepit), aut 
 Aventinum capiant. 
 
 W. on 2. 32. 2 says that Sacer 
 mons is the usual order. The 
 Secession of the plebs is dated 
 B.C. 494. The historian Calpur- 
 nius Piso (consul b.c. 133) asserted 
 that the Secession was made to 
 the Aventine. 
 
 The participle irata is preposi- 
 tive because causal ; it is more 
 than a mere epithet. Greek 
 would have opyi^ofievos 6 8rjij,os. 
 
 Note aut= " or perhaps." For 
 this xise of aut cp. tres aut 
 
CHAP. VII 
 
 1, 15 
 
 193 
 
 §15. 
 
 no matter what you decide 
 
 Yet the greater your power, the 
 more moderate should be your 
 exercise of it. 
 
 N. I. 
 
 iummum quattuor, and see M. 
 § 436. 
 
 Note the adversative asynde- 
 ton. The word patiendum comes 
 early for stress. So far from 
 acting with spirit and independ- 
 ence, these poor women vavtst 
 submit. Compare the position of 
 remissa at 34. 8. 2. 
 = quodcumque vos censueritis. 
 
 Lit. "there must be endured 
 whatever i/ou (emphatic because 
 vos is inserted) shall have de- 
 cided." 
 
 The verb censueritis is future 
 because patiendum est=patientv/r 
 mvlieres, and complete future be- 
 cause antecedent to the time of 
 paiientw. 
 
 It is worth while to remember 
 that/<xcte< may be represented by 
 facturiis est, facUirus erit, and fiet 
 by faciendum est, fademdv/m, erit. 
 See Eoby, § 1520. 
 
 The verb censere is properly 
 used of the Senate, and inhere of 
 the populus. The latter is now 
 being addressed, and we should 
 expect iubere. 
 
 = quo plus potestis, eo moderatius 
 imperio uti debetis. 
 
 Note no connective again. 
 Lit. "by what (measure) you are 
 more powerful, by that (measure) 
 you ought to use authority more 
 moderately." 
 
 The ablatives quo...eo are ab- 
 latives of measure of difference. 
 13 
 
194 
 
 CHAP. VII § 15 — CHAP. VIII § 1 
 
 The plus of plus potestis is prac- 
 tically an adverb, although in 
 origin an internal accusative, 
 closely allied to the accusative of 
 "extent over which." 
 
 Observe that the noun " exer- 
 cise "> the verb {uti despite ute- 
 baty/r in § 14) ; contrast the English 
 variety "(for a consul) to use"... 
 "exercise (of it)." 
 
 CHAPTER VIII 
 
 § 1. Such were the speeches 
 made.... Crowds of women... 
 poured... 
 
 in favour of or against the law 
 
 = Haec cum... dicta essent,...fre- 
 quentia mulierum...sese eflfiidit. 
 
 Latin subordinates the first 
 sentence. Perhaps haee is brought 
 forward to express: "although all 
 this had been said," i.e. although 
 the case had been put so fully, the 
 women did not desist from their 
 agitation. 
 
 At the same time, Livy, not 
 infrequently, puts the subject of 
 the subordinate clause before the 
 conjunction (here cum) even when 
 it is not subject to the principal 
 verb as well. 
 
 The noun " speeches "> verb 
 dicta essent. 
 = contra legem proque lege. 
 
 The noun is usually repeated 
 in such cases, cp. 8. 11. 7, 29. 19. 
 10. But at 10. 7. 2 we have pro 
 lege contraque earn. In two in- 
 
CHAP. VIII 
 
 1, 2 
 
 195 
 
 Crowds of women, in larger num- 
 bers than ever, poured next day 
 into the streets 
 
 poured 
 
 § 2, A mass meeting 
 
 stances the second preposition 
 stands alone, viz. 5. 35. 4 cis 
 Padum ultraque, and 9. 32. 9 
 ante signa circaque ; but it is 
 noticeable that both ultra and 
 circa are more adverbs than pre- 
 positions. 
 
 For " 01 "= que see on 34. 1. 4 
 ad suadendum dissuadendumque. 
 = aliquanto maior frequentia mu- 
 lierum postei"o die sese in publicum 
 effudit. 
 
 The first two words are pre- 
 dicative, "being by a considerable 
 amount greater " = woWm /lei^av 
 ovtra Tj (TvvoQos Ttov yvvatKfov. 
 = sese...eflfudit. 
 
 English has many of these 
 quasi-intransitive verbs with the 
 reflexive object omitted, e.g. pour, 
 move, burn, drive, turn, etc. Latin 
 and Greek have very few. Com- 
 pare, however, terra movet, iXaivei 
 (he drives, rides), opfta (he ad- 
 vances). 
 
 The sese is thrown in neatly 
 between the two adverbs. 
 
 For in publicum cp. 34. 5. 7, 
 and note on 34. 2. 10 in publico. 
 
 The word frequentia occurs 
 only twice elsewhere in Livy as 
 subject to a transitive verb, viz. 
 2. 1. 10 and 7. 30. 21. In the first 
 passage the object is non-personal, 
 in the second no object is ex- 
 pressed. See Appendix A. 
 = unoque agmine omnes. 
 
 Note the connective que, and 
 
 13—2 
 
196 
 
 CHAP. VIII § 2 
 
 besieged the doors of the Bruti 
 
 ■who were attempting to block 
 their colleagues' proposal 
 
 the artificial sound of uno...omnes. 
 This antithesis is dear to the 
 ancients. Thus "He did it all 
 by himself "=unus omnia egit, eis 
 iravTa inoir)<Tfv. Compare 34. 9. 3. 
 "To-day all are fused together 
 into one body politic "= nunc in 
 corpus vmum confusi omnes, where 
 the abnormally postpositive unum, 
 and the omnes placed after the 
 verb, serve to heighten the anti- 
 thesis. 
 = Brutorum ianuas obsederunt. 
 
 The prepositive genitive is the 
 important word. The Bruti (Mar- 
 cus and Publius Junius) were 
 opposed to their colleagues. See 
 34. 1. 4. 
 
 Note that ianua=%3.ia of a 
 house =^ 6vpa )( porto=gate of & 
 city=aj nvKcu. 
 
 = qui coUegarum rogationi inter- 
 cedebant. 
 
 The imperfect intercedehant is 
 conative. The genitive collegwnim 
 is prepositive because the Bruti 
 were opposing their colleagues, cp. 
 the prepositive Brutorum above. 
 
 The position of this relative 
 clause is awkward. It should 
 stand between Brutorum and 
 iarmas. There is a reading tri- 
 bunorum (for Brutorum), and, 
 perhaps, the anticipatory eorvm 
 has dropped out before it. Then 
 Brutorum would be an explanatory 
 gloss (on tribunorum) which has 
 crept into the text. 
 
CHAP. VIII 
 
 2, 3 
 
 197 
 
 The women persisted in these 
 methods 
 
 until opposition was abandoned 
 hj the tribunes 
 
 § 3. There was then no 
 doubt 
 
 that the Lex Oppia would be re- 
 pealed by all the tribes 
 
 =nec ante abstiterunt. 
 
 Note the connective 7iec=et 
 non, and the anticipatory order 
 of ante preparing us for quam. 
 
 Latin continues the original 
 construction (parallelism) ; Eng- 
 lish varies with a new subject 
 (women). 
 
 = (ante)... quam remissa inter- 
 cessio ah tribunis est. 
 
 Note the stress on remiBsa 
 coming first and separated from 
 est. Compare 34. 5. 9 ohruta... 
 redempta. 
 
 When the principal sentence 
 is negative, Livy rarely writes any- 
 thing but the indicative (usually 
 aorist perfect) after the quam. 
 See W.'s note on 23. 30. 4. 
 = nulla deinde dubitatio fuit. 
 
 The nulla has stress by sepa- 
 ration, cp. ov&e els for the less 
 emphatic oiSeis. The adverb 
 deinde not seldom comes second. 
 =quin omnes tribus legem abro- 
 garent. 
 
 The construction is as if with 
 nitllusfuit mettts ne non.... 
 
 Thus " I do not doubt that he 
 icUl come" may be expressed by 
 non dubito quin ille venial, as if 
 non timeo ne non ille veniat. 
 
 But Cicero, Fam. 2. 17. 5, has 
 the periphrastic future : nunc 
 miki non est duhium quin ven- 
 ttirae non sint (legiones), where 
 the method of expression is 
 perhaps due to the preceding 
 
198 CHAP. VIII § 3 
 
 words, amtea duhitaham venturaene 
 
 A good instance of the pre- 
 sent subjunctive (= periphrastic 
 future) after a verb of doubt is 
 Caes. B. O. I. 3l. 15 (disiit se) non 
 dubitare quin...siipplidum sumat 
 { = sumpturus sit) Ariovistus. 
 and repealed it was twenty years =viginti annis post abrogata est 
 after it first became law quam lata. 
 
 Note no connective. 
 For the facts and construction 
 see 34. 6. 9 on viginti ante annis 
 latam (p. 152). 
 
 Note the anticipatory position 
 of post preparing us for quam. 
 
APPENDIX A 
 
 On 34. 2. 8. quod nisi me verecundia...tenuisset. 
 
 Latin, we are told, is a language of concrete expressions, and it is 
 startling to come across such phrases as has spes Eiruscos armaverant 
 (2. 44. 12), plehem, ira prope amiavit (2. 35. 1), cum timor par adversus 
 communem hostem, duas...urbes armaret (9. 19. 13). When we learn 
 that Livy has some 1690 examples no less bold, i.e. more than 48 in 
 each of the extant books, we may well begin to wonder if the old canon 
 needs revision or modification. 
 
 The following pages are the result of a painful investigation. Space 
 will not permit detailed references, and the reader is asked to take the 
 figures on trust. 
 
 There are in Livy some 4376 instances (to which 814 nouns con- 
 tribute) of non-personal or abstract subjects to transitive verba. In 
 406 cases the verb is either intransitively used or the object is so 
 vague as to make the verb practically intransitive. 
 
 The remaining 3969 may be divided thus: (a) words containing 
 abstract ideas or denoting inanimate entities ; (j3) words of a collective 
 natxu-e* or words which imply living persons, such as exercitm, navit, 
 multitudo, civitas, etc. Of class (a) there are 3109 examples (i.e. more 
 than 88 in each of the extant books) ; of class (/3) there are 860. 
 
 Of class (a) more than half the examples, viz. 1690, are purely 
 abstract in sense ; and of them 756 have a person as object, and 934 
 a thing. Of the 756 examples where the object is a person, 435 have 
 the subject before the object and verb, while 321 have the object before 
 the subject and verb ; that is, 435 are of the type necessitas me cogit, 
 and 321 of the type me necessitas cogit. 
 
 Of the 934 examples where the object is a thing, 714 have the subject 
 before the object and verb, while 220 only have the object before the 
 
 * I do not include senatus and plebes. 
 
200 APPENDIX A 
 
 subject and verb; that is, 714 are of the type aura animum incessit, 
 and 220 of the type animum cura incessit. 
 
 *In my statistics I shall call the type necessitas ms cogit A}, and me 
 necessitas cogit A? ; while I shall call the type oura animum incessit B', 
 and animum cura incessit B^. 
 
 Thus A} is to A? as 1-36 to 1 (Ai=435, A2=321), whereas B' is 
 to B2 as 3-25 to 1 (Bi = 714, B2=220); and we deduce the important 
 fact that, when the subject is purely abstract, if the object be personal, 
 Livy puts it before the subject thrice out of seven examples, but if the 
 object be non-personcd, he puts it before the subject thrice only in 
 thirteen examples. That is to say, the type me necessitas cogit occurs 
 three times to four of necessitas me cogit, whereas the type animwm 
 cura incessit occurs three times to ten of cura animum incessit. 
 
 In striking contrast stand the figures of class (j3), i.e. words of a 
 collective nature and words which imply living persons. These figures 
 are Ai = 200, A2=65, Bi = 530, B2=65 ; and we note that as the subject 
 more nearly approaches genuine personality, Livy takes less trouble 
 to bring the personal ' object before the subject ; for the relation of 
 A' to A'' is now 3-08 to 1, whereas with purely abstract subjects it was 
 1-36 to 1. As for B^ and B^, the relation is 8'15 to 1, whereas with 
 purely abstract subjects it was 3'25 to 1. 
 
 The following table gives a conspectus of results : — 
 
 Abstract Nouns 
 
 Ai=436, A2=320 Total 756\_,„„n A' : A2 : : V36 : 1 
 Bi=714, B2=220 Total 934/~ '*"*" B' : B^ : : M5 : 1 
 
 Abstract and Inanimate Entities 
 Ai= 668, A2=461 Total n29\_„„.„ A> : A^ : ; 1-44 : 1 
 Bi = 1297, B2=332 Total 1629/"'''°** B' : B^ : : 3-90 : 1 
 
 Abstract and Inan. Entities -^i-TfiS and neuters 
 A"= 768, A2=493 Total 1261\_„i„„ A^ : A^ : : 1-55 : 1 
 Bi= 1488, B2=360 Total 1848/-"*^"^ B^ : B" : : 4-13 : 1 
 
 Words implying living persons {e.g. civitas, etc.) 
 
 Ai=200, A2=65 Total 265\ „„„ A^ : A2 : : 3-08 : 1 
 
 Bi = 530, B2=65 Total 595/-**°" B' : B^ : : 8-15 : 1 
 
 I append a list of the most common abstract and non-personal 
 nouns. The letter denotes that the verb is used absolutely or with 
 so vague an object as to make the verb practically absolute, or, again, 
 to denote that a transitive verb is used intransitively. 
 
 * The few relative clauses I have classed under A' and B'. 
 
APPENDIX A 
 
 201 
 
 A', Aa, Bi, BS, C Total 
 
 1. Abstraot 
 
 Fortuna 10,22,54,27,10 =123 
 
 Fama 10, 8,17, 5,12 = 52 
 
 Bellum 14, T, 14, 6, 3 = 44 
 
 Metus 17, 8,12, 2, 5 = 44 
 
 Terror 11, 10, 15, 3, 3 = 42 
 
 Spes 13, 6, 13, 2, 6 = 39 
 
 Ira 7, 9, 13, 4, 6 = 39 
 
 Cura 8,12, 7, 3, 7 = 37 
 
 Pavor 15, 8, 9, 4, = 36 
 
 Vis 7, 4, 9, 6, 3 = 29 
 
 Adventus 6, 2, 13, 5, 1 = 27 
 
 Timor 11, 2,10, 1, 3 = 27 
 
 Virtus 4, 3, 10, 3, 5 = 25 
 
 Causa 9, 6, 7, 2, = 24 
 
 Mors 5, 3, 7, 4, 2 = 21 
 
 Pudor 5, 6, 7, 0, 3 = 21 
 
 Religio 4, 8, 1, 3, 4 = 20 
 
 Glades 5, 1, 8, 3, 2 = 19 
 
 Casus 5, 2, 8, 1, 1 = 17 
 
 Fuga 7, 0, 8, 2, = 17 
 
 Impetus 5, 5, 6, 0, = 16 
 
 Necessitas 3, 4, 6, 1, 2 = 16 
 
 ii. Jfatural Phenmnena 
 
 Tempus 
 
 Nox 
 
 Tempestas 
 
 Annus 
 
 Dies 
 
 Ventus 
 
 Lux 
 
 4, 2,15, 4,14*= 39 
 6, 7,24, 1, = 38 
 6, 4,13, 5, 1 = 29 
 9, 6, 4, 3, 1 = 23 
 
 5, 2,11, 1, = 19 
 2, 3, 8, 2, 4 = 19 
 2, 2,10, 0, 2 = 16 
 
 Ai, A", Bi, B», C Total 
 
 iv. Bodil^f functions and parts 
 
 Clamor 11, 2,23, 3, 3 = 42 
 
 Animus 3, 3, 17, 3, 2 = 28 
 
 Vox 6, 1,14, 1, 3 = 25 
 
 Vires 6, 3, 6, 0, 1 = 16 
 
 V. Legal and Parliamentary 
 
 Lex 8, 1,15, 2, 3 = 29 
 
 Sententia 8, 7, 2, 0, 12§= 29 
 
 Oratio 7, 4, 4, 3, 1 = 19 
 
 vi. Concrete 
 Litterae 7, 1, 12, 3, 3 = 26 
 
 Nomen 4, 1, 7, 2, 1 = 15 
 
 vii. Res and neiUers 
 
 Ees 37, 15, 89, 24, 3811 =203 
 
 Quod 
 
 (=thing which) 20, 2,21, 0, 3 = 46 
 
 Id 11, 0, 16, 0, 2 = 29 
 
 Hoc 5, 0,18, 0, 2 = 25 
 
 Quod 
 
 (= fact that) 5, 5, 5, 3, 6 = 24 
 
 viii. Collective and quasi-personal 
 
 iii. Geographical 
 
 Amnis 2, 3,21, 2, 4 = 32 
 
 Locus 7, 3, 9, 1, Ht= 31 
 
 Via 1, 1, 0, 0, iet= 18 
 
 * Mostly ut tempus patitur, ut tempus postulat. 
 
 t Mostly ut locvLS patitur, postulat. % Mostly via ftrt. 
 
 § 11 of sententia viiuAt. II Mostly with poscit, postulat. 
 
 Exercitus 
 
 Navis 
 
 Populus 
 
 Multitudo 
 
 Ci vitas 
 
 Legio 
 
 Qens 
 
 Pars 
 
 Urbs 
 
 Acies 
 
 Classis 
 
 Oppidum 
 
 18, 3,43, 8, 3 = 75 
 
 5, 1,57, 3, 7 = 73 
 
 18, 7,35,10, 1 = 71 
 
 19, 8,33, 2, 3 = 65 
 18, 2,33, 5, 3 = 61 
 
 9, 1,30, 3, = 43 
 
 14, 1,20, 1, 3 = 39 
 
 5, 1,27, 1, 5 = 39 
 
 7, 5,19, 3, 1 = 35 
 
 11, 3, 12, 3, 4 = 33 
 
 5, 0,25, 3, = 33 
 
 2, 1, 11, 1, = 15 
 
202 
 
 APPENDIX A 
 
 VEEBS. 
 
 Livy has some 621 transitive verbs with non-personal and abstract 
 subjects. I append a list of those that occur most frequently. It will 
 be noticed that the first eight verbs, if we include compounds {efficere, 
 adferre, aecipere, excipere, continere, inferre, prohibere), account for not 
 much less than one-third of the examples, viz. 1340 out of 4375. 
 
 
 No. of 
 
 
 No. of 
 
 
 No. of 
 
 ^ 
 
 lo. of 
 
 
 times 
 
 
 times 
 
 
 times 
 
 1 
 
 times 
 
 facere 
 
 323 
 
 sequi 
 
 53 
 
 tegere 
 
 30 
 
 turbare 
 
 23 
 
 habere 
 
 208 
 
 impedire 
 
 40 
 
 acoipere 
 
 29 
 
 urgere 
 
 23 
 
 movere 
 
 127 
 
 augere 
 
 39 
 
 incessere 
 
 29 
 
 vertere 
 
 23 
 
 tenere 
 
 127 
 
 stimvdare 
 
 39 
 
 pati 
 
 29 
 
 olaudere 
 
 22 
 
 dare 
 
 98 
 
 efl&cere 
 
 36 
 
 trahere 
 
 28 
 
 opprimere 
 
 22 
 
 ferre 
 
 93 
 
 excitare 
 
 35 
 
 adiuvare 
 
 26 
 
 poscere 
 
 22 
 
 capere 
 
 89 
 
 terrere 
 
 35 
 
 ocoupare 
 
 25 
 
 postulare 
 
 21 
 
 praebere 
 
 89 
 
 adferre 
 
 34 
 
 absumere 
 
 24 
 
 inferre 
 
 20 
 
 cogere 
 
 67 
 
 fallere 
 
 33 
 
 excipere 
 
 24 
 
 prohibere 
 
 20 
 
 vincere 
 
 56 
 
 dirimere 
 
 32 
 
 invadere 
 
 24 
 
 
 
 avertere 
 
 54 
 
 accendere 
 
 31 
 
 continere 
 
 23 
 
 
 
APPENDIX B 
 
 On 34. 3. 7. sed tamen, cum fuit, negastis hoc. 
 
 Weissenbom and Miiller on Livy 1. 1. 1 have gathered many 
 references illustrating the abnormal use of perfect for pluperfect 
 and vice versa. I append a list of the examples that I have been 
 able to discover, but do not repeat those contained in my note on 
 34. 3. 7. 
 
 (o) Perfect for pluperfect in subordinate clause. 
 
 1. 1. 1. constat duobus...quia paois...auctores fuerunt (Mad v. 
 
 fuerant)...ius belli Achivos abstinuisse. 
 
 2. 30. 15. paucis data veniS, qui inermes in deditionem venenmt 
 
 (cp. Caea. B. C. 3. 18. 5 ab iis... cognovit, qui sermoni 
 interfuerunt). 
 39. 31. 18. donati et centuriones..., maxime qui mediam aciem tenue- 
 runt. 
 
 3. 24. 11. consulum magna. ..gloria fuit, quod et foris pacem peperere, 
 
 et domi... minus.. .infesta civitas fuit. 
 
 4. 51. 8. minus praedae...fuit, quod Volsci.-.oppidum reUquerunt 
 
 (W. reliquerant). 
 9. 21. 4. tutam aciem dictator habuit, quia.. .locum baud facUem... 
 
 cepit. 
 10. 33. 4. impulses semel terrore eodem, quo ooepenmt (Madv. coepe- 
 
 rant) expellunt. (But the historic present of the main 
 
 verb makes coeperuni possible.) 
 25. 29. 9. ad caedem...discummt quosque fors obtulit, irati inter- 
 
 fecere (P. interficere) atque omnia, quae in promptu 
 
 erant, diripuerunt. 
 39. 28. 5. pro non dubio...legati Eumenis sumebant, quae Antiochi 
 
 fuerunt, Eumenem aequius esse quam me habere. 
 
204 APPENDIX B 
 
 36. 39. 10. (censebat § 6). ..P. Cornelium multorum exemplo, qui in 
 
 magistratu non triumphaverunt, triumphaturum esse. 
 43. 13. 8. omnia, uti decemviri praeiermit, facta. 
 5. 8. 13. pauci rei publicac.ut quosque studium...aut gratia occu- 
 paverunt, adsunt. W. reads occupaverat. The tense, 
 but not the number, of occupaverunt might stand as 
 a complete present. 
 
 37. 43. 8. postremos, ut quosque adepti sunt, oaedunt. Here adepti 
 
 sunt might be a complete present. 
 10. 44. 4. Papirium propter navatam...in proelio operam et nocte, 
 
 qua fugam infestam Samnitibus fecit,,.. donat. 
 32. 26. 3. cum duos exercitus in provincia habuisset, unum retentum, 
 
 quem dimitti oportebat..., alterum, quern in provinciam 
 
 adduxit, totum prope annum... consumpsit. 
 39. 23. 9. quia iussus abscedere...erat, Romanisque oppidum deditum 
 
 est, aegre earn rem tulerat. 
 34. 13. 1. consul, ubi satis, quod in speoiem fuit, ostentatum est, 
 
 revocari ex navibus miUtes iubet. Compare Caes. B. O. 
 
 1. 51. 1. 
 
 (6) Perfect for pluperfect in the principal clause and vice versa. 
 10. 12. 5. lux insequens victorem victumque ostendit ; namEtrusci... 
 
 castra reliquerunt (W. desiderates reliqv^rant). 
 24. 43. 3. dimissique fuerant. (Ussing omits fuerant. Others read 
 fuerunt.) 
 (c) (1) Pluperfect in one sentence followed by an aorist perfect in 
 the next, or (2) vice versa. 
 
 For (1) cp. 2. 1. 2, 9. 22. 2 (most MSS. posuerunt. W. reads 
 posuerant), 28. 22. 4, 21. 8. 5 (MSS. prodderunt. W. prodderant), 
 41. 4 4, 38. 26. 3 (MSS. locaverunt. Madv. loca/verant), 2. 19. 7, 
 26. 37. 2, 42. 7. 8, 9. 46. 11. 
 
 For (2) cp. 42. 51. 5, 27. 39. 13, 23. 29. 16, 4. 20. 3. (This last is 
 really an instance of the "instantaneous pluperfect." Cp. 1. 12. 10, 
 2. 5. 6, 32. 12. 3, etc., and see Eoby, § 1492.) At 29. 2. 5 we have an 
 imperfect followed by a perfect /ecenwU (but W. reads fecerant). 
 
 I may be allowed to add three examples of postquam followed by 
 varying moods and tenses in the same sentence, viz. 4. 13. 10 quae 
 postquam sunt audita, et (W. cum) undique primores...inereparent 
 
APPENDIX B 206 
 
 (compare 30. 44. 10 where cum is followed first by the indicative and 
 then by the subjunctive); 6. 30. 7 postquam...res...adferebatur et 
 apparuit...; 7. 2. 11 postquam...ab risu ac soluto ioco res avocabatur 
 et ludus in artem paulatim verterat.... Here paidaiim makes the 
 pluperfect necessary, for if the time occupied by the postquam clause is 
 lengthy, the aorist perfect is impossible. For Livy's varying use with 
 biduo quo, etc. see W. on 3. 8. 2 and 40. 53. 1. 
 
 W. also quotes 9. 25. 5 and 37. 34. 6, in both of which passages an 
 unexpected perfect indicative occurs (according to the MSS.) in Or. 
 Obi. Finally at 24. 7. 2 we have cum... prof ectus erat for profectut 
 esset. 
 
 It should be noted that with quamdiu the perfect is always used 
 where the main verb is perfect, and that with rfwm (=all the time that) 
 or quoad either perfect or imperfect is used where the main verb is 
 perfect or pluperfect. 
 
INDEX 
 
 RefereTices are to pages. \>=hottom of page ; i = top of page. 
 
 A principio + iam 127 
 Ablative of attendant circumstances 
 49 b, 189 
 causal 181b, 186 
 in -e and -i 123, 125, 136 
 of measuie of difference 85, 152, 
 
 193 b, 195, 198 
 of time duration 144 
 of time within which 165 
 to turn abstract subject of English 
 72, 128 (op. 130, 131), 154 
 Abrogare 151 
 Abstinere±a6 76 
 
 Abstract nouns ; see also " Infini- 
 tive" 
 )( concrete expressions of Latin 
 
 31, 41, 52, 61, 119, 152 
 plural of 29, 87 t 
 subjects to transitive verbs App. 
 A, 64, 56, 59, 80, 92, 94 (bis), 
 96 1, 101, 145 (bis), 147, 156, 
 156, 160, 166, 188 b, 190, 195 
 subjects turned by 
 ablative 72, 128, 154 (cp. 130, 131) 
 gerundive 124, 140, 163 
 participle 156 1 
 Ac subdividing et...et 123; see 
 
 "Aut," "Ve," "Que" 
 Accidere )( contingere 185 
 Acoipere=audire 126 
 in bonam partem 113 1 
 leges 53 
 Accurata -ior oratio 117 1 
 Accusative -is for -es 39, 89 1, 112 1, 
 136 
 internal 184, 194 1 
 of distance away 35 
 of exclamation 105 b 
 
 Adjectives ; see OEDER and 
 " Neuter " 
 combined with relative + subjunc- 
 tive 28 
 of English = adverbs of Latin 41, 
 
 44, 85, 92, 127 
 of Latin= nouns of English 58, 
 76, 97, 118 b, 121, 126, 132, 
 134, 142 1, 161, 195 
 of locality come first 128 1 
 possessive as antecedent ; see 
 
 "Nostra" 
 two vrithout connective 149 
 Admovere exercitnm, machinam 157 
 Adverbs; see OEDER 
 
 carelessly placed in English 136 
 
 (cp. 115, 116) 
 of English > adjectives of Latin 
 
 46 
 of Latin > adjectives of English 
 41, 44, 85, 92, 127 
 =preposition -i- demonstrative of 
 English 36 1 
 Adversative; see "Asyndeton" 
 Aequo animo 64 
 Aerarium 161 
 
 "Again"= quid?=)cai;u^y,TiS^; 129 
 Agent, dative of 134 
 Agitur 138 
 Agmen )( turba 54 
 Aiebat with obscure subject 179; 
 
 see "Inquit" 
 Aio with neque...7ieque 36 
 dKpdreta=impotentia 47 
 dKpaTi}s=impotens 63 
 "Alias ornate" 46, 119, 125 
 Alii for ceteri 170 1; see "Alius" 
 Aliquis prepositive 143, 145 (bis) 
 
INDEX 
 
 207 
 
 Alius uUus 95 ; see " Alii," and 
 "Quid aUud" 
 
 "AU of whom" 84 
 
 iXKi. v^ A(a; see "At" 
 
 dXX' oO=neo 134 
 
 Alter )( uuuB 43 1 
 
 Ambiguous gender 67, 109 
 
 An )( aut 149; in questions 58 
 
 Anaphora; see " Ehetorical devices," 
 63 1, 83, 167, 162, 182 1, 187 1 
 (op. 82) 
 with change of case (iroXiJTrTaiToi') 
 186 
 
 "And," variety of words for in Latin 
 83, 86 
 
 "And...he"=qui; see "Relative " 
 
 "And...not"=non 119, 183, 191 
 
 "And then" = deinde 110 
 
 "And therefore," how to translate 
 47, 74, ISO, 153, 175 
 
 Animus iniquus 64 
 to be omitted in English 91 
 
 Annon 50 
 
 Antecedent; tee also "Belative" and 
 "Nostra" 
 drawn into relative clause 84 
 of English foUovring relative clause 
 in Latin 71, 75 b, 135, 145 
 
 Antefixa 89 
 
 Antequam with indicative after nega- 
 tive princ. clause 197 
 with subjunctive 109 
 
 Anticipatory words : ante 93, 197 ; 
 aut 64, 99, 167 ; ea 148, 181 ; 
 earn 140 1 ; eorum 64; et...et 
 109, 132, 139, 179; id 73 b, 
 104 (=only), 192 ; idea 155 ; 
 lis 142; ilium 106 1; ita omitted 
 163 1, anticipatory of si 90; magis, 
 plus etc. 87, 120 b; post 198; 
 prius93; taml66; tum95;vell00 
 
 "Antiquities" of Cato 126 
 
 AntiquuB )( novus 70; )( vetus 154b 
 
 Antitheses, artificial 73, 196 t; see 
 also "Bhetorioal" 
 
 Aorist Perfect; see "Perfect" 
 
 Apodosis; see also "Subjunctive" 
 in the infinitive 69 • 
 
 resolved forms of 103, 114 
 tenses of 75 
 to be supplied 64 1 
 
 Airb KoivoD ; see ORDER 
 
 Argentum factum, infectum, signa- 
 
 tum 162 
 Argaere 144 
 
 Article definite = is, ille 130 
 Artificial antitheses ; see " Anti- 
 theses " 
 Asia = Asia Minor 86 
 Asyndeton; see also "Connectives" 
 Adversative 39 1, 48, 51, 58, 61, 
 63, 69, 71 (word of positive 
 meaning supplied; see " Sed"), 
 73, 97, 107, 111, 119, 134, 170, 
 173 1, 178 b, 182, 185, 189, 193 1 
 Bi-membral 31, 61, 72, 136, 152, 
 
 171, 176 
 in English and Latin 148 1 
 of two or more adjectives 149 
 with relatives 147 
 At=at enim = (iXX4 vij Aia 70 1, 79 b 
 
 -l-hercule 70 1, 180 
 Atque 49, 97, 187 
 Attendant circumstances expressed 
 by preposition in 31, 123 t, 136, 
 146 b, 147, 187 (bis) 
 Attracted subjunctive; see "Sub- 
 junctive " 
 Attraction of hie to gender of nearest 
 
 word 186 
 Aures oocupare 137 
 
 superbae 137 
 Aurum factum, infectum, signatum 
 
 162 
 Aut: aut. ..aut )( vel...vel 64 
 following nee 185 (see "Ve") 
 for neve 34 
 
 in questions )( an 149 
 = "or at any rate" 155 
 = "or perhaps" 192b 
 subdivided by vel...vel 35 {see 
 "Ac," "Que," "Ve") 
 ' to carry on a negative 98 
 with aut subdividing an original 
 negative 38, cp. 185 
 airri. Sel|ei 156 
 Autem third 156 
 
 Auxiliary in indicative 184 (see 
 " Esse ") 
 + infinitive = subjunctive 60 
 separated from participle 140 
 
 Believing, verbs of early; see "Show- 
 ing" 
 
208 
 
 INDEX 
 
 £eUam, subject to transitive verb 
 
 147 {see "Abstract") 
 Bestiae 110 
 
 Bi-membral ; see "Asyndeton" 
 Bonam in partem accipere 113 1 
 Bono publico 127 1 
 "Book, to open, close" 126 
 Brevity of Latin 51, 52 b ; see 
 
 "Ornament" 
 Bruti 36, 196; sc« "Proper Names" 
 "But if (not)" 54 
 "But not"=non 119, 183, 191 
 
 C = Gaius 31 
 Caligatus 172 1 
 Calpurnius Piso 192 
 Carelessness of English in regard to 
 the position of the negative 
 115 b, 116 1, cp. 136 
 Case-endings, value of 5,1 
 Case-relations grouped together 57, 
 
 77 1, 84, 89, 137 
 Gato's "Antiquities" 126 
 Causa, subject to transitive verb 
 
 92; see "Abstract" 
 "Cause of," how to translate 156 
 Cautum in lege 161 
 Censere 110 b; )( iubere 193 
 Cereris sacrificium 164 
 Cerneres 111b 
 Ceterum 43, 135 
 Ceteri, alii used for 170 1 
 Chiasmus; see OBDEB 
 Xp^lJtaffL ireidcLV 91 
 Cincian Law 95 
 Cineas 91 t 
 
 Circumstances; see "Attendant" 
 Givitas )( patria, respublica 77 
 Classem tueri 158 
 " Close a book " 126 
 "Coals to Newcastle" 58 t 
 Coarguere 144 
 Coepi )( incipio 95 
 Coloniae 172 
 Complement outside 
 
 when a complement has already 
 occurred inside 32 
 
 when genitive with noun forms 
 one phrase 39 
 
 when noun is emphatic 177 b 
 
 when preposition occurs 31, 32, 
 64, 159 
 
 Complement outside when still 
 awaited by sense of preceding 
 word 32 
 within 86 b, 94, 99, 102, 113, 
 139 1, 150, 160, 172 
 Conative imperfect 44, 91 (Greek), 
 96, 196 
 present 149 t 
 Concessive; see "Subjunctive" 
 Conciliabula 43 
 Concord; see "Neuter" 
 Concrete ; see " Abstract " 
 Conditionals ; see" Apodosis," and 
 
 " Subjunctive " 
 Condueere + gerundive 160, 168 
 Connectives ; see " Anaphora," 
 "Asyndeton," "Que" 
 absence of 37, 38, 64, 64 b, 73, 
 75 1, 77, 95, 104, 112 (whole of 
 Chap. IV), 121 1, 122, , 123, 
 126 (bis), 131b, 134, 137, 138, 
 140, 146, 157 1, 170 1, 171, 183 b, 
 185, 187, 190, 191, 193, 198 
 inserted 82, 95, 98, 154, 175, 
 
 176, 192, 195 b, 197 1 
 omitted in Livy's short sentence 
 
 style 42 
 omitted in series 37, 62 t, 189 
 or all inserted 49, 57, 108, 121, 186 
 relative as 44, 50, 67, 117, 152 
 repeated negative as 82 b 
 repeated phrase as 83, 182 1, 187 
 repeated preposition as 82 
 repeated verb as 30 
 Consecution ; see " Subordinate 
 
 Clause" 
 Consecutive ; see " Ut " 
 Consensu ± omnium 131 
 Consularis 140 
 Consul, order of in sentence 138, 
 
 191b 
 Consuls, names of±et 31 
 Contemnere )( despicere 104 
 Contineri, construction of 38, 60 
 Contingere )( accidere 185 
 Contiuuare 94 
 Continuus 94 
 Contrasts artificial ; see "Bhetorical 
 
 Devices" 
 Copula omitted where quo...eo occur 
 
 85 
 Corrective et 96 
 
INDEX 
 
 209 
 
 Cotidie 41, 85; see "Dies" 
 
 Crede mihi 88 
 
 " Crowds "=turba 37; see "Agmen" 
 
 Cultus 186 1 
 
 Cum=^irei=7(£/) 106 
 clause of abnormally preceded by 
 
 subject 148 and 194 
 + indioatiYe=3Uod 96 1, 101, 106, 
 180 
 
 Cunctas 133, 180 ; without pre- 
 position 128 t 
 
 Cupido, subject to transitive verb 
 94; see "Abstract" 
 Oicero's use of 94 
 
 Cnrro, compounds of 76 
 
 Cybele, cult of 80 
 
 Darkness; see "Metaphor" 
 Dash of English translated by geni- 
 tive 56 
 Data et oblata 96 
 Dative of agent 134 
 
 ethical 69 
 
 of person interested or judging 58 
 
 predicative 147 
 De in defero, descendo, etc. 161 
 Dead metaphor; see "Metaphor" 
 " Dear Marcus," order of in Latin 45 
 Decuit -I- infinitive 59, 60 
 Definite Articles is, ille 130 
 Deinde="and then" 110 
 
 coming second 197 
 fiet|et airrd 156 
 Demonstrative between interrogative 
 
 and noun 56 
 Dependent Jussive, etc. ; see " Sub- 
 junctive" 
 
 Questions; see " Indicative," "Per- 
 fect," and "Subjunctive" 
 Despicere )( contemnere 104 
 Dicere leges 53 
 
 vere 65 
 Dictu; see "Supine" 
 Dies, gender of 159 
 
 in dies 41, 42, 85, 86 1 
 Different pronouns for the same 
 
 person 182 
 Difficile est 105 
 Diis placet; see "Si" 
 Dimicari 127 
 Diminutives 184 
 DisBuadere legem 37, 113 b, 118 
 
 N. I. 
 
 Doublets, rhetorical 47 ; see " Rhe- 
 torical " 
 
 Doubting, construction with words 
 of 197 
 
 Dubitare, construction with 197 
 
 Dubium est, construction with 197 
 
 Ducere omits esse 48 
 
 Dumtaxat 174 
 
 Duration of time expressed by abla- 
 tive 144 
 
 ddpoLS ireiBeiv 91 
 
 E, ex expresses completion 187 
 
 = "in" of EngUsh 80 
 
 = "in accordance with" 50, 160 
 
 -e for -i; see "Ablative" 
 "Ear, to gain" 187 
 Earam for sui 77 
 Eas for se 70 
 f;(ei = " involves" 98 
 Effundi-l-in, ad 154 
 Egestas 100 b 
 Ego inserted for emphasis 49, 89, 
 
 97, lilt, 142 
 ^■ywye, iyu niv 97 
 Egregium publicum 127 t 
 Emphasis; see OBDEB 
 
 awkward methods of expressing in 
 English 65, 80, 101, 107 
 Eo picking up quo 85 
 ^e( = cum=7dp 106 
 ^^opu'=videre 181 
 Epistulam reddere 168 
 Equidem 48, 54 1 
 Erat )( fait 92 b 
 Error 141 
 ^s = "up to the time of," "against" 
 
 159 b 
 Esse, omission of 48 (with duco), 
 
 63, 109 1, 112, 134 
 "Essential to," how translated 151 
 Est -I- facile, par, etc. 105 
 Bt="or" 190; see "Que" 
 
 et...et; see "Anticipatory" 
 
 et...et=ut...ita 109 
 
 ef...eWam 87 
 
 et corrective or explanatory 96 
 
 et...quidem 118, 126b 
 
 et...qtuique 62 
 Etiam; see "Et" 
 Ex; see "E" 
 Exaggeration of Latin superlative 1 15 1 
 
 14 
 
210 
 
 INDEX 
 
 Exoedere + ira 29 
 
 Exclamation, accusative of 105 b 
 
 Exemplum 49 
 Existimare 50 
 Existimarint, form of 151 
 Existimatio 50 
 Exorabilis = xapaiTijrfs 107 b 
 Explanatory; see "Et," and "Ut" 
 Expugnare in metaphor 66 
 Extemplo followed by simul 69 
 Exuere, constructions of 189 
 
 Faoere inserted or omitted with quid 
 aliud 62, 187 
 "vicarious" 169 
 with abstract subject 145, 190 
 
 Facile est 105 
 
 Factum aurum 162 
 
 "Failed to," translation of 48 t 
 
 Familias + pater 45, 175 
 
 Paxo 111 
 
 "Peeling of shame, vexation" 99 
 
 Ferre rogationem )( legem 30 
 
 Final clause, order of 133 b 
 
 Fires; see "Metaphor" 
 
 "Firstly.. . secondly" = e«...ct 139 
 
 "Foot, on" 182 
 
 Fora 43 
 
 Foret, use of 155 
 
 Formality of Latin; see "Variety," 
 38, 43, 106, 124 1, 142, 147 (in a 
 simile) 
 
 "Former. ..latter" 140 
 
 Fortuna, plural of 41, 161 ; see 
 App. A 
 
 Frenum 63 
 
 Frequentative; see "Imperfect" 
 
 Frequentia, subject to transitive verb 
 195; see "Abstract" 
 
 Fulgere 81 
 
 ' ' Furthermore " = iam 130 
 
 Future; see "Subordinate Clause" 
 future perfect of pudere 105 ; 
 of Eeota > Pluperfect of Sub- 
 junctive 167 
 periphrastic for simple future where 
 the principal clause is present 51 
 resolved equivalents of 198 
 tense fixed by tense of the prin- 
 cipal clause 75, 105, 106, 108, 
 111, 141, 188, 193 
 
 "Gain ear of" 137 
 Gains =C 31 
 ydp=:cnni=4irH 106 
 Gaza 87 
 
 Gender ambiguous 67, 109 
 Genitive; see "Plebi" 
 double 56, 181 1 
 
 of definition = dash of English 56 
 objective 45, 55 
 
 partitive 45, 46, 142 ; see ORDER 
 prepositive ; see ORDER 
 separated for emphasis 56 ; see 
 
 ORDER 
 subjective 27, 179 
 translated by prepositional phrase 
 in English 39, 55, 65, 86, 92, 
 94, 97, 165, 167 1, 171 1, 173, 
 177, 179 
 "Gentlemen," position of in Latin 
 
 44, 103 
 Genus, meanings of 48 
 Gerere )( gestare 82 
 Gerund = Greek instrumental parti- 
 ciple 73 
 Livian modal = present participle 
 
 192 
 in -iundi 92 
 -t-«sJ= future 193 
 -I- "without," how translated 120 
 with preposition may govern only 
 a neuter pronoun 118 
 Gerundive = abstract noun of English 
 124, 140, 163 
 + locare, conducere, curare 160, 
 168 
 Gestare )( gerere 82 
 Gladiator rudem 58 1 
 "Grounds of," how to translate 156 
 Grouping of case relations 57, 77 t, 
 84, 89 
 
 Habet = ' ' involves " = #x« 98 
 Haec, referring to things of different 
 genders 186 
 subject to transitive verb 184 
 = " these modern" 84 
 Haud (dubie) 52 
 Hendiadys 163, 180 
 Hercule ; see " At heroule " 
 Hexameter ending 60, 68, 185 
 Hie; see "Haec," and "Demon- 
 strative" 
 
INDEX 
 
 211 
 
 Hie attracted to gender of nearest 
 word 186 
 = toZis 102, 104 1 
 ftfc...iJZ« = latter... former 140 
 hie and ille of the same person 182 
 
 Hoc, subject to transitive verb 184 
 
 Homo )( vir 115 1 
 
 Honestns 81 
 
 "Hopes"=spes (singular) 47 
 
 Strios 82 1 
 
 Hostilis 81 
 
 virapxeiv -ovTO. 179 t " 
 
 Hypothetioals ; see "Apodosis," and 
 "Subjunctive" 
 
 I; see "Ablative" 
 
 lacere EdicLnid=" level as a charge" 
 
 120 
 lam = "actually," "really" 53 
 
 = " furthermore'.' and "already" 
 43 
 
 = "furthermore "=icoi liiiv 130 
 
 + a prinoipio 127 
 lanua )( porta 196 
 Ideal Second Person = tiM 98, cp. 49 
 Ideo; see "Anticipatory" 
 Ille...hic=former...lattei' 140 
 
 used of same person 182 
 
 with is == definite article 130 
 Imperative, infinitive for in Greek 
 
 159 
 Imperfect; see "Subjunctive" 
 
 Conative 44, 91 (Greek), 96, 196 
 
 Frequentative 38, 42 b 
 
 Panoramic 42 b 
 
 Perfect contrasted 92 b 
 Impersonal use of dimicare 127 
 Impetrare 107 
 Impotens = dfcpoT-iJs 68 
 Impotentia^dfcpareia 47 
 In = "inthecase of" 45, 147, 178 
 
 = "np to the time of" 159b; see 
 "Dies" 
 
 expressing attendant circum- 
 stances 31, 123 t, 136, 146 b, 
 147 b, 187 (bis) 
 
 inserted or omitted with loco 108 
 
 not required 34 b 
 
 of English translated by ex or in 
 + accusative 80 
 
 with bonam partem 113 t 
 
 with utilis 175 
 
 In with eandevi sententiam 112 
 
 Inoipio )( ooepi 95 
 
 Incolumis 189 
 
 Indefinity in Latin expressions of 
 time 54 
 
 Indicative; see "Subjunctive" 
 c«m with; see "Cum" 
 for subjunctive in indignant 
 
 questions 102 
 in dependent questions 74 
 in Oratio Obliqua 143 
 of auxiliary = subjunctive 60, 184 
 
 Indignant questions; see "Indica- 
 tive" 
 
 Indignari 138, 139 
 
 Indignatio 99 
 
 Infectum aurum 162 
 
 Infeusus 88 
 
 Inferre signa, play on 88 
 
 Infestns 88 
 
 Infinitive for imperative in Greek 159 
 subject to transitive verb 98; see 
 "Abstract" 
 
 luiquo animo 64 
 
 Inire rationem 98 
 
 Inopia, subject to transitive verb 166 ; 
 see "Abstract" 
 
 Inquit; see "Aiebat" 
 vague subject of 81, 101 
 
 Instituere, meanings of 45 
 
 Instratus 176 
 
 Intercedere 27 
 
 Interdieere, construction of 174 b, 
 175 t 
 
 Interest sua, etc. 50, 51, )( ipsius 
 
 Internal accusative 184, 194 
 
 Intertrimentum 178 
 
 Intransitive verbs of English )( 
 Latin 195 
 
 " Involves "=habet, *x" 98 
 
 Ipse=dominus 190 
 
 Ipsius with inferesf )( sua 50, 51 
 
 Irony, how shown in Latin 192 
 
 Is; see "Earum," "Eas" 
 = talis 181 
 
 = the definite article 130, cp. 
 "Ille" 
 
 -is for -es 89 1, 112 1, 136 
 
 Iste to express sneer 58, 152, 155, 
 166 
 
 "It seems that" )( personal ex- 
 pression of Latin 103, 1S7 
 
212 
 
 INDEX 
 
 Ita, anticipatory of si 90 
 
 immediately preceding ut 158 b, 
 159; see "Ut" 
 lubere )( censere 193 
 luncto vehiculo ± equis 34, 35 
 ■iwndi, Gerund in 92 
 Iiira=" limited rights" 66, cp. 
 
 "Mos" 
 lus )( leges 70 
 
 Jussive; see "Subjunctive" 
 
 Kal=quoque 133 
 Kai iiJiiv^iam 130 
 
 = qmd 129 
 Kaip6s = tempos 168 
 KalTOi = quamquam 58 b 
 KaTo = "in accordance with" 160 
 Kara^poveiv 104 
 
 Knowing, verbs of come early 37, 69, 
 124 t, 142 (op. 146, 179) 
 
 Latifundia 94 
 Latini nominis socii 181 
 "Latter... former" 140 
 Lex as subject to transitive verb 94 1, 
 96 t, 101, 155, 188; see "Ab- 
 stract" 
 
 Cincia 95 
 
 Licinia 94 
 
 Oppia 152; see "Oppian'" 
 
 -l-accipere 53 
 
 + dicere 53 
 
 + ferre 30 
 
 + rogare 107 
 
 + suadere 37, 113 b, 118 
 
 lege cautum 161 
 
 leges )( ius 70 
 
 leges, meaning of 53 b 
 Liberi )( pueri 108, 172 
 Libertas; see "Liberties" 
 Liberties =libertaB 47, cp. "Hopes" 
 Libertinus )( libertus 108, 172 
 Licentia 63 
 Licinian Law 94 
 Limiting ut 120 
 Locality, adjectives expressing come 
 
 first 128 t 
 Locare-l- gerundive 160, 168 
 Loco ± in 108 
 
 Logical subject; see "Subject" 
 Longum est 105 
 
 Luctus 164 
 Lugere 164 
 Luxuria 82 
 Luxus 82 
 
 Magna verba 123 
 
 Malignitas 178 
 
 Malo publico 127 t 
 
 Manupretinm 178 
 
 Mater familiae 45, 175 
 
 Medius, order of 127 b 
 without preposition 128 t 
 
 Medius fidius 137 
 
 Memoria 90 
 
 fiiv = quidem 100 
 
 nivToi following Si 178 
 
 Metaphors, "dead" 73, 123 1, 
 125 
 from balance 116 
 darkness 141 
 death (mortalis) 146 
 fires 32, 33 
 military affairs 66 
 physical facts 104 
 waves {sedare pugnam) 129 
 yoke 189 
 
 Mihi crede 88 
 
 Minervam sus 57 
 
 Miseria, subject to transitive verb 
 166; see "Abstract" 
 
 Modal gerund of Livy= present par- 
 ticiple 192 
 
 "Modern"; see "Haec" 
 
 Momentum 116 
 
 Mons Sacer 192 
 
 Moods; see "Indicative," "Sub- 
 junctive,"' etc. 
 
 Mortalis metaphorical 146 
 
 Mos = " bad custom " 56, cp. 
 "lura" 
 
 Mourning, period of 165 
 
 Movere, order of 31 
 with abstract and inanimate sub- 
 jects 185 
 
 Movet terra 195 
 
 Muliebris 81, 121; see "Mundus" 
 
 Mulierculae 184 
 
 Munditiae 185 b 
 
 Mundus muliebris 186 
 
 Municipia 172 
 
 "My dear Marcus," order of in 
 Latin 45 
 
INDEX 
 
 213 
 
 Names; see "Proper" 
 Nasountur )( natae sunt 93 
 Navales aooii, meaning of and order 
 
 158 
 Ne = i'oi 104 b 
 Ne = ut ne 33 
 Ne feoeris 108 
 Ne...neo=ne..,neve 34 
 ne...neo...nea...aut 34 
 n6.,.ve 34 
 "Nearer to," how translated 36 
 Neo=(l\X' ou 134 
 followed by aut 185 
 for neve 34 
 ueone )( annon 50 
 preceded by non=ov...ovSi 80 t, 
 
 185 
 with nee subdividing an original 
 negative 38 
 Neoesse, ooustruetions of 117 
 Neone 50 
 
 Negare; see "Aio" 
 Negative brought forward in Latin 
 33, 34, 86, 59, 97, 144, 185 
 careless position of in English 
 
 115 b, 116 t (op. 136) 
 repeated as a connective 82 b 
 statement of English = question in 
 Latin 66, 151 b, 165 
 "Neglected to," how translated 48 t 
 Neuter adjective = noun 58, 76, 97, 
 118 b, 121, 126, 132, 134, 142 t, 
 161, 195 
 adjective or pronoun to express 
 specific word of English 64, 68 
 (bis), 79, 85 1, 104, 111, 112, 119, 
 138, 146, 147, 148, 150 t, 167, 
 168, 184, 185 
 pronoun combined with res 109 
 with gender ambiguous 67, 109 
 with nouns of Afferent gender 
 97 t, 186 
 Neve, followed by aut 34 
 followed by ve 34 
 preceded by ne 34 
 "Newcastle, Coals to" 58 t 
 "No," translated by adversative 
 
 asyndeton 69 
 Noli faoere 108 
 Nomen=gens 181 
 Non="and not," "but not" 119, 
 183, 191 
 
 Non brought forward for emphasis, 
 168 t 
 position of 102 
 non...neo...neo = oi...ovS4 ...ovS4 
 
 80 1, 185 
 non... solum, with emphatic word 
 between 115 
 Nonne, position of 128, 130, 131, 
 
 133 t 
 Nostra, etc. as antecedent to relative 
 50 
 with interest 50 
 Nostri -um 45 
 
 Noun of English > Verb of Latin; 
 see "Verb" 
 of English represented by neuter 
 adjective; see "Neuter Adjec- 
 tive " 
 of Latin > Verb of English 128 
 Novus )( antiquus 70 
 position of 133 
 
 vnth bad meaning 70, 125, 134, 
 152 
 Nulla feminine of nemo 91, 180 t 
 Nullus= non 92 
 
 followed by ne...quidem 38, 61 
 subdivided by aut... aut or nee... 
 nee 38 
 Nuno = i'0>' Si 46 b, 47 1, 114 b 
 
 Object; see also ORDER, and "Sub- 
 ject" 
 brought forward becomes subject; 
 
 see "Subject" 
 or equivalent and subject put 
 
 early 77 t, 84 
 supplied readily 67, 68, 89, 91, 
 
 180 t 
 translated by "is the object of" 
 70, 84 
 Oblata; see "Data" 
 Oblique Narration , Indicative in 143 
 Ocoupatus ± t?i 162 b 
 Offundere 141 
 dKiyoipetv 104 
 
 Omission of copula with {uo...eo 85 
 of esse 109 1; see "Esse" 
 of preposition with totus, ctmctus, 
 etc. 128 t 
 Omnis without preposition in 128 1 
 
 with sense of toi'tmos 86 
 "One" = tibi 98 
 
 14—3 
 
214 
 
 INDEX 
 
 "On foot"=peaibus 182 
 "Open a book " = evolvere 126 
 Oportet = " would be right" 105. 
 Oppia Lex 152 
 Oppian Law, order of adjective 30, 
 
 163 
 Oppidum )( urbs 35 
 Oratio Obliqua, Indicative in 143 
 
 praeparata...accuratior 117 t 
 Orbitas, subject to transitive verb 
 
 190; see "Abstract" 
 ORDER; see also "Antecedent," 
 " Anticipatory," " Comple- 
 ment," "Genitive," "Object," 
 "Relative," "Subject" 
 Ablative preceding subject = sub- 
 ject 72, 73, 128 
 Abnormal order to express after- 
 thought 94, 106 b, 131 1, 143 
 for exclamatory effect 42, 79 
 (cp. 115), 89, 155 
 Adjective after verb 124 (bis) 
 of number and quantity 27, 
 
 123, 129, 160 b, 165, 196 
 
 prepositive or separated 46, 
 
 59 b, 63, 73, 81, 83, 87, 88, 
 
 89, 90, 92, 95, 107, 110, 119, 
 
 126, 127, 132 t, 134, 137, 
 
 138 1, 143, 148 1, 149, 158, 
 
 162, 169, 170, 176, 179, 188 
 
 (bis), 190, 191, 197 
 
 Adverb or equivalent preceding 
 
 subject 47, 64, 91, 188, 189 1 
 
 postpositive 81, 96, 110, 113, 
 
 120 t, 140 t 
 separated from verb 65, 69, 96, 
 107, 121, 158 t 
 Aliquis postpositive 143, 145 (bis) 
 &v6 KoivoO 56, 68, 76, 95, 97, 145, 
 
 192 (bis) 
 Chiasmus 56, 82, 89, 118, 148, 
 
 162, 167 b 
 Demonstrative between interroga- 
 tive and noun 56 
 Final Clause 188 b 
 Genitive partitive separated 45, 
 46, 142 
 prepositive 36, 48, 53, 55, 65, 
 83, 89, 90, 91, 187, 188, 164, 
 166, 171, 175, 180, 183, 184 t, 
 186, 196 (bis) 
 separated for emphasis 56 
 
 ORDER 
 
 Gist of construction early 57, 77 1, 
 
 84, 89, 137 
 Movere comes early 31 
 Object brought forward 86, 54, 
 
 59, 72, 101, 102 t, 105 
 Oppia Lex 80, 163 
 Participle prepositive 180, 131, 
 
 181, 192, 193, 197 
 Partitive genitive; see Genitive 
 
 above 
 Phrase constructionally complete 
 must be complete in sense 86, 
 89, 110, 122, 125 t, 131 t, 
 136, 152, 159, 164, 168 
 Phrase following verb 86, 88 b, 
 
 89 
 Phrase preceding subject = subject 
 97, 129, 182, 163, 166, 170, 171, 
 183, 190 
 Subject; see also "Subject" 
 early in Latin )( English 38 
 last for emphasis 186 
 preceding cum clause but not 
 subject to principal clause 
 also 148, 194 
 Verb early for emphasis 116 
 of saying, showing, etc. comes 
 early 87, 69, 124 t, 142, 146, 
 179 
 Verb, object, subject 31 
 Word contrasted comes early 75, 
 76 t, 106, 168 
 emphatic comes early 65, 69 t, 
 109 t, 158, 159, 163, 165, 
 178, 181, 182, 191 
 emphatic lies between adverb 
 and conjunction 115, 124 b, 
 
 173, 177 
 
 single or phrase coming after 
 verb, especially an iambus 
 59, 67, 75, 76, 80, 87, 138, 
 187 b, 145 b, 156 b, 169, 173, 
 
 174, 191 
 
 "Origines" of Cato 126 
 
 Ornament of English )( Latin sim- 
 plicity 38, 52 b, 104, 114, 166, 
 183 
 
 "Ornate Alias" 46, 119, 125 
 
 Ornatus 185 b, 186 t 
 
 Saios 82 t 
 
 "Otherwise," how translated 130 
 
INDEX 
 
 215 
 
 ou. . . ou4^. . .ouS^= non. . ,neo. . .neo 80 1, 
 
 185 
 " Over, to triumph " = trinmphaie 
 
 de... 82 
 
 Panoramic; see "Imperfect" 
 TraxTofos represented by iras and 
 
 omnis 86 
 Par est 105 
 Topd=per 122 
 TrapoiTTjTis 107 b 
 
 Parallelism; see " Formality," " Pre- 
 ciseness, " ' ' Variety " 35 ; varied 
 by Chiasmus 57 t 
 ira/jeXeeii' = procedere 113 
 Parenthetic phrases 91 b 
 Participle of English )( new principal 
 verb of Latin 68, 76, 191 
 +ut, utpote, velut, quasi, tam- 
 
 qaam, etc. 32 
 separated from auxiliary 140 b 
 translates abstract noun 156 t, cp. 
 "Gerundive" 
 Partem in bonam acoipere 113 t 
 Partitive; see "Genitive" and 
 
 OBDER 
 Parva, subject to transitive verb 185 
 7ras=7rai'TOtos 86 
 Passive avoided by subjunctive of 
 
 Ideal 2nd person 49 
 Paterfamilias 45, 175 
 Patres )( Quirites and order of 
 
 44, 103 
 Patria )( civitaa, respublica 77 
 Paupertas 100, 102 
 Pax, subject to transitive verb 147 
 Peounia, plural of 161, 166, 168; 
 
 see "Praesens" 
 ittWeiv x/>^/'oo''i Siipois 91 
 Per=7ropa 122 
 
 to express agent 90 b 
 Perfect; see Appendix B, and " Sub- 
 ordinate Clause" 
 Aorist in consecutive clauses 163 b, 
 
 164, 165 
 Aorist Indicative with cum 78 
 )( Imperfect 92 b 
 )( Present 93 
 Historical 153 
 
 instead of Imperfect or Pluper- 
 fect 77, 78, 131, 132 
 
 Perfect Subjunctive in dependent 
 questions 153, 154 
 Subjunctive in -arint 151 
 
 Periphrastic Future, for Future 
 where principal clause is Present 
 51 
 
 Pertinente; see "Ablative" 
 
 Peasimo pubHoo 127 t 
 
 Pietas, meaning of 79 
 
 subject to transitive verb 80 
 
 Piso, Calpurnius 192 
 
 Pius 79 
 
 Placet diis-t-si 62 
 
 Play on phrase inferre signa 88 
 
 "Plea," how translated 80 b 
 
 Plebi for plebis 30 t, 62 b, 112 
 
 Plebs, Secession of 192 
 
 Pleonasm "Livian" 144, 161 
 
 Plerumque, meaning of 147 t 
 
 Pluperfect Subjunotive=future per- 
 fect of Eecta 167 
 
 Plus=plusquam 34 t 
 internal accusative 194 t 
 
 TToKiirrtaTOv 186 
 
 Porta ]( ianua 196 
 
 Possessive adjective as antecedent; 
 see "Nostra" 
 
 Poterat-H infinitive )( potuit 184 
 
 "Pour" intransitive )( Latin 195 
 
 Praefringere 172 
 
 Praeparata oratio 117 t 
 
 Praesens peounia 168 b, cp. "Ee- 
 praesentare" 
 
 Praesentem dare, exigere, ferre 
 169 t 
 
 Praetexere 172 
 
 Praetextatus 171 b 
 
 Preeiseness of Latin; see "Formal- 
 ity," "Parallelism," "Variety," 
 38, 43, 52, 53, 106, 142 
 
 Predicative dative 147 
 
 Preposition ; see " Gerund," and "In " 
 omitted with totus, medius, etc. 
 
 128 t 
 -H demonstrative of English > ad- 
 verb of Latin 36 t 
 with different cases and noun 
 
 repeated 194 b 
 with names of towns 88, 157 
 
 Prepositional phrases 
 
 qualifying nouns 39, 40, 80, 129, 
 140, 141 t, 157, 170 
 
216 
 
 INDEX 
 
 Prepositional phrases translated by 
 adjective of Latin 51 b 
 by genitive of Latin 39, 55, 65, 
 86, 92, 94, 97, 165, 167 t, 
 171 1, 173, 177, 179 
 Present in English becomes Latin 
 future 75, 105, 106, 108, 111, 
 141, 188, 193 
 Present perfect )( present 93 
 Principio; see "A" 
 Priusquam with subjunctive 109 
 Probus 81 
 
 Procedere=ira/)eXSe(;' 113 
 Profanus 82 t 
 Profestus 81, 82 
 Promulgare 113 
 Pronouns; see "Neuter" 
 different for same person 182 
 grouped together 57; see "Case- 
 relations " 
 inserted for emphasis 49, 63, 89, 
 
 108, 111 t, 142, 191, 193 
 of English represented by repeated 
 word of Latin 35, 130, 131, 134, 
 167, 171 
 supplied easily in Latin 67, 68 
 Proper names in plural 36 ; sec " " 
 
 order abnormal 129 b 
 Propitius, derivation of 89 b 
 Propius=propius quam 35 
 Trpdppii^ov 48 
 
 Publico + bono, malo, pessimo 127 t 
 PubUcum 56, 58, 76, 97 
 Pudere, future perfect of 105 
 
 used personally 105 
 Pudor=feeling of shame 99 
 
 subject to transitive verb 59 
 Pueri )( liberi 108, 172 
 PueriUs 81, 121 
 Pnrgare, meanings of 134, 135 
 Purpose clause, order of 133 b 
 
 Quae; see "Relative" 
 
 Quam supplied after pVus 34 ; after 
 
 propius 35 
 Quamquam=KaiTot 58 b 
 
 + participle 82 
 Quasi + participle 82 
 Que = "or" 37 (bis), lU t, 195 (op. 
 
 et 190) 
 like ve 61 {see "Ac," "Aut," 
 
 "Ve") 
 
 Que subdividing et...et 43 (op. ve) 
 with last member of series 37, 108 
 with prepositions 67 (op. 194) 
 Questions, dependent; see "Indica- 
 tive," "Perfect," "Subjunctive" 
 indignant; see "Indicative" 
 of Latin = negative statement of 
 EngUsh 66, 151 b, 165 
 Qui; see "Relative" 
 
 = talis ut -K subjunctive 76 (bis) 
 + tamen as connective 117 
 Quid?= "furthermore "=/foi juiji', H 
 Si; 68, 129 
 = "Well?" 149 
 Quid aliudifacere 62, 187 
 Quid tandem 125 
 Quidam="as it were" 54 
 Quidem=/i^>' 100, 177; see " Et 
 
 qiiidem " 
 Quilibet; see "Ullus" 
 Quin, construction with 197 
 Quippe -t- participle 82 
 Quirites, meaning and order of 44, 
 
 103 
 Quis adjectival 141 
 Quisquam )( nUus 95, 139 
 Quisque, position of 75 
 
 )( uterque 142 
 " Quite" = satis 73 
 Quivis; see "Ullus" 
 Quo picked up by eo 85 
 Quo ne-H comparative 162 
 Quod = cum + indicative 96 t ; see 
 
 "Cum" 
 Quod nisi 54 
 Quod si 54 
 Quoniam 179 
 
 Qu6que=/ta(= " on the other hand," 
 etc. 112, 114, 133, 150 b * 
 
 preceded by et 62 
 
 Bationem inire 98 
 "Reason of," how to translate 156 
 Recens )( vetus 70, 149, 152 
 Beddere epistulam 168 
 Begins 87 
 Eegnum 87 
 
 Relative, antecedent in possessive 
 adjective 50 
 
 ambiguous forms, neuter or mas- 
 culine 67 
 
 asyndeton with 147 
 
INDEX 
 
 217 
 
 Belative as connective 44, 50, 67, 117 
 { + tamen), 132 
 picked up by demonstrative 71, 
 
 75, 85 {quo...eo), 135, 146 
 purpose expressed by 95 b, 97, 
 
 124, 158, 169 
 quo ne 162 
 Beligio, subject to transitive verb 
 
 80 
 Bemus 127 
 Bepetere 182 
 
 Eepetition; see also "Variety" 
 of adjective 29, 48 (bis), 116 b, 
 
 168 
 of negatives as connective 82 b 
 of noun 35, 38 t, 41 (bis), 42, 43, 
 46, 58 (bis), 63, 73, 119, 120 b, 
 121, 123, 125, 126, 130 (bis), 131, 
 133 (bis), 134, 136, 140, 141, 
 144, 146, 164 b, 167, 168 t, 
 169, 171, 173, 194 (with different 
 prepositions) 
 of noun in Latin for pronoun 
 of English 35, 130, 131, 134, 
 167, 171 
 of phrase as connective 83, 182 t 
 of preposition 82 (as connective), 
 
 178 
 of verb 103, 107, 108, 124, 135 b, 
 139 b, 151, 167 (bis), 169, 172, 
 173, 176, 188, 191, 194 
 of verb as connective 30 
 in answering questions 92 
 Bepraesentare pecuniam 168 b, cp. 
 
 "Praesens" 
 Bcs as subject to transitive verb 
 87 b 
 combined with neuter pronoun 
 
 109 
 = episode 27, struggle 31, stoiy 
 48, proposal 49, weal 50, busi- 
 ness 61, acquisitions 87, matter 
 92, position 109, measure 119, 
 evidence 120, exaggeration 124, 
 fortunes 133, conditions 136, 
 objection 142, example 161 
 Besolved forms of subjunctive 
 have auxiliary in indicative 60, 
 
 184 
 when dependent 114 
 Besolved forms of future 193 
 Bespublica )( oivitas, patria 77 
 
 Bex 87 
 
 Bhetorical devices in Latin ; see 
 "Anaphora" 
 
 artificial contrasts 78, 196 t 
 
 doublets 47 
 Bhythm verse; see "Hexameter" 
 Eogare legem 107 
 Bogationem ferre 30 
 Eomulus 127 
 "Boot and branch" 48 
 Budem gladiator 58 t 
 
 Sacer Mons 192 
 
 Sagatus 171 b 
 
 Salvus=superBtes 189 
 
 Sane 192 
 
 Satis = " quite" 73 
 
 Saturn, temple of 161 
 
 Saying, verbs of early; see 
 "Showing" 
 
 Scilicet 192 
 
 Se referring to subjective genitive 
 179 
 
 Secession of Plebs 192 
 
 "Secondly"; see "Firstly" 
 
 Sed; see "Asyndeton" and "Vero" 
 word of positive meaning supplied 
 after 70, 71 
 
 Sed...etiam, word of interest be- 
 tween 115, 124 b 
 
 Sedare pugnam, etc. 129 
 
 Seeing, verbs of come early; see 
 " Showing" 
 
 "Seems that, It"; see "It" 
 
 Sententiam in eandem 112 b 
 
 Separation of auxiliary from par- 
 ticiple 140 
 of partitive genitive 46, 142 
 
 Servulus 184 
 
 Severus 141 
 
 " Shame, feeling of" 99 
 
 Showing, verbs of early 37, 69, 
 124 t, 142, 146, 179 
 
 Si = num;...ne 74 
 preceded by anticipatory ita 90 
 
 Si diis placet, meaning of 62 
 
 Siout 169, 179 
 
 Signa inferre, play on 83 
 
 Signatum aurum 162 
 
 Simile formally expressed in Latin 
 )( English 147 
 
 Simplicity of Latin; see "Ornament" 
 
218 
 
 INDEX 
 
 Simul=«imur ac 69, 104 b, 108 
 
 picked np by extemplo 69 
 Sin 54 
 
 Sin minus 54 
 Socii Latini nomiuis 181 
 Socii navales, meaning and order 
 
 of 158 
 Soleatus 171 b 
 SoUicitndo, subject to transitive 
 
 verb 80 
 Spes nostra =" our hopes'' 47 
 Sponta + sua S2, 119 
 Statement, negative of English > 
 question of Latin 66, 151 b, 169 
 Status subject to transitive verb 145 
 Stragula vestis 175 
 Stronger expressions in Latin 117 b, 
 
 cp. 115 t 
 Smi>, + interest )( ipsius 50, 51 
 
 +sponte, 52, 119 
 Suadere legem, etc. 37, 62, 113 b, 
 
 118 
 
 Subject, absence of with aiehat 179 ; 
 
 see "Inquit" 
 
 expressed by ablative preceding 
 
 thesubjeot72, 73, 128, 130, 131 
 
 by genitive prepositive 90, 166, 
 
 171 
 by object or the like brought 
 
 early 54, 55, 59, 171, 180 
 by phrase preceding subject 97, 
 129, 163, 170, 183, 190 
 logical; see ORDEB throughout 
 preceding subordinate clause 
 though not subject to principal 
 clause 148, 194 
 Subjective; see "Genitive" 
 Subjunctive; see "Apodosis," "In- 
 dicative,' ' and " Eesolvedi'orms " 
 Attracted 98 
 Concessive with ut 98 
 Consecutive; see "Perfect" 
 double work of 114 
 = indicative of auxiliary + infini- 
 tive 60, cp. 184 
 Imperfect )( Pluperfect 45, 46, 97, 
 
 110 
 Imperfect where English has 
 
 present 60 
 Jussive dependent 33 b, 93 1, 159 1, 
 
 162 t 
 of English 106- 
 
 Subjunctive of Ideal 2nd person 49 
 of "non-fact" 188 
 of reported reason 121 
 perfect aorist in consecutive clause 
 
 163 b, 164, 165 
 perfect in -arint 151 
 perfect in dependent questions 153, 
 
 154 
 pluperfects^ future perfect of Becta 
 
 167 
 Potential 111 
 
 with antequam, primquam 109 
 Subordinate Clause; see also "Per- 
 fect" 
 past consecution in Cicero and 
 
 Livy 93, 163 b, 164, 165 
 tense of, fixed by tense of principal 
 clause 51, 75, 90, 105, 106, 108, 
 111, 141, 143, 153, 183, 187, 188, 
 193 
 Superbae aures 137 
 Superlative of exaggeration 115 t 
 Supine so-called 28, 81 
 Sus Minervam 57 
 Suus, order of with sponte S2, 119 
 order of with quisque 45 
 place of taken by is 77 
 referring to the object of verb 
 59 b, 90 
 
 Tacitus 116 
 
 Talis; see "Hie," and "Is" 
 
 Tamen, order of 91 
 
 + qui 117 
 Tamquam 4- participle 82 
 
 -I- subjunctive 183 
 Tandem; see "Quid" 
 
 with interrogative 125, 148, 154 ' 
 Tantum= solum 170, cp. 173 b 
 TeXevrav 4s 29 
 Temple of Saturn 161 
 Tempus=)caip6s 143, 168 
 
 meaning of plural 122 
 
 subject to transitive verb 145, 156 b 
 Tenacitas 177 
 
 Tense; see "Subordinate Clause" 
 Bepatreieiii rb vavTiKbv 158 
 "The" as instrumental case 85 
 "The"=i«, ille 130 
 "Therefore"; see "And therefore'' 
 Thinking, verbs of early; see 
 "Showing" 
 
INDEX 
 
 219 
 
 rt yap; 68 
 Tibi=Tt« 98 
 
 Time, expressions of indefinite in 
 Latin 54 
 
 duration of expressed by ablative 
 144 
 Togatus 171 b 
 
 Tot separated from noun 153 
 Totus without in 128 t 
 Towns with preposition 88, 157 
 "Triumph over" = triumphare de 82 
 Tu; see "Tibi" 
 
 inserted for emphasis 108 
 Tueri olassem 158 
 Tum picking up cum 113 
 Tunioatus 171 b 
 Turba = " crowds" 37; )( agmen 54 
 
 UUus + oJim 95 
 
 )( quisquam, qttivis, quilibet 95, 
 139 
 Ultro 96 
 
 Universus 75, 133, 180 
 WTrapx"" 179 t 
 XJrbs )( oppidnm 35 
 Usus subject to transitive verb 144 b, 
 
 145 t, 160 
 Ut...ita, expressed by et...et 109 
 Consecutive asnally preceded by 
 anticipatory ita, adeo, etc. 163 1 ; 
 see aUo "Perfect" 
 Explanatory 33 
 "Granting that," picked up by 
 
 sic 98 
 limiting 120 
 + participle 82 
 preceded immediately by ita 158 b, 
 
 159 
 repeated after a lengthy clause 
 72 t 
 TJter ){ qui) 148 
 Uterque )( quisque 142 
 Uti, utilis in aUquid 175 
 UtpoteH- participle 82 
 ntrum omitted 53 t 
 Utrumque )( utraque 101 1 
 
 Variety; see "Bepetition" 
 "Livian" 66, 67, 93, 123 t 
 of English 88, 43, 44, 52, 53, 
 83 (bis), 108, 150, 151 1, 182 b, 
 197 t 
 
 Variety, contrast Latin which 
 (a) repeats previous verb (see 
 "Bepetition"), (b) supplies 
 previous verb 33, 34, 63, 61, 
 73, 82, 93, 181, (c) waits for 
 verb 62, 68, 74, 116, 191 
 English has present participle; 
 Latin continues with fresh verb 
 68, 76, 191 
 reason for variety 38 
 Ve, expressing minor alternative 35, 
 cp. "Vel" 
 like que = "OT" 61 
 preceded by ne 34 
 see "Ac," "Aut," "Que" 
 Vectare ){ vehere 82 
 Vehiculo; see "lunoto" 
 Vel.. .vel )( aut.. .aut 64 
 
 subdivides aut 35 
 Velim 111 
 Velut + pai'tioiple 82 
 Verb of Latin > noun of English 37, 
 41, 44, 50, 52, 58, 67, 68 b, 70, 
 73 (bis), 80 (bis), 82, 84, 85, 89, 
 91, 103, 104, 111, 112, 117 b, 118, 
 122, 124, 127 (bis) , 129, 131, 136 b, 
 138 t, 139, 140, 148 b, 149, 154 
 (bis), 155 b, 156 (bis), 157, 159, 
 160 t, 163, 164, 167, 176, 186, 
 188, 191, 194 (bis) 
 of English > noun of Latin 128 
 of saying, showing, believing, etc. 
 comes early 37, 69, 124 t, 142, 
 146, 179 
 repeated in answering a question 
 
 92 
 supplied readily 93, 181; see 
 " Variety" 
 Verba magna 123 
 Vere dicere 65 
 Verecundia, subject of transitive 
 
 verb 54, 55 
 Vero following sed 178 
 Verse rhythm; see "Hexameter" 
 Vestis stragnla 175 
 Vestra antecedent to relative 50 
 
 with interest 50 
 Vestri -um 45, 100 
 Vetus 70, 149, 154 b 
 Vexation, feeling of 99 
 " Vicarious " facere 169 
 Videre=^0opo«' 181 
 
220 INDEX 
 
 VidereB 111 b VlrUis 81, 121 
 
 Videri personal in Latin )( English Vos inserted for emphasis 111 t 
 
 103, 157 
 
 Vidnae, meaning of 132 b, 161 Weaker expressions in English 117b, 
 Viduitas, subject to transitive verb op. 115 t 
 
 190 " Wen" = quid? 149 
 
 Vir )( homo 115 t "Without doing," how translated 120 
 
 CAMBRIDGE : PBINTED BY JOHN CLAY, M.A. AT THE UNIVEB8ITT PBES8 
 
Books on Greek and 
 
 Roman Literature, Philology, 
 
 History and Antiquities 
 
 published by the 
 
 Cambridge University Press 
 
 GREEK 
 
 TEXTS AND COMMENTARIES 
 
 Aeschylus. Agamemnon. With Verse Translation, 
 Introduction and Notes by W. Headlam, Litt.D. Edited by 
 A. C. Pearson, M.A. jos. net. 
 
 Aeschylus. Choephori. With Critical Notes, Com- 
 mentary, Translation and a Recension of the Scholia by T. G. 
 Tucker, Litt. D. gs. net. 
 
 Aeschylus. The Seven against Thebes. With 
 
 Introduction, Critical Notes, Commentary, Translation and a 
 Recension of the Medicean Scholia by T. G. Tucker, gs. net. 
 
 Onomasticon Aristophanevm sive Index Nominvm 
 
 qvae apvd Aristophanem legvntvr. Cvravit H. A. Holden, 
 LL.D. Ediiio altera. 51. 6d. 
 
 Aristophanes. The Knights. Edited by R. A. Neil, 
 M.A. 5J. net. 
 
 Aristotle. On some Passages in the Seventh 
 Book of the Budemian Ethics attributed to Aristotle. By H. 
 Jackson, Litt.D. is. 
 
 Aristotle. Nicomachean Ethics, Book VI. With 
 Essays, Notes and Translations by L. H. G. Greenwood, M.A. 
 6s. net. 
 
 Aristotle. De Anima. With Translation, Introduction 
 and Notes by R. D. HiCKS, M.A. i8j. net. 
 
 Aristotle. De Sensu and De Memoria. Text and 
 Translation, with Introduction and Commentary. By G. R. T. 
 Ross, D.Phil. 9J. net. 
 
2 Cambridge University Press 
 
 The Rhetoric of Aristotle. A Translation by the late 
 
 Sir R. C. Jebb, O.M., Litt.D. Edited, with an Introduction and 
 with Supplementary Notes, by Sir J. E. Sandys, Litt.D. ds. net. 
 
 Outlines of the Philosophy of Aristotle. Compiled 
 by E. Wallace, M.A. Third edition enlarged. 4J. dd. 
 
 Bacchylides. The Poems and Fragments. Edited 
 with Introduction, Notes and Prose Translation, by Sir R. C. Jebb, 
 Litt.D. 15J. net. Text separately, \s. 6d. 
 
 Demetrius on Style. The Greek Text. Edited after 
 
 the Paris Manuscript with Introduction, Translation, Facsimiles, 
 etc. By W. R. Roberts, Litt.D. gj. net. 
 
 Demosthenes against Androtion and against 
 Tiraocrates. With Introductions and English Notes by W. Waytb, 
 M.A. New edition. Is. 6d. 
 
 Demosthenes. On the Crown, With Critical and 
 
 Explanatory Notes, an Historical Sketch and Essays. By W. W. 
 Goodwin, Hon. LL.D., D.C.L. lis. 6d. 
 Also edited for Colleges and Schools. 6s. 
 
 Demosthenes against Midias. With Critical and 
 
 Explanatory Notes and an Appendix by W. W. Goodwin, gs. 
 
 Demosthenes. Select Private Orations. 
 
 Part I, containing Contra Phormionem, Lacritum, Pantaenetum, 
 Boeotum de Nomine, Boeotum de Dote, Dionysodorum. With 
 Introductions and English Commentary by F. A. Paley, M.A., 
 LL.D., with Supplementary Notes by Sir J. E. Sandys, Litt.D., 
 F.B.A. Third edition, revised. 6s. 
 
 Part II, containing Pro Phormione, Contra Stephauum, I, II, 
 Contra Nicostratum, Cononem, Calliclem. Edited by Sir J. E. 
 Sandys, with Supplementary Notes by F. A. Paley. Fourth 
 edition, realised, 'js. 6d. 
 
 The Speech of Demosthenes against the Law of 
 Leptines. A Revised Text, with an Introduction, Critical and 
 Explanatory Notes and Autotype Facsimile from the Paris MS. by 
 Sir J. E. Sandys, Litt.D. gs. 
 
 Dionysius of Halicarnassus : the Three Literary 
 Letters (Ep. ad Ammaeum I, Ep. ad Pompeium, Ep. ad 
 Ammaeum II). The Greek Text edited, with English Trans- 
 lation, Facsimile, Notes, Glossary of Rhetorical and Grammatical 
 Terms, Bibliography and Introductory Essay on Dionysius as a 
 Literary Critic, by W. R. Roberts, Litt.D. gs. 
 
Greek 3 
 
 Euripides. Bacchae. With Critical and Explanatory 
 
 Notes, and with numerous illustrations from works of ancient art, 
 by Sir J. E. Sandys, Litt.D. Fourth edition. \is, 6d. 
 
 Euripides. Ion. AVith a Translation into English Verse 
 and an Introduction and Notes by A. W. Verrall, Litt.D. 
 7^. Srf. 
 
 Homer's Iliad and Odyssey. Edited by A. Platt, 
 M.A. Cloth, 4J. 6d. each. Strongly half-bound, 6s. each. 
 
 Isaeus. The Speeches. With Critical and Explanatory 
 Notes by W. Wyse, M.A, i8s. net. 
 
 Longinus on the Sublime. The Greek text edited after 
 the Paris Manuscript, with Introduction, Translation, Facsimiles, 
 and Appendixes, by W. R. Roberts, Litt.D. Second edition, gj. 
 
 Pindar. Nemean and Isthmian Odes. With Notes 
 Explanatory and Critical, Introductions and Introductory Essays. 
 Edited by C. A. M. Fbnnell, Litt.D. New edition, gj. 
 
 Pindar. Olympian and Pythian Odes. With Notes, 
 Explanatory and Critical, Introductions and Introductory Essays 
 by the same editor. New edition, gs. 
 
 Plato. The Republic. Edited, with Critical Notes, 
 Commentary and Appendixes, by J. Adam, Litt.D. i Volumes. 
 Vol. I, Books I— V. isj.net. VoL II, Books VI— X and 
 Indexes. i8j. net. 
 
 The text, with critical notes. Edited from a new collation or 
 Parisinus A by the same editor, ^s. 6d. 
 
 Plato. Theaetetus. With Translation and Notes by 
 B. H. Kennedy, D.D. "js. 6d, 
 
 The Nuptial Number of Plato : its solution and 
 significance, by J. Adam, Litt.D. 2s. 6d. net. 
 
 Sophocles. The Seven Plays with Critical Notes, Com- 
 mentary and Translation in English Prose, by Sir R. C. Jebb, 
 Litt.D. 
 
 Part I. Oedipus Tyrannus. Fourth impression. 12s. 6d. 
 Part II. Oedipus Coloneus. Third edition. 12s. 6d. Part III. 
 Antigone. I^ird edition, us. 6d. Part IV. Philoctetes. 
 Second edition. 12s. 6d. Part V. Trachlniae. 12s. 6d. Part 
 VI. Electra. 12s. 6d. Part VII. Ajax. 12s. 6d. 
 
4 Cambridge University Press 
 
 Sophocles. The Seven Plays. With Commentaries 
 abridged from the larger editions of Sir R. C. Jebb. 
 
 Oedipus Tyrannus. By Sir R. C. Jebb. 4J. Oedipus 
 Coloneus. By E. S. Shuckburgh, Litt.D. 4J. Antigone. 
 By E. S. Shuckburgh, Litt.D. 4J. Philoctetes. By E. S. 
 Shuckburgh, Litt.D. 4J. Trachiniae. By G. A. Davies, 
 M.A. A,s. Electra. By G. A. Davies, M.A. 4^. Ajax. By 
 A. C. Pearson, M.A. 4J. 
 
 Sophocles. The Text of the Seven Plays. Edited, 
 
 with an Introduction, by Sir R. C. J«EBB. %s. 
 
 Sophocles. The Tragedies translated into English Prose 
 by Sir R. C. Jebb. 5j. net. 
 
 Theocritus, Bion and Moschus. Translated into 
 English Verse by A. S. Way, D.Lit. ^s. net. 
 
 PITT PRESS SERIES, &c. 
 
 Author 
 
 Work 
 
 Editor 
 
 Price 
 
 Aeschylus 
 
 Prometheus Vinctus 
 
 Rackham 
 
 2/6 
 
 Aristoplianes 
 
 A ves — Plutus — Ranae 
 
 Green 
 
 3/6 each 
 
 J) 
 
 Nubes, Vespae 
 
 Graves 
 
 3/6 each 
 
 
 Acharnians 
 
 ,) 
 
 3/- 
 
 »j 
 
 Peace 
 
 
 3/6 
 
 Demosthenes 
 
 Olynthiacs 
 
 Macgregor 
 
 net 2/6 
 
 >) 
 
 Philippics I, 11, III 
 
 Davies 
 
 2/6 
 
 Euripides 
 
 Alcestis 
 
 Hadley 
 
 2/6 
 
 ^ 
 
 Hecuba 
 
 , ) 
 
 2/6 
 
 
 ) 
 
 Helena 
 
 Pearson 
 
 3/6 
 
 
 y 
 
 Heraclidae 
 
 )j 
 
 3/6 
 
 
 J ' 
 
 Hercules Furens 
 
 Gray & Hutchinson 2/- 
 
 
 > 
 
 . Hippolytus 
 
 Hadley 
 
 2/. 
 
 
 J 
 
 Iphigeneia in Aulis 
 
 Headlam 
 
 2/6 
 
 
 ; 
 
 Medea 
 
 t) 
 
 2/6, 
 
 
 ) 
 
 Orestes 
 
 Wedd 
 
 aIS 
 
 
 
 Phoenissae 
 
 Pearson 
 
 4/- 
 
 Herodotus 
 
 Book I 
 
 Sleeman 
 
 4/- 
 
 )» 
 
 ,. V 
 
 Shuckburgh 
 
 3/- 
 
 
 ,, IV, VI, VIII, IX 
 
 , » 
 
 4/- each 
 
 ,j 
 
 ,, IX 1—89 
 
 )» 
 
 2/6 
 
 Homer 
 
 Odyssey ix, x 
 
 Edwards 
 
 2/6 each 
 
 »» 
 
 XXI 
 
 »j 
 
 11- 
 
 !^ 
 
 
 ,, XI 
 
 Nairn 
 
 2j- 
 
Greek 
 
 Author 
 
 fKor/4 
 
 Editor 
 
 Price 
 
 Homer 
 
 Iliad VI, XXII, XXIII, xxiv 
 
 Edwards 
 
 j/- each 
 
 >j 
 
 Iliad IX and x 
 
 Lawson 
 
 il6 
 
 Ludan 
 
 Somniura, Charon, etc. 
 
 Heitland 
 
 3/6 
 
 „ 
 
 Menippus and Timon 
 
 Mackie 
 
 3/6 
 
 Plato 
 
 Apologia Socratis 
 
 Adam 
 
 3/6 
 
 )). 
 
 Crito, Euthyphro 
 
 }> 
 
 2/6 each 
 
 1* 
 
 Protagoras 
 
 J. & A. M. 
 
 Adam 4/6 
 
 »» 
 
 Ion 
 
 Macgregor 
 
 2I- 
 
 Plutaxch 
 
 Demosthenes 
 
 Holden 
 
 4/6 
 
 ,, 
 
 Gracchi 
 
 }} 
 
 6/- 
 
 ,, 
 
 Nicias 
 
 
 5/- 
 
 ,, 
 
 Sulla 
 
 jj 
 
 6/- 
 
 i> 
 
 Timoleon 
 
 j^ 
 
 6/- 
 
 ThuoyOides 
 
 Book III 
 
 Spratt 
 
 5/- 
 
 }) 
 
 Book IV 
 
 n 
 
 61- 
 
 >> 
 
 Book VI 
 
 )> 
 
 61- 
 
 )} 
 
 Book VII 
 
 Holden 
 
 5/- 
 
 Zenoplion 
 
 Agesilaus 
 
 Hailstone 
 
 1/6 
 
 > ) 
 
 Anabasis i-ii 
 
 Pretor 
 
 4/- 
 
 i» 
 
 ,, I, III, IV, V 
 
 ,, 
 
 1/- eac/i 
 
 )i 
 
 II, VI, VII 
 
 ,, 
 
 2/6 each 
 
 
 „ I, II, m, IV, V, VI 
 
 Edwards 
 
 1/6 each 
 
 
 ( With complete vocabularies) 
 
 
 jj 
 
 Hellenica I-II 
 
 j» 
 
 3/6 
 
 ,, 
 
 Cyropaedeia i 
 
 Shuckburgh 
 
 2/6 
 
 ,, 
 
 » n 
 
 11 
 
 V- 
 
 '» 
 
 HI, IV, V 
 
 Holden 
 
 s/- 
 
 
 „ VI, VII, VIII 
 
 u 
 
 5/- 
 
 ,, 
 
 Memorabilia i, ii 
 
 Edwards 
 
 2/6 each 
 
 CAMBRIDGE ELEMENTARY CLASSICS 
 
 A series of editions intended for use in preparatory schools and the 
 junior forms of secondary schools. 
 
 In accordance with the recommendations of the Classical Association 
 and other bodies the volumes contain the following special features : 
 (i) Vocabularies in all cases. 
 
 (3) Illustrations, where possible, drawn from authentic sources. 
 (3) Simplification of the text, where necessary. 
 {4) The marking of long vowels in several of the Latin texts. 
 
 Herodotus. Salamis in Easy Attic Greek. Edited 
 by G. M. Edwards, M.A. is. 6d. 
 
6 Cambridge University Press 
 
 Homer. Odyssey, Books VI and VII. Edited by 
 G. M, Edwards, M.A. is. 
 
 Plato. The Apology of Socrates. Edited by Mrs J. 
 Adam. is. 6d. 
 
 For Latin books in this series see p. 9. 
 
 LATIN 
 
 TEXTS AND COMMENTARIES 
 
 Catullus. The Poems, with an English Translation. By 
 F. W. Cornish, M.A. White buckram, gilt top. 7^. 6d. net. 
 
 Cicero. Ad M. Brutum Orator. A Revised Text, with 
 
 Introductory Essays and Critical and Explanatory Notes, by Sir 
 J. E. Sandys, Litt.D. 16s. 
 
 Cicero. De Natura Deorum Libri Tres. With 
 Introduction and Commentary by J. B. Mayor, M.A., together 
 with a new collation of several of the English MSS. by J. H. 
 Swainson, M.A. 
 
 Vol. I. TOi-. 6d. Vol. II. I2S. 6d. Vol. III. 'los. 
 
 Cicero, De Officiis Libri Tres. With marginal 
 
 Analysis, an English Commentary and copious Indexes, by H. A. 
 Holde'n, LL.D. JEighth edition, revised and enlarged, pi". 
 
 Cicero. Pro Rabirio [Perdvellionis Reo] Oratio 
 ad Qvirites. With Notes, Introduction and Appendixes by W. E. 
 Heitland, M.A. 7i. 6d. 
 
 M. TvUi Ciceronis Tvscvlanarvm Dispvtationvm 
 Libri Qvinqve. A Revised Text, with Introduction and Com- 
 mentary and a Collation of numerous MSS. By T. W. DouGAN, 
 M.A. Volume I. Containing Books I and II. 10s. net. 
 Volume II in preparation. 
 
 C. Suetoni Tranquilli Divus Augustus. Edited,' with 
 Historical Introduction, Commentary, Appendixes and Indexes, by 
 E. S. Shuckburgh, Litt.D. 10^. 
 
 Plautus. Asinaria. . From the text of Goetz and 
 Schoell. With Introduction and Notes by J. H. Gray, M.A. 
 IS. dd. 
 
Latin 7 
 
 Plautus. Pseudolus. Edited with Introduction and 
 Notes by H. W. Auden, M.A. 3^. 
 
 Publilii Syri Sententiae. Edited by R. A. H. B. 
 Smith, M.A. t,s. 
 
 Vergil. Opera cvm Prolegomenis et Commentario 
 Critico. By B. H. Kennedy, D.D. 3J. 6d. 
 
 PITT PRESS SERIES, &C. 
 Editions marked with an asterisk contain vocabularies. 
 
 
 Author 
 
 IVork 
 
 Editor 
 
 Price 
 
 Beds 
 
 Eccl. History in, iv 
 
 Mayor & Lumby 7/6 
 
 Caesar 
 
 De Bello Gallico 
 
 
 
 ,j 
 
 Com. I, III, VI, VIII 
 
 Peskett 
 
 1/6 each 
 
 ,1 
 
 „ li-iii, and VII 
 
 11 
 
 il- each 
 
 
 „ l-iil 
 
 )) 
 
 t 
 
 
 ., iv-v 
 
 >» 
 
 1/6 
 
 * 
 
 ,, II, III, and VII 
 
 Shuckburgh 
 
 1/6 each 
 
 ^1 
 
 De Bello Gallico. Bk i 
 
 )» 
 
 -/9 
 
 
 (With vocabulary only : no 
 
 notes) 
 
 
 »» 
 
 De Bello Gallico. Bk vil 
 ( Text only) 
 
 »» 
 
 -/8 
 
 
 De Bello Civili. Com. I 
 
 Peskett 
 
 3/- 
 
 
 „ ,, Com. II 
 
 »i 
 
 2/6 
 
 J 
 
 „ ,, Com. Ill 
 
 »> 
 
 2/6 
 
 Cicero 
 
 Actio Prima in C. Verrem 
 
 Cowie 
 
 1/6 
 
 
 Div. in Q. Caec. et Actio 
 
 
 
 
 Prima in C. Verrem 
 
 Heitland & Cowie 3/- 
 
 
 De Amicitia, De Senectute 
 
 Reid 
 
 3/6 each 
 
 
 
 De Officiis. Bk III 
 
 Holden 
 
 $ 
 
 
 
 Pro Lege Manilla 
 
 Nicol 
 
 
 
 Ep. ad Atticum. Lib. 11 
 
 Pretor 
 
 3/; 
 
 
 
 Orations against Catiline 
 
 Nicol 
 
 2/6 
 
 * 
 
 
 In Catilinam I 
 
 Flather 
 
 1/6 
 
 
 
 Philippica Secunda 
 
 Peskett 
 
 3/6 
 
 
 
 Pro Archia Poeta 
 
 Reid 
 
 $ 
 
 
 
 ,, Balbo 
 
 n 
 
 
 
 ,, Milone 
 
 |» 
 
 2/6 
 
 
 
 ,, Murena 
 
 Heitland 
 
 3/- 
 
 
 
 „ Plancio 
 
 Holden 
 
 4/6 
 
 
 
 „ Roscio Amerino 
 
 Nicol 
 
 2/6 
 
Cambridge University Press 
 
 Author Work 
 
 Editor 
 
 Price 
 
 Cicero Pro Sulla 
 
 Reid 
 
 il^ 
 
 „ Somnium Scipionis 
 
 Pearman 
 
 2l- 
 
 * „ An easy selection from 
 
 
 
 Cicero's correspondence 
 
 Duff 
 
 1/6 
 
 *Comelius Nepos Four parts 
 
 Shuckburgh 
 
 i/6 each 
 
 ♦Erasmus CoUoquia Latina 
 
 G. M. Edwards i/6 
 
 „ CoUoquia Latina 
 
 ,, 
 
 -/9 
 
 ( With vocabulary only: no 
 
 notes) 
 
 
 * „ Altera CoUoquia Latina . 
 
 >» 
 
 1/6 
 
 Horace Epistles. Bk i 
 
 Shuckburgh 
 
 ■2/6 
 
 ,, Odes and Epodes 
 
 Gow 
 
 bi- 
 
 „ Odes. Books i, m 
 
 )) 
 
 ll- each 
 
 ,, „ Books 11, IV 
 
 ») 
 
 i/6 each 
 
 Epodes 
 
 »» 
 
 1/6 
 
 „ Satires. Book I 
 
 »» 
 
 il- 
 
 » n 
 
 >> 
 
 V- 
 
 Juvenal Satires 
 
 Duff 
 
 .■5/- 
 
 Llvy Book I 
 
 H. J. Edwards s'/e 
 
 „ .. n 
 
 Conway 
 
 2/6 
 
 „ IV 
 
 Stephenson 
 
 2/6 
 
 „ V 
 
 Whibley 
 
 lie 
 
 ,. VI 
 
 MarshaU 
 
 il6 
 
 1. .. IX 
 
 Anderson 
 
 2/6 
 
 ,, ,, XXI, XXII 
 
 Dimsdale 
 
 2/6 each 
 
 ,, ,, XXVII 
 
 Campbell 
 
 7,1- 
 
 * „ (adapted from) Story of the Kings of Rome 
 
 G. M. Edwards -/S 
 
 (With vocabulary only: no 
 
 notes) 
 
 
 * „ „ Horatius and other Stories 
 
 ») 
 
 r/6 
 
 ») j> _ )» i> 
 
 
 -/9 
 
 „ (adaptedfrom) 
 Lucan 
 
 Lucretius 
 Ovid 
 
 *Fliaedrus 
 Flautus 
 
 Pliny 
 
 Quintus Curtius 
 
 With vocabulary only : no notes) 
 Exercises on Edwards's The 
 
 Story of the Kings of Rome 
 Camillus and Other Stories 
 PharsaUa. Bk I 
 De Bello CiviU. Bk VII 
 Books in and v 
 Fasti. Book vi 
 Metamorphoses, Bk viii 
 Phaethon and other stories 
 Selections from the Tristia 
 Fables. Bks I and II 
 Epidicus 
 Stichus 
 Trinummus 
 Letters. Book VI 
 Alexander in India 
 
 Caldecott net -Id 
 
 G. M. Edwards 1/6 
 Heitland&Haskins 1/6 
 Postgate 2/- 
 
 Duff 2/- each 
 
 Sidgwick 
 
 Summers 
 
 G. M. Edwards 
 
 Simpson 
 
 Flather 
 
 Gray 
 
 Fennell 
 
 Gray 
 
 Duff 
 
 1/6 
 1/6 
 1/6 
 1/6 
 1/6 
 
 3/- 
 2/6 
 
 3/6 
 
 2/6 
 
 Heitland & Raven 3/6 
 
Greek and Latin Philology 
 
 Author 
 
 Work 
 
 Editor 
 
 Price 
 
 SaUust 
 
 Catiline 
 
 Summers 
 
 2/- 
 
 i» 
 
 Jugurtha 
 
 >, 
 
 2/6 
 
 Seneca 
 
 Dialogues x, xi, xn 
 
 Duff 
 
 net 4/- 
 
 Tacitus 
 
 Agricola and Germania 
 
 Stephenson 
 
 .1/- 
 
 >> 
 
 Annals. Bk IV 
 
 G. M. Edwards neti\- 
 
 » 
 
 Histories. Bk i 
 
 Davies 
 
 2/6 
 
 »t 
 
 Bkiii 
 
 Summers 
 
 2/6 
 
 Terence 
 
 Hautontimorumenos 
 
 Gray 
 
 3/- 
 
 * 
 >> 
 
 Phormio 
 
 J. Sargeaunt 
 
 3/- 
 
 VergU 
 
 Aeneid I to XII 
 
 Sidgwick 
 
 1/6 each 
 
 »» 
 
 ,, I, ii,ni,v,vi,rx, 
 
 X,XI, XII ,, 
 
 1/6 each 
 
 
 {with complete vocabularies^ 
 
 
 i1 
 
 Bucolics 
 
 
 1/6 
 
 »» 
 
 Georgics I, II, and III, iv ,, 
 
 2/- each 
 
 11 
 
 Complete Works, Vol. i, 
 
 Text „ 
 
 3/6 
 
 
 „ Vol. ir 
 
 , Notes ,, 
 
 4/6 
 
 CAMBRIDGE ELEMENTARY CLASSICS 
 
 Caesar in Britain and Belgium. Simplified text, with 
 Introduction, Notes, Exercises and Vocabulary, by J. H. Sleeman, 
 M.A. Introduction 30 pp., Text 45 pp., Notes 28 pp. Exercises 
 25 pp. With illustrations and maps. \s. 6d. 
 
 Caesar. Gallic War, Books I, III, IV, V and VI. 
 
 Edited, with Introduction, Notes, and Vocabularies, by E. S. 
 Shuckburgh, LittD. New and fully illustrated edition, with 
 long vowels marked in the text. is. (>d. each. 
 
 [The present editions of Books II and VII are being revised 
 and made uniform with the above.] 
 
 Livy. The Revolt and Fall of Capua. (Selections 
 
 from Books XXIII— XXVI.) Edited, with Introduction, Notes, 
 and Vocabulary, by T. C. Weatherhead, M.A. is. 
 
 Livy. The Story of the Kings of Rome, adapted 
 from Livy. Edited with notes and vocabulaiy by G. M. Edwards. 
 I J. 6d. 
 
 For furtlier particulars of the series see p. 5. 
 
 GREEK AND LATIN PHILOLOGY 
 
 The Restored Pronunciation of Latin. Syllabus 
 approved by the Philological Societies of Oxford and Cambridge 
 and recommended by the Classical Association for adoption by 
 Classical Teachers. 4 pp. id. For 20 copies, is. 
 
 Pronunciation of Latin in the Augustan Period. %d. 
 
lO Cambridge University Press 
 
 The Restored Pronunciation of Greek and Latin, 
 
 with Tables and Practical Explanations. By E. V. Arnold, 
 Litt.D., and R. S. Conway, Litt.D. Fourth and revised edition 
 (embodying the schemes approved for Latin and Greek by the 
 Classical Association). Paper covers. \s. 
 
 Quantity and Accent in the Pronunciation of 
 
 Latin. By F. W. Westaway. 3^. net. 
 An English-Greek Lexicon. By G. M. Edwards, 
 
 M.A. Second edition, enlarged, pj. net. 
 
 A Greek Vocabulary for the use of Schools. By 
 
 T. NiCKLiN, M.A. IS. 6d. net. 
 An Introduction to Greek Reading. By G. 
 
 Robertson, M.A. is. 6d. net. 
 Pronunciation of Ancient Greek. Translated from 
 
 the Third German edition of Dr Blass vv^ith the Author's sanction 
 by W. J. PuRTON, B.A. 6s. 
 
 A Grammar of the Old Testament in Greek 
 
 according to the Septuagint. By H. St John Thackeray, M.A. 
 Vol. I. Introduction, Orthography, and Accidence. 8s. net. 
 
 A Short Syntax of New Testament Greek. By 
 
 Rev. H. P. V. NuNN, M.A. Second edition. 2s. 6d. net. 
 
 The Elements of New Testament Greek. By 
 
 Rev. H. P. V. Nunn, M.A. 3J. net. Key, 2s. net. 
 An Introduction to Comparative Philology for 
 
 Classical Students. By J. M. Edmonds, M.A. 4J. net. 
 Selections from the Greek Papyri. Edited with 
 
 Translations and Notes by G. MiLLlGAN, D.D. sj-. net. 
 
 Silva Maniliana. Congessit I. P. Postdate. 2s. net. 
 
 A First Year Latin Book. With Introduction and 
 
 Vocabulary. By J. Thompson, M.A. is. 
 
 Prima Legenda. First Year Latin Lessons. By Miss J. 
 Whyte, M.A. IS. ^d. 
 
 A Grammar of Classical Latin. For use in Schools 
 
 and Colleges. By A. Sloman, M.A. 6s. 
 An Elementary Latin Grammar. By the same 
 
 author, is. 6d. 
 
 A Latin Note-Book, Arranged by C. E. HodCtES, 
 
 M.A. 2s. 
 
Greek and Latin Composition 1 1 
 
 GREEK AND LATIN COMPOSITION 
 
 Graduated Passages from Greek and Latin 
 Authors for First-Sight Translation. Selected and supplied 
 with short Notes for Beginners by H. Bbndall, M.A. and C. E. 
 Laurence, M.A. Pai-t I. Easy. is. 6d. Part II. Moderately 
 Easy. is. Part III. Moderately Difficult. 2j-. Part IV. 
 Difficult. 2s. 
 
 Graduated Passages from Latin Authors separately. 
 In four parts as above. Each part is. 
 
 Silva Latina. A Latin Reading Book, chosen and 
 arranged by J. D. Duff, M.A. 2s. 
 
 Latin and Greek Verse. By Rev. T. S. Evans, M.A., 
 D.D. Edited with Memoir by the Rev. J. Waite, M.A., D.D. 
 js. 6rf. 
 
 A Book of Greek Verse. By W. Headlam, LittD. 
 6s. net. 
 
 Cambridge Compositions, Greek and Latin. Edited 
 by R. D. Archer-Hind, M.A. and R. D. Hicks, M.A. Clotb 
 extra, gilt top. los. 
 
 Translations into Greek Verse and Prose. By 
 
 R. D. Archer-Hind, M.A. 6s. net. 
 
 Translations into Greek and Latin Verse. By Sir 
 
 R. C. Jebb, Litt.D., O.M. Second edition, ys. 6d. net. 
 
 Compositions and Translations by the late H. C. F. 
 Mason. With Prefatory Memoir by R. C. Gilson. Edited by 
 H. H. West. 3J. 6d. net. 
 
 Latin and English Idiom. An object lesson from 
 lAvys preface. By H. D. Naylor, M.A. 2s. 
 
 Demonstrations in Greek Iambic Verse. By 
 W. H. D. Rouse, Litt.D. 6s. 
 
 Greek and Latin Compositions. By R. Shilleto, 
 M.A. 7s. 6d. net. 
 
12 Cambridge University Press 
 
 ANTIQUITIES, HISTORY AND LETTERS 
 
 Outlines of Ancient History from the earliest times 
 to 476 A.D. By H. Mattingly, M.A. With 35 plates and 12 
 maps. \QS. 6cl. net. 
 
 The Roman Republic. By W. E. Heitland, M.A. 
 
 In three volumes. With 19 maps. 30J. net. 
 
 A Short History of the Roman Republic. By W. E. 
 
 Heitland, M.A. With 6 plates and 18 maps. 6s. net. 
 
 The Municipalities of the Roman Empire. By J. S. 
 
 Reid, Litt.D., Hon. LL.D. i2j. net. 
 
 The Constitution of the Later Roman Empire. 
 
 Creighton Memorial Lecture delivered at University College, 
 London, 12 November, 1909. By Professor J. B. Bury. is. 6d. 
 net. 
 
 A Short History of Rome for Schools. By E. E. 
 
 Bryant, m.a. With 24 illustrations and 24 maps. 3J. 6d. net. 
 
 Greek History for Schools. By C. D. Edmonds, M.A. 
 
 With 42 illustrations and 14 maps. S-^- i^^t. 
 
 Scythians and Greeks. By E. H. Minns, M.A. 
 
 Royal 4to; With 9 maps and plans, 9 coin plates and 355 illustra- 
 tions in the text. 63J. net. 
 
 Zens : a Study in Ancient Religion. Vol. I. By 
 A. B. Cook, M.A. With 42 plates and 569 figures, ^^s. net. 
 
 A History of Classical Scholarship. By Sir J. E. 
 
 Sandys, Litt.D. Vol. L Second edition revised. With 24 illus- 
 trations, los. 6d. net. Vol. IL With 40 illustrations. 8s. 6d. 
 net. Vol. IIL With 22 illustrations. 8s. 6d. net. 
 
 A Short History of Classical Scholarship. From 
 
 the Sixth Century B.C. to the present day. By the same author. 
 Crown 8vo. With 26 illustrations, ^s. 6d. net. 
 
 Harvard Lectures on the Revival of Learning. 
 
 By Sir J. E. Sandys, Litt.D. 4J. 6d. net. 
 
 Essays and Addresses. By Sir R. C. Jebb, Litt.D., 
 
 O.M. 10s. 6d. net. 
 
 Clio Enthroned. A Study in Prose-form in Thucydides. 
 By W. R. M. Lamb, M.A. los. net. 
 
Antiquities, History and Letters 13 
 
 Collected Literary Essays. Classical and Modern. 
 
 By A, W. Verrall, Litt.D. Edited, with a memoir and portrait, 
 by M. A. Bayfield, M.A., and J. D. Duff, M.A. \os. 6d. net. 
 
 Collected Studies in Greek and Latin Scholarship. 
 
 By A. W. Verrall, Litt.D. Edited by M. A. Bayfield and 
 J. D. Duff. ioj. 6ii. net. 
 
 The Bacchants of Euripides and other essays. By 
 
 A. W. Verrall, Litt.D. los. net. 
 
 Essays on Four Plays of Euripides. Andromache, 
 Helen, Heracles, Orestes. By A. W. Verrall, Litt.D. 7^. 6rf. 
 net. 
 
 Euripides the Rationalist. By A. W. Verrall, Litt.D. 
 Reprinted, 1913. 7^. 6rf. net. 
 
 Praelections delivered before the Senate of the 
 University of Cambridge, 25, 26, 27 January, 1906 (Dr H. 
 Jackson, Dr J. Adam, Dr A. W. Verrall, Dr W. Headlam, 
 Professor W. Ridgeway). jj. net 
 
 Prolegomena to the Study of Greek Religion. By 
 
 Jane Ellen Harrison, Hon. D.Litt. (Durham), Hon. LL.D. 
 (Aberdeen). With 179 figures. Secotui edition. 15j.net. 
 
 Themis. A Study of the Social Origins of Greek 
 Religion. By J. E. Harrison. With an Excursus on the Ritual 
 Forms preserved in Greek Tragedy. By Professor Gilbert 
 Murray. And a chapter on the origin of the Olympic Games. 
 By Mr F. M. Cornford. With 152 illustrations. 15J. net. 
 
 The Origin of Tragedy, with special reference to the 
 Greek tragedians. By W. Ridgeway, Sc.D., F.B.A. With 15 
 illustrations. 6s. 6d. net. 
 
 The Early Age of Greece. By W. Ridgeway, Sc.D., 
 F.B.A. With numerous illustrations. In two vols. : Vol. I. 21s. 
 
 [New edition. In the press 
 [Vol. H In the press 
 
 Greek Tragedy. By J. T. Sheppard, M.A. Cloth, i.f. 
 
 net; leather, is. dd. net. Cambridge Manuals of Science and 
 Literature. 
 
 Plato. Moral and Political Ideals. By Mrs J. 
 
 Adam, M.A. Cloth, \s. net; leather, is. dd. net. Cambrid^ 
 Manuals of Science and Literature. 
 
14 Cambridge University Press 
 
 A COMPANION TO GREEK STUDIES 
 
 Edited by Leonard Whibley, M.A. 
 
 Second edition. Royal 8vo. pp. xxx + 672. With 5 maps, 
 141 illustrations and 4 indexes. i8j. net. 
 
 Press Notices 
 
 "This work is a kind of encyclopaedia in mimmi>....The amount of 
 information gathered into seven hundred pages is a marvel. ...And, 
 strange to say, the book is quite pleasant to read in spite of its in- 
 numerable facts. The printing is admirable and the volume is well 
 illustrated.... Mr Whibley is to be congratulated on his book. The 
 country can produce a body of scholars as careful as the Germans... and 
 their judgment is notably sane." — Guardian 
 
 "The scheme of the book is good. It is not a mere collection of 
 interesting miscellanea, but a clear and connected account of Greek life 
 and thought, written by scholars who are intimately acquainted with all 
 the latest developments of the subject.... The mass of erudition that is 
 packed between its covers is astonishing.... It is thorough in the sense 
 that, in the majority of the articles, at least, the substance of our know- 
 ledge is given, the essential points are touched upon, and the theories of 
 first-rate importance are concisely stated." — Saturday Review 
 
 "It is a handbook that no one will be ashamed to own and consult, 
 a handbook that will be sure to fill a place not only in libraries designed 
 for the young, but also on the desk of the teacher, and on the shelves 
 of the scholar.... It is a. good book worthy of English scholarship." 
 
 fournal of Education 
 
 "The completeness of the scope is obvious. The excellence of the 
 work is guaranteed by the names of the contributors. The volume 
 should be on the Greek library shelves of every school where Greek- is 
 seriously taught. Not for reference merely ; it will be read with avidity, 
 apart from task-work, by any boy that has the root of the matter in him. . 
 ■The book is beautifully printed and produced." — Educational Times 
 
 "This is an admirable book, in design and execution alike.. ..The 
 choice of writers is above reproach.... Secondly, the choice of matters is' 
 good. ...Thirdly, the book is readable: it is not merely a work of refer- 
 ence. ...The pages are full of illustrations from art, ^«ff/2««, inscriptions, 
 manuscripts ; the printing is worthy of the Press ; and the whole book 
 is good to look upon." — Cambridge Review 
 
Antiquities, History and Letters 15 
 
 A COMPANION TO LATIN STUDIES 
 
 Edited by Sir John Edwin Sandys, Litt.D., F.B.A. 
 
 Second edition. Royal 8vo. pp. xxxv + 891. With 2 maps, 
 141 illustrations and 4 indexes. i8j. net. 
 
 Press Notices 
 
 "Dr Sandys and his coUaboratois have produced a notable book of 
 reference, within a manageable compass.... The work appears to have 
 been done extremely well, and the immense amount of information is 
 presented tersely and intelligibly... .The illustrations are good and 
 adequate."— ;/o«r>«o/ of Hellenic Studies 
 
 "A useful and erudite work, whicli represents the best results of 
 Latin scholarship, and whose bibliographies will be found invaluable to 
 students. The scope of the book is wide. There is no side of in- 
 tellectual, political or administrative life upon which it does not touch. 
 Ethnology, public antiquities, private antiquities, the army, the arts 
 and literature all have their place in this classical encyclopaedia, whose 
 full indexes make it an admirable work of reference.... We cannot repay 
 the debt we owe to the Romans otherwise than by a loyal understanding 
 of their history and their literature, and to those who ask a guide we 
 can commend no surer one than this widely planned, well executed 
 CompOHton of Dr Sandys." — Observer 
 
 "In the single volume before us it is really possible for the first time 
 to obtain a conspectus of almost all that is definitely known about 
 Roman environment, life, and thought... The Book is a thesaurus of 
 sane learning in a readable form. Varro or Pliny or St Isidore of 
 Seville would have studied it with a growing wonder and enlighten- 
 ment; for not Rome only, but the history of all knowledge about Rome, 
 is here recalled to its first beginnings." — Times 
 
 "This volume is a complete cyclopaedia 01 Roman studies ; and in 
 nearly 900 pages and half a million words contains the carefiilly adjusted 
 result of recent inquiries into every department of Latin lore. It is, in 
 a very remarkable degree, accurate, complete and abreast of modern 
 discovery; and we congratulate the University, the contributors, and 
 the editor on the signal success of an ambitious project." 
 
 Saturday Review 
 
 "This book gives us a masterly brief survey of the antiquities and 
 
 literature of Rome Fortunate is the student with A CompoMion to 
 
 Latin Studies on his shelves."— ZJotfy News 
 
i6 
 
 Cambridge University Press 
 
 NOTE 
 
 Specimen The Syndics of the Cambridge University 
 Copies Press are willing to consider appHcations 
 
 from teachers for specimen copies of their educational 
 publications with a view to enabling them to decide 
 whether the books are suitable for introduction in their 
 classes. Specimen copies can usually be sent either free 
 or at half price. Applicants for specimen copies 
 are requested to state on the enclosed form 
 how many copies of the books applied for are 
 likely to be required, if adopted for class use. 
 No apphcation can be considered if the number of copies 
 to be used if the book is adopted is less than 12. All 
 books other than specimen copies should be 
 ordered from a Bookseller. 
 
 A complete catalogue of the educational publications of 
 the press will be sent on application. 
 
 Cambridge University Press 
 
 C. F. Clay, Manager 
 
 London: Fetter Lane, E.C. 
 
 Edinburgh: 100, Princes Street